Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片够理解话意
够正确语音语调意群朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…询问回答物品位置
够情景中恰运句型What’s in the classroomLet’s go and see谈教室
够语境中助图片等帮助理解新词classroom really picture near window意思够正确发音
通部分提供教学活动进步巩固方位介词理解运操练课时重句型—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…
教学重点
够正确语音语调意群朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够理解掌握课重点句型What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…
够情景中运句型谈相关话题
教学难点
够语境中灵活运句型
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音､视频头饰单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy an English song—We have a new classroom （出示课件）
3 Free talk
T Hello S1 What’s in your pencil box
S1 （Open the pencil box) A pen three pencils a ruler…
The teacher asks more students to answer the question of What’s in your pencil box
4 Let’s do
T Boys and girls let’s play a game—I say you do
Show me your ruler Put your pencil on your desk
Put your crayon in your bag
Put your eraser on your English book
…
5 Leadin
T OK Let’s have a break Take out your pencil and crayons to draw a picture
Then the teacher asks students to stand up and answer
T S1 what’s in your picture
S1 Some flowers
T Really Let’s go and see Oh your flowers are beautiful S2 what’s in your picture
S2 An apple
T Really Let’s go and see Oh your apple is big and red
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary classroom picture window near the window
(1)Look and learn
T Good your pictures are very nice Look I have some pictures too Class all the things in the pictures are in our new classroom
Show a picture of classroom （课件出示：教室图片单词）
T Look This is a new classroom Read after me classklɑːsroomruːm classroom
Write down the word classroom on the blackboard and teach it
Show another picture with a cover （课件出示：张遮住图画图片）
T Guess What is it
Ss 图画
T Really Let’s have a look Yes It’s a picture Read after me piɪ ckturetʃə(r) picture
Write down the word picture on the blackboard and teach it
T Do we have pictures in our classroom Where are they
Ss Yes they are on the…
T Yes they are on the wall
Point to a picture near the window and teach the phrase near the window and the sentence It’s near the window
(课件出示：张窗户附图画短语near the window)
T (Point to a picture near the window on the PPT) Where is the picture
Ss It’s near the window
T Yes it’s near the window Read after me nnearɪə(r) nearnɪə(r) wwiＩnnddowəʊ window It’s near the window Write down the sentence It’s near the window on the blackboard and teach it
(2)Ask and answer
The teacher asks questions and let students answer them with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It’s near the… according to some objects or word cards
2 Learn the dialogue of Let’s talk
Show the headwears of Sarah and Zhang Peng
T Who are they
Ss Sarah and Zhang Peng
Show the picture of Sarah and Zhang Peng’s new classroom （出示课件）
T Class we have a new classroom This is Sarah and Zhang Peng’s new classroom They’re happy because they have a new classroom What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see
S1 Many desks and chairs
S2 A window
S3 Some pictures
…
Write down the sentences We have a new classroom What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see on the blackboard
T Good job Guess What are Sarah and Zhang Peng talking about
S1 They are talking about the new classroom
S2 They are talking about the picture
3 Listen to the dialogue and answer the questions
T Well done Let’s listen to the recording with the questions Underline the answers in the books Let’s go and see (课件出示：教材P4 Let’s talk板块音频)
Ask students to answer the questions
S1 It’s so big
S2 It’s Sarah’s picture
S3 It’s near the window
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen to the dialogue again and imitate
Play the recording and let students listen and imitate sentence by sentence
2 Read the dialogue
Ask students to read the dialogue freely and in pairs or in groups
3 Read and act out
T Let’s read the dialogue in roles Girls will be Sarah Boys will be Zhang Peng
Then act out in pairs and show in class
T Who will be Sarah and Zhang Peng Now find your partners and act it out I will select the best pair The red star is for the winner
4 Play a game
Borrow some pencil boxes from students and hide the pencil boxes in different places
T Where is S1’s pencil box
Let some students guess
T What’s in hisher pencil box
Open the pencil box and let students answer
5 Let’s play
Present the picture of Let’s play （出示课件）
T I see something in the picture It begins with c What is it
S1 It’s a crayon
T Really Let’s go and see Where is it
S1 It’s in the desk
S2 It’s a car It’s on the desk
S3 I see a crayon too It’s on the floor
T Good job kids Now boys and girls let’s play a game I spy
(游戏说明：老师说I spy I spy I see a letter p’学生问Where is it老师告诉学生里然学生必须告诉老师什)
Make a model
T I spy I spy I see a letter p
S1 Where is it
T It’s near the window
S1 It’s a picture
Then let students practice in pairs
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Ask and answer in pairs
Show the picture of a classroom (课件出示：张教室图片) Ask students to make their own dialogues according to the picture
Practice in pairs and act it out in class
2 Draw the new classroom and talk about it
3 Show time
T So nice You all have your new classroom You must keep your classroom clean and beautiful
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Talk about your classroom with your partner
教学反思
1教学流程简洁明渡然流畅重点突出助种教学手段降低难度突破教学难点
2教师利图片实物肢体语言等手段学生更直观理解新词汇
3通图片PPT等创设虚拟语言情境学生情景中真实然运学语言知识进行交流达学致目
4板书设计简练学生拓展环节够根板书容编写新话教学起辅助作
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
教学目标
够听说认读单词classroom window blackboard light picture door
够听说单词TV
够情景中熟练运句型—What’s in the classroom —One blackboard…问答教室中种物品
够听懂指令根指令做出正确动作反应
够通操练情景中恰运open turn on close put up clean等动词（短语）
够培养学生节约源意识
教学重点
够理解掌握句型What’s in the classroom重点单词classroom window blackboard light picture door
教学难点
够掌握句型What’s in the classroom重点单词classroom window blackboard light picture door
够情景中熟练运动词（短语）open turn on close put up clean
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
T Hello everyone Welcome back to our classroom
2 Enjoy the song—In the classroom （出示课件）
3 Free talk
T What’s in the classroom
Ss One blackboard…
4 Leadin
Write down the topic Unit 1 My classroom on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the word classroom (课件出示间教室图片)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a classroom
Teach the word classroom and write it down on the blackboard Ask students to read the word three times to help them understand the spelling and the word formation of classroom
T class + roomclassroom clklaɑːsssrroouːmm classroom
Let students read it after the teacher
Then show another picture of classroom on the PPT （课件出示间教室图片重点突出教室中物品陈列）
T What’s in the classroom
Ask students to look at the picture and answer the question
2 Teach the word window
After students say out the word window write it down on the blackboard and teach it
T wwiInnddow əʊ window
Let students read it after the teacher
T Look at the window (Point to an open window) What can we do
Do the action of closing the window Write down the sentence Close the window on the blackboard and teach the word close(clklo əʊsez close ) Let students read it aloud after the teacher with the action of closing the window
3 Teach the word door （课件出示门图片单词）
T What is this
Ss Door
Write down the word door on the blackboard and teach it Emphasize that oor sounds ɔ(r)
Point to the word blackboard and tell students that oar also sounds ɔ here
Students try to read the word blackboard
Show the video of opening the door on the PPT （课件出示开门动画短语）
T What can we do
Write down the sentence Open the door on the blackboard and teach the word open(o + penopen) Ask students to read it with the action of opening the door
Show the video of closing the door opening the window and closing the window on the PPT （课件出示关门开窗户关窗户动画短语）
T Look What else can we do
Get students to do the actions with the teacher and say out the sentences
4 Teach the word blackboard （课件出示黑板图片应单词）
Take out the word card of blackboard Cover the word board Let students read black aloud Then show the whole word blackboard Get students to read it At last write it down on the blackboard Show a picture of Sarah cleaning the blackboard on the PPT (课件出示教材P5 Sarah擦黑板图片短语)
T What is she doing
Ss She’s cleaning the blackboard
Write down the sentence Clean the blackboard on the blackboard and teach the word clean (clkleainn cleanklin) Let students read the sentence Clean the blackboard aloud after the teacher with the action
Show some pictures （课件出示首先呈现张教室脏乱图片通点击鼠标控制图片门窗户桌子椅子扫干净）
T Wow This classroom is so dirty What can we do I can clean the window You can…
S1 Clean the door
S2 Clean the desks
…
5 Teach the words picture light in the same way
(1)Show a picture and teach the word picture (课件出示幅图片单词picture) Write down the word picture on the blackboard and write ture with a red chalk
T ture sounds tʃə(r) ppiɪckturetʃə(r) picture
Use the phonetic knowledge to help students remember the word better
(2)T Let me put up the picture on the blackboard
Write down the sentence Put up the picture on the blackboard and ask students to read it and do the action together
T Look at the two words put up ppuʊtt putpʊt uʌpp upʌp
Get students to read in the same way
(3)Show the picture of light on the PPT Then teach the word light （课件出示灯图片单词）
T llighaɪtt lightlaɪt
Get students to read it
(4)Turn on the light in the classroom and teach the sentence Turn on the light
T tturɜːnn turntɜːn
Get students to read it
Write down the sentence Turn on the light on the blackboard and ask students to read it and do the action together
(5)Take out the picture of TV
T What is this
Ss TV
Teach the word TV and let students pay attention to the pronunciation
Lead students to say the sentence Turn on the TV Tell them to form the habit of saving energy
6 Show a picture of classroom （课件出示张教室图片教室里块黑板两盏灯三扇窗户许桌子椅子）
T There is one blackboard two lights three windows many desks and chairs…
Help students understand the plural forms of countable nouns
Show the corresponding exercises on the PPT
7 Listen read and act
(1)Let students listen to the recording of Let’s learn and read after it （出示课件）
(2)T We can see all these things in our classroom What’s in Zoom and Zip’s classroom Let’s go and see You can listen to the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation When we state many things the word and must be used before the last thing We read the things before and with the rising tone and read the last thing with the falling tone
Play the recording again and let students listen and read it twice
Ask students to act out the dialogue in pairs Choose several groups to show the dialogue in class
Make a model
—What’s in the classroom
—One blackboard one TV…
8 Play the recording of Let’s do （出示课件）
Ask students to listen for the first time and get the overall perception of the recording
Listen again Let students point out the correct picture in their books and do the actions with the teacher
Finally ask four students to come to the platform and do the actions
Step 3 Practice
1 Play a game—Loudly and quietly
（游戏说明课单词卡片背面摆放讲台组选派名学生配合组员完成游戏名学生机起张卡片读出该单词 果声读组员声读果声读组员声读）
2 Look and match
T I have some pictures of these words Can you look and match （课件出示课单词图片）
3 Guessing game
T Wow You learn so many words Let’s play a game Can you guess what words they are
Show the six words with some letters missing on the PPT （课件出示课单词省略字母然逐出示播放单词读音）
Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the recording of these words Help students spell the words according to the phonetic knowledge
For example ind w is w and ow is əʊ
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Draw and say
Let students draw the pictures of their classroom
Ask each group to choose a student to show herhis picture in class and say what is in the classroom in the picture
2 Enjoy a song
Enjoy the song—We have a new classroom (出示课件) While listening to the song recall the learning content of the class
板书
作业
1 Describe your classroom for your parents
2 Copy the words classroom picture blackboard light door window
教学反思
1运歌曲引入新课利图片视频等手段创设教学情境吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣帮助学生更直观理解单词短语等新容
2单词短语句子操练贯穿教学环节呈现方式图片动画实物肢体语言等种方式
3教授单词程中适时展开音标教学拼读教学基础指导帮助学生记忆单词
4板书设计直观突出重点词汇句型起辅助教学作
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳ae单词中发音规ae单词中发长音eI
够读出符合ae发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合ae发音规单词
教学重点
够纳ae单词中发音规ae单词中发长音eɪ
够读出符合ae发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合ae发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings and free talk
2 Listen to a chant and review the sound of æ
T Let’s listen to a chant together
T Listen again Then tell me the words you hear in the chant
Ss AppleAntCatCap
T They have the same letter a and the letter a sounds æ Read together
3 Show and read some words (课件出示单词dad hat map bag)
Let students read the words in groups Give a prize to the best group
Step 2 Presentation
1 Leadin
Create a situation and introduce the open syllable words with letter a
(1)Teach the words name Jake face
Show Jake’s photo (课件出示Jake片)
T Look at the boy He’s my friend His name is Jake neɪm nameneɪm dʒ eɪk Jake dʒeɪk
Let students repeat the words name Jake and write them down on the blackboard
T He has a small face feɪs facefeɪs
Let students repeat the word face and write it down on the blackboard
(2)Teach the words cake make
Show a picture of a cake (课件出示张蛋糕图片)
T Oh what’s this Yes it’s a birthday cake Jake can make a cake keɪk cakekeɪk meɪk makemeɪk
Let students repeat the words cake make and write them down on the blackboard
(3)Teach the words date Dave
Show Dave’s photo (课件出示Dave片)
T Is this Jake No he’s Dave Can Dave make some cake No he can’t But he likes to eat cake Dave’s birthday is coming so Jake will make a birthday cake for Dave What’s the date of Dave’s birthday Dave deɪv deɪv date deɪt deɪt
Let students repeat the words Dave date and write them down on the blackboard
2 Learn the pronunciation rule of ae
(1)Find the common letters
Show the words name Jake face cake make date Dave on the PPT （出示课件）
Play the recording of Read listen and chant (课件出示Read listen and chant音频)
T Boys and girls let’s listen to the recording Pay attention to the words on the PPT What can you find
Ss They have the same letter a and they have the same letter e at the end
(2)Learn the pronunciation of ae
T Great They all have ae The letter e at the end is silent Let’s read these words again Pay attention to their pronunciation
T Yes ae sounds eɪ Look at my mouth eɪ eɪ eɪ Pay attention to the letter e It’s silent
(3)Read after the recording
Play the recording again (出示课件)
Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Let students read the words by themselves
(4)Try to pronounce the words
Show more words with ae
Spell first then let students pronounce the following words
Step 3 Practice
1 Let’s chant
2 Read listen and tick
Read the words in the book Let students pay attention to the sounds æ and eɪ
Listen to the recording and tick the right words (课件出示教材P6 Read listen and tick部分音频)
Check the answers
Answers 1 cake 2 dad 3 hate
3 Listen circle and write
Listen to the recording and try to circle the right letters and write the right words （课件出示教材P6 Listen circle and write部分音频)
First let students observe the pictures carefully and make predictions Then play the recording and let students listen circle and write Let students pay attention to the handwriting
Check the answers
Answers cap cake map face
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Classify the given words
Let students read the following words and classify them according to their pronunciations Ask them to discuss with their partnersThen check the answers
2 I can finish the passage
Listen to the passage and fill in the blanks （课件出示填空练题）
Check the answers And read the passage
Answers My name is Kate I can make some cake This is my cap It’s in my bag Where’s my cat It’s on the map
板书
作业
1 Read the chant for your family
2 Try to find more words with ae that sounds eɪ
教学反思
1通热身阶段师生问谈话活动拉彼心理距离
2复环节通韵律歌谣复字母a重读闭音节中发短音æ规律练环节通相韵律歌谣巩固ae开音节中发长音eɪ规律学生轻松愉快氛围中复旧知巩固新知
3教师教学中通拆音拼音分类等语音意识训练活动引导学生观察发现纳出ae单词中发音规体现课堂教学中学生体教学理念
4板书设计直观重难点目然起辅助教学作
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中恰运句型Let’s…Let me…提出行动建议做出正确反应
够语境中理解新词teacher’s desk clean help意思够正确发音
通该板块提供教学活动巩固操练课时重句型Let’s…Let me…
教学重点
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中恰运句型Let’s… Let me…提出行动建议做出正确反应
教学难点
够情景中熟练运句型Let’s… Let me…提出行动建议做出正确反应
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频骰子等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings and sing an English song
2 Do the TPR action
T First let’s do some actions together I say you do and then repeat Let’s stand up
T Wonderful Are you happy now Good Sit down please
3 Revision and leadin
Show the second picture of Let’s talk in Part A on the PPT （出示课件） Point to different objects Lead students to review the words in Part A classroom blackboard light picture door Then lead in the new phrase teacher’s desk
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the phrase teacher’s desk and the word clean
T (Point to a student’s desk) That’s your desk
T (Point to the teacher’s desk) I’m a teacher And this is my desk This is the teacher’s desk
Read it like this teacher—teacher’s—teacher’s desk Let students read the phrase in groups read by boys and girls read one by one and so on
Show a picture of a dirty teacher’s desk on the PPT (课件出示张脏讲台图片)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a teacher’s desk
T Yes but it is dirty Let’s clean the teacher’s desk
Take out the rag and do the action of wiping the teacher’s desk to help students understand the meaning of the word clean
Students practice the phrases clean the teacher’s deskwindows
blackboard door (Practice through these ways say in unison rush to answer say in groups say one by one and so on)
2 Teach the sentence structures Let’s…Let me…
Look around the classroom and say Our classroom is messy Let’s clean the classroom and give other teachers a surprise OK
Write down the sentence structure Let’s… on the blackboard and teach it
Point to S1 and S2 and say Let’s clean the desks and chairs S1 S2
T For two three or many people we can use Let’s… Teach let’slet us
Ask students to read the sentence Let’s clean the classroom
Ask a row of students to read the sentence one by one and check if they can read it correctly
T The blackboard is dirty I can clean it by myself Let me clean the blackboard
Write down the sentence structure Let me… on the blackboard and teach it
T For only one person we can say Let me… Let him… or Let her…
Ask students to read the sentence Let me clean the blackboard twice
T Who wants to clean the teacher’s deskwindowsblackboard
door…
Let some students practice the sentences Let me clean the teacher’s deskwindowsblackboarddoor…
3 Teach the word help
Take out another rag and say to S2 Let me help you
Clean the windows and say to students So many windows who can help me Repeat the word help and teach it
Ss Let me help you Several students join in The teacher says Thank you to the students
T Thank you good boys and girls The windows are clean now Our classroom is clean too Go back to your seat I think other teachers will be very happy
4 Teach the dialogue of Let’s talk
(1)Let students have a preliminary understanding of the dialogue
Show the pictures of Let’s talk (课件出示教材P7 Let’s talk板块图片)
T Look Who can you see in the pictures
S1 Wu Yifan and his classmatesWu Yifan Mike John and Zhang Peng
T Right Where are they
S2 They are in the classroom
T Good What are they doing in the classroom
Ss They are cleaning the classroom
(2)Show some questions and make students understand the dialogue
Play the recording （课件出示教材P7 Let’s talk板块音频）
(3)Listen to the recording again and answer the questions
(4)Check the answers
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen again and repeat
Play the recording again (出示课件) And ask students to repeat after it
2 Practice the dialogue in pairs or in groups
Let students read the dialogue in pairs or in groups
3 Read the dialogue in different roles
T Let’s read the dialogue in roles Group 1 is Wu Yifan Group 2 is John Group 3 is Mike Group 4 is Zhang Peng
T Now read the dialogue in groups of four Then act it out I will reward the best group
4 Play a game
Show the pictures (课件出示快速显示扫教室擦窗户擦桌椅擦黑板擦讲台擦门等图片) Ask students to say a sentence with the sentence structures Let’s… or Let me… as quickly as they can
5 Let’s play
Take out the dice prepared before class and play with students
(游戏说明教师课前教材中示意图制作六面体骰子出示骰子投掷次投掷结果说句子Let me…Let’s…然请学生掷骰子说句子进行组活动组展示)
T Let’s clean the classroom Throw the dice like this OK Let me…
S1 (Throw the dice) Let me…
T Boys and girls are you clear Play with your partners now
Let some groups show in class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Show a picture of a messy house (课件出示张凌乱房屋图片)
T Grandma Wang is ill Her house is messy Can we help her
Ss Yes we can We can help her clean the house
T OK Please work in groups of four and make a dialogue
Let students make their dialogues in groups
2 Show time
Prepare some rags Let several groups show in class
3 Give some presents to the performers
4 Sum up
T Grandma Wang is happy now I’m also very happy that you’re helpful at school I think you’re helpful at home too Please help your parents at home
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Help your parents at home
教学反思
1通创设种情境营造民谐教学气氛引导鼓励学生英语
2特定语境中引入新单词学生觉趣利加深学生单词理解
3教学中遵循词离句句离景教学规律
4教学程中时刻关注进生性格孩子提供展示机会
Part B Let’s learn & Colour and say
教学容目标
够听说认读单词短语teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
够熟练描述教室中种物品颜色
通完成教室涂色作口头表达活动帮助学生更理解词汇含义学生提供运词汇性化表达机会
教学重点
够听说认读单词短语teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
够熟练描述教室中种物品颜色
教学难点
描述教室中物品颜色时够正确名词单复数进行表达
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频单词卡片贴纸等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings and sing the song
2 Do and say
The teacher says and students do and repeat
T Wonderful You are very helpful
3 Leadin
Show the pictures of Zoom and Zip (课件出示ZoomZip头)
T Zoom and Zip have a new classroom They will go and have a look Let’s go with them
Ss Great
Show the picture of the classroom in Let’s learn (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块教室图片)
T Wow Their classroom is so nice It’s new This is the new classroom
Write down the sentence This is the new classroom on the blackboard Teach the sentence Then let students read it one by one
Step 2 Presentation
T OK Let’s look at Zoom and Zip’s new classroom What’s in the classroom What colour is itare they
Talk with students to review the names and colours of the objects in the classroom
Pay attention to the plural forms of nouns such as lights There are four lights
1 Teach the new word computer and the new phrase teacher’s desk
T Please find something in the picture of the classroom It’s black It’s near the blackboard Come on boys and girls Point to it Who is the first
S1 (Point to the computer)…
T Good You find it You are the first It’s a computer Repeat computer (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中电脑图computer相关容)
Teach the word computer syllable by syllable kəmpjuː tə(r)
T What colour is the computer
S1 It’s black
T Yes We can say The computer is…
S2 The computer is black
T Good job The computer is black
Write down the sentence The computer is black on the blackboard
(课件出示白色电脑图红色电脑图蓝色电脑图等)
T What colour is the computer
Let some students answer the question with the sentence structure The computer is…
T Look at our classroom Where is the computer in our classroom
Ss It’s on the teacher’s desk
(课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中讲台图teacher’s desk相关容)
Teach the new phrase (teacher—teacher’s—teacher’s desk)
T What colour is the teacher’s desk in the picture
S1 It’s yellow The teacher’s desk is yellow
T What colour is the teacher’s desk in our classroom
S2 It’s… The teacher’s desk is…
2 Teach the new word fan
T I feel hot What can make me cool Can you find it in the classroom
Students point to the fan and answer
T Good It’s a fan (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中风扇图fan相关容)
Read the word Fan fæn fæn
T What colour is the fan in the picture
S1 The fan is blue
T What colour is the fan in our classroom
S2 It’s…
Show the pictures of fans in different colours (出示课件) Lead students to describe them with the sentence structure The fan is…
3 Teach the new word wall
T Look at Zoom and Zip’s new classroom Where is the fan
Students point to the fan and say There it is
T Yes it’s on the wall
Teach the word wall (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中墙壁图wall相关容)
Teach the pronunciation of the word wall with the words all tall small
T Look at our classroom What colour is the wall
Ss It’s white
T Look at Zoom and Zip’s new classroom What colour is the wall
S1 It’s white and blue
4 Teach the new word floor
Point to the floor and ask a question
T Is our floor white too
Ss No it’s yellow
T Good The floor is yellow
Teach the word floor (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中板图floor相关容)
Teach the pronunciation of the word floor with the word door and read the word floor
T The floor is yellow in our classroom What colour is the floor of Zoom and Zip’s classroom
S1 The floor is green
5 Listen to the recording read and act
Play the recording (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块音频) Let students listen to the recording and read after it Remind students to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Ask students to act out the sentences in pairs
Make a demonstration
This is the new classroom The door is orange The computer is black
Then let students act out the sentences in pairs and show in class
Practice the sentence structures This is the new classroom The…isare…
Step 3 Practice
1 Talk about the classroom
Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the picture （课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块图片）
Let students discuss in groups Choose one student from each group and show in class
2 Play some games
T Now let’s play some games If you do a good job you can get a sticker Come on
（1）Guessing words
Take out the word cards of the objects in the classroom Select a card randomly from them and ask students to guess what it is
（2）Watch think and guess
(课件出示电脑图片)
T Now look what’s this We can see a part of the picture Please guess
S1 Is it a TV
T No it isn’t
S2 It’s a computer
T Good job You’re right A sticker for you Let’s go on
…
(3)Make up the words
Present the letters that can make up the words in random order (课件出示组乱字母单词1 alwl2 olfro3 eptocmru4 skde5 anf ) Ask students to guess the words
T Look at these letters Put the letters in correct order and we can see the words What are they
T Write down the words in your exercise book Let’s go Who is the fastest Come on
Check the answers Give out the stickers to the winner
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Colour and say
Show the picture of Colour and say (课件出示教材P8 Colour and say板块图片)
T This is a new classroom It doesn’t have colours Please colour it and then say something about it （课件出示涂颜色教室图片）
Ask students to colour the classroom in the book by themselves and describe it as the demonstration
2 Draw your dream classroom
Divide students into several groups Draw a classroom together and colour it
Choose one student from each group to introduce hisher classroom in class
3 Make the evaluation
Choose the best group and give an award
板书
作业
1 Copy the vocabularies teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
2 Talk about your classroom with your parents
教学反思
1学新单词时旧引新利PPT创设教学情境抓住学生眼球激发学生学兴趣更直观理解生词等新容
2教学程中始终遵循词离句教学规律
3教授新单词时通拆音等语音意识训练活动学生注意单词音节快速记忆单词
4巩固拓展阶段通色彩教室涂色画教室涂色两活动激发学生创造力时学生熟练应学单词进行表达达学致目
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够读懂四组句子完成判断正误读务
够意群正确语音语调朗读四组句子
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子填充完整
够综合运单元核心词句
够熟练听说单元AB部分核心句型
够听说认读单元核心词汇
够图片信息中推测考查点做意识听录音听完成判断务
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱
教学重点
够意群正确语音语调朗读四组句子
够熟练运方位介词够图判断句子正误
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子填充完整
教学难点
够综合利单元核心词汇进行换练核心句型—Where is…—It is inon under near the…
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频材料单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Play a game—What’s missing？ （出示课件）
Review the vocabularies classroom window blackboard light picture door teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
4 Look and circle (课件出示教材P10 Look and circle部分中教室图片容)
T Look at the picture What’s in the classroom Please read and circle
Check the answer
Answer T The pictureA is different from the picture B What’s the difference Let’s read Text A then find the difference
5 Leadin
Look and say （课件出示组图片1 先呈现红钢笔呈现桌子2 先呈现绿色书呈现书包里3 先呈现黄色椅子呈现课桌旁边4 先呈现黑色猫呈现椅子面）
T Look What’s this
S1 It’s a pen
T What colour is it
S1 Red
T Where’s the red pen
S2 It’s on the desk
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading
Look and say What’s in Zhang Peng’s classroom
T Now look at the PPT (课件出示 教材P9 Read and tick or cross 图片) This is Zhang Peng’s classroom What’s in it
S1 A green book a yellow book a green bag a kite a picture a blue pencil box…
2 Whilereading
(1)Ask and answer
T There are many things in Zhang Peng’s classroom Now look at the PPT then answer the questions
Q Where is the green bookWhere is the kiteWhere is the picture
Where is the blue pencil box
Lead students to answer
Ss It is on the teacher’s deskIt is near the windowIt is on the deskIt is on the floor
(2)Read and tick or cross (课件出示教材P9 Read and tick or cross 中相关容呈现阅读提示Tips Read find and circle the key words)
Read the four pairs of sentences carefully Find and circle the key words Ask students to finish the task in the book
(3)Check the answers together
Answers × √× √
(4)Listen and read aloud
Play the recording Ask students to read after it correctly Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(5)Who will be the reading star
Choose some students to read the sentences The student who reads best will be the reading star
3 Postreading
(1)Show the picture of Look choose and write (课件出示教材P9 Look choose and write部分图片) Ask students to say the things in it
Ss A window a desk a chair a picture a bag a computer and a newspaper…
Lead students to ask and answer the questions with the sentence structures —Where is the bagthe newspaperthe computer… —It’s inundernear the…
(2)Write down the words
Write down the words to finish the sentences according to the picture
T Pay attention to the spelling of the words When we write sentences we should pay attention to capitalizing the first letter and punctuation marks
Answers desk chair window
Step 3 Practice
1 Talk about our own classroom in groups of four
T Is the study clean or messy
Ss Messy
T Do you like the study
Ss No
T We all like clean and tidy places So we should keep our classroom clean and tidy Look This is our own classroom Now talk about our classroom with your partners You can use the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the…
Let students practice in groups and act out in class
Then ask students to finish the sentences in the book
Let students show the sentences
2 Listen and tick or cross （课件出示教材P10 Listen and tick or cross 部分相关容）
T Look at these pictures The pictures are all about the classroom Let’s look at Picture 1 Who are in the classroom
Ss Chen Jie and Mike
T What are they doing
Ss Mike is cleaning the blackboard and Chen Jie is cleaning the desks
T Good They are cleaning the classroom Now look at Picture 2 What can you see in this classroom Ss A blackboard a teacher’s desk and some desks and chairs
T Good job What colour are the wallsthe desks What colour is the floorthe blackboard
Ss …
T This is the last picture What’s in it
Ss A fan and a window
T Where is the fan
Ss It’s near the window
T Now listen to the recording Then tick or cross
T Show me your answers please
Answers √ × √
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Write about your dream classroom
T What’s your dream classroom like Clean or messy Please draw a picture of your dream classroom And describe your classroom with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the… Please write them correctly in your exercise book
Practice in groups Choose the best one in each group then let himher show in class
T Your dream classroom is clean and tidy I like it How to make our classroom become our dream classroom
Ss Keep our classroom tidy and clean Make our classroom beautiful
板书
作业
1 Practice the sentences
2 Write about your room with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the…
教学反思
1运歌曲游戏等手段复单元单词吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣复效果事半功倍通听听力进步复已学单词句型步阅读做铺垫学生轻松进入阅读
2阅读部分直观说读通赛方式学生部分容烂熟心样语言输入完成通练拓展完成语言输出程
3学生四线三格书写单词句子时候教师适时予指导
4板书设计直观突出重点单词句型起辅助教学作
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片理解话意
够正确语音语调意群朗读话组中进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型—What’s in your schoolbag —An English book…I have a new schoolbag It’s black and white
够语境中理解新词schoolbag English book maths book storybook意思够正确发音
趣味游戏中运语言操练巩固句型—What’s in your… —It’s aan…
教学重点
够理解掌握重点词汇核心句型
够情景中运句型—What’s in your schoolbag —An English book…I have a new schoolbag It’s black and white
教学难点
够语境中灵活运核心句型
教学准备
PPT课件､视频书包种教材等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Free talk
T I have a new bag What colour is it Guess
S1 It’s red
S2 It’s white
…
T Yes you are right It’s black Wow You’re lucky Here’s a sticker for you
3 Let’s review
Review the words about colours Students look at the PPT and say out the words quickly (课件出示颜色方块)
4 Leadin
The teacher shows a colourless pencil box on the PPT (课件出示色铅笔盒)
Let some students guess what colour it is
Ss …
T Really (Click the pencil box) Look It’s blue and yellow
The teacher must emphasize how to express two or more colours
Show the other two kinds of colourless stationery pictures in turn on the PPT and let students guess the colours (课件出示次显示色橡皮色铅笔图片)
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabularies and sentence structures
(1)Learn the new vocabularies schoolbag English book maths book storybook
(课件出示黄色猫形状魔术包)
T I have a magic bag
Help students ask Really
T Yes It’s a cat It’s yellow
Write down the sentence structure I have aan… on the blackboard
Show several kinds of stationery pictures （课件出示黄蓝相间汽车形状魔术铅笔盒） Practice the sentence structures I have aan… It’s aan… It’s… with students
T Guess What’s in the bag
Let one student click the mouse
Ss Wow It’s a pencil box It’s a bus
T Good A bus pencil box So nice What colour is it
S1 It’s yellow and blue
T What’s in the pencil box Who wants to click the mouse （S2 clicks the mouse）
Ss Wow
T It’s a schoolbag in it So magic It’s a magic pencil box
Write down the word schoolbag on the blackboard and teach the word schoolbag (school + bagschoolbag)
Ask some students to show their schoolbags and say I have a schoolbag It’s aan… It’s… one by one
In the same way lead in the new vocabularies English book maths book storybook
(2)Let students understand the sentence It’s a fat panda
T I have a new schoolbag
Ss Really
Show a real schoolbag to students There are many things in the schoolbag
T Look It’s a cat It’s yellow and white What’s in the schoolbag
Ss A pencil box an English book a maths book…
The teacher puts the things in the bag again
T It’s a fat bag It’s a fat cat Cat kæt kæt fat fæt fæt
Help students understand fat and It’s a fat panda Then learn the dialogue of Let’s talk
(1)Present the pictures of Let’s talk on the PPT (出示课件)
T Amy has something new too What’s it Guess
A A toy panda B A panda schoolbag
Ask students to underline the key sentence about the question in their books
(2)Listen to the dialogue and answer the question (课件出示Let’s talk板块音频)
S1 A new schoolbag
S2 It’s a panda
S3 It’s a panda schoolbag
Check the answer Answer B
(3)Listen to the dialogue again and answer the questions
T What colour is the schoolbag What’s in the schoolbag Listen to the dialogue again and answer the questions Underline the key sentences in your books about the questions Then check the answers
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen to the recording of Let’s talk and imitate
Play the recording again Let students read the dialogue after the recording Listen carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
2 Read and role play in groups
T Now who wants to be Chen Jie Who wants to be Amy Let’s read it in roles
3 Act out the dialogue in roles
T Now let’s find the best actor or actress Please come to the front of the classroom and show the dialogue
4 Fill in the blanks
Check the answers (出示课件)
5 Activity What’s in the pencil box
（1）Ask and answer with the partner
(活动说明两组准备铅笔盒铅笔盒里装文具运课核心句型进行话）
（2）Show time
6 Let’s play (课件出示Let’s play板块图片)
T Who are they
Ss Sarah and Zhang Peng
T Yes they’re Sarah and Zhang Peng They are playing a guessing game What’s in Sarah’s hand Is it a pencil
Ss No It’s an eraser
Let students play the game in groups
Act out in class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Show three schoolbags on the PPT A black and white football schoolbag a yellow and white cat schoolbag and a blue and red cap schoolbag （出示课件）
T Do you like these schoolbags
Lead students to answer I like this schoolbag
T OK Choose a schoolbag you like Make a new dialogue with your partner
Show the language scaffolds on the PPT to help students make dialogues
Practice in pairs and report it in class
2 Draw a new schoolbag and talk about it with your partner
Students draw a new schoolbag then talk about it in pairs
Choose some groups to act out in class
The teacher and students evaluate their performances together
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Talk about your schoolbag with your partner
教学反思
课开始时通学生谈话拉师生间距离创造谐愉悦学环境 然然引出课表达物品颜色句型教学程中遵循词离句句离篇教学原Really What’s in…？贯穿教学环节课时教学采处理局部语言呈现完整话方式
先学话中出现新词然听话通问题检测学生话理解新单词通PPT展示神奇魔术包变出牢牢抓住学生眼球新句型呈现通实物书包教师相应动作生动直观帮助学生理解a fat panda含义通形式样操练活动步步引导学生掌握课重点句型通巩固拓展部分两活动训练学生灵活运语言力板书设计简洁重难点突出起辅助教学作
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
教学目标
够听说认读单词短语schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook
够熟练运句型What’s in your schoolbag询问书包中种书名称作出回答
够听懂指令作出正确动作反应
教学重点
够理解掌握句型What’s in your schoolbag重点单词短语schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook
注意含单词 book短语maths book English book Chinese book合成词storybook正确书写
教学难点
够熟练运句型What’s in your schoolbag询问书包里种书名称作出回答
够熟练句型Put…inonundernear…
教学准备
PPT课件视频单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a song
T Hello boys and girls Let’s enjoy the song My schoolbag You can sing the song gently with the music (课件出示歌曲My schoolbag)
2 Revision
Review the dialogue of Let’s talk (课件出示 Amy熊猫书包)
T Look What’s this Oh It’s a panda It’s Amy’s new…
Ss Schoolbag
The teacher writes down the word schoolbag on the blackboard
T Good It’s Amy’s new schoolbag
T OK Who wants to be Amy Who wants to be Chen Jie
Act out the dialogue in roles
3 Leadin
T Good job Amy has a fat panda Amy’s schoolbag is heavy We can ask Amy What’s in your schoolbagAmy
Write down the sentence What’s in your schoolbag on the blackboard Teach the word schoolbag
T Pay attention to the word schoolbag s sounds s ch sounds k sch sounds sk oo sounds uː school school school
Pay attention to the word baga sounds æ bag bag bag school + bagschoolbag
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary
(1)Watch the cartoon and answer （课件出示教材P15 Let’s learn板块动画）
Play the cartoon for the first time
T What’s in Amy’s schoolbag
Ss Many books
T Right Many books are in Amy’s schoolbag So her schoolbag is so heavy
(2)Watch and do
T What books are in Amy’s schoolbag Watch the cartoon again Then take out the right books of your schoolbags
Check the answer on the PPT (出示课件)
(3)Learn the new vocabularies English book Chinese book maths book storybook
①Learn English book
The teacher shows an English book
T It’s an English book Pay attention to an
Write down an English book on the blackboard
T Pay attention to the first letter of English The letter E is the capital letter It sounds ɪ It is a vowel So there is an an before English OK Read after me ɪŋglɪʃ Very good
T I say and you do Show me your English book Put your English book on your head Put your English book on your desk
②Learn Chinese book
The teacher shows two books
T I have two books An English book and a Chinese book
Write down a Chinese book on the blackboard
T Pay attention to the first letter of Chinese The letter C is the capital letter Now read after me ch sounds tʃ tʃaɪniːz
T Show me your English book and Chinese book Put your Chinese book on your English book
③Learn maths book
T S1 show me your schoolbag What’s in your schoolbag Let me see Oh you have a maths book
Write down a maths book on the blackboard
T Please look at my mouth and pay attention to the pronunciation of the word maths m sounds m a sounds æ th sounds θ s sounds s The letter m sounds m It is a consonant So there is an a before maths book
T Everybody show me your maths book Put your maths book on your desk How many books are there on your desk now
Ss Three books
T What are they
Ss An English book a Chinese book and a maths book
④Learn storybook
T Look at my schoolbag What’s in my schoolbag Please guess
Ss …
The teacher opens the schoolbag and says A Chinese book a maths book an English book and…
The teacher shows three storybooks and says Storybooks One storybook two storybooks three storybooks
Write down three storybooks on the blackboard Lead students to observe the structure of the word storybook
T This word storybook is a compound word The words story and book are not written separately And what’s in my schoolbag
Ss A Chinese book a maths book an English book and three storybooks
T Very good
2 Look and match
Look at the PPT and match the words with the pictures
3 Listen to the recording of Let’s learn （课件出示教材P15 Let’s learn板块音频）
Let students read after the recording Listen carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
4 Let’s do
(1)The teacher plays the recording sentence by sentence （课件出示教材P15 Let’s do板块音频） Students show the things they have heard
(2)The teacher repeats sentence by sentence Students point out the pictures in their books
(3)Listen and do
T Class Now I say and you do Show me your Chinese bookEnglish bookmaths bookpencil boxeraser… OK wonderful Please listen and do after the recording
Play the recording again and let students do the corresponding actions after the recording together
Step 3 Practice
1 Play a game—Loudly and quietly
Tips The teacher hides the word card in a certain place Ask one student to find If heshe comes near the word card students speak the word quietly If heshe goes far away from the card students read the word loudly
2 Play a game—Simon says
(游戏说明教师发指令前说Simon says学生做动作发指令前没说Simon says学生做动作Simon says show me your Chinese book学生做动作 Put your maths book in your schoolbag学生做动作活动组竞赛形式进行)
3 Play a game—Sharp eyes
Show some pictures and options one by one and let students choose the correct option for each picture as quickly as they can
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 A guessing game
Play the game in groups of four One student hides a book in hisher schoolbag The others guess
S1 What’s in my schoolbag Guess
S2 A maths book
S3 …
S4 …
2 Play a chain game
S1 What’s in your schoolbag
S2 A Chinese book
S3 A Chinese book and a pencil box
S4 …
3 A circling game
T Anna has a nice schoolbag What’s in it Let’s listen and circle the things in Anna’s schoolbag [课件出示书包书文具（必须包含面话中出现物品加关物品）]
Students listen to the dialogue and circle the things
板书
作业
1 Copy the new vocabularies and the sentences
2 Talk about your schoolbag with your parents
教学反思
运歌曲PPT游戏等种教学手段吸引学生参种教学活动中轻松愉快氛围中复旧知学新知Let’s do中句型穿插Let’s learn板块教学中教师引入相关指令语学生听听做做手眼耳脑帮助学生更记忆单词意义读音时增加课堂趣味性活跃课堂气氛通形式样游戏操练活动全面提高学生听说认读词汇力板书设计直观突出重点词汇句型起辅助教学作
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳ie单词中发音规ie单词中发长音aɪ
够读出符合ie发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合ie发音规单词
教学重点
够读出符合ie发音规单词根单词读音拼写出符合ie发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合ie发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
Chant in groups Let’s have a PK The winner will get a red star
3 T S1 show me your schoolbag What’s in your schoolbag
S1 A Chinese book a maths book…
Talk about things in the schoolbags with several students
Step 2 Presentation
1
(1)T Look Zoom has a new schoolbag too Wow It’s nice (Write down nice on the blackboard)
Students read it after the teacher The teacher underlines the letters ie and teaches aɪ
(2)T Zoom’s schoolbag is nice So he likes it very much (Write down like on the blackboard)
Students read it after the teacher The teacher underlines the letters ie
T How does ie sound Yes ie sounds aɪ Read after me aɪaɪaɪ
Read like this ieaɪcsiceaɪs nicenaɪs ieaɪkkikeaɪk likelaɪk
(3)T Guess What’s in Zoom’s schoolbag
Ss An English bookA Chinese book…
The teacher clicks the mouse Show a kite on the PPT
Ss Wow It’s a kite
T Yes it’s a kite (Write down kite on the blackboard)
Students read kite after the teacher Then the teacher repeats aɪ and let some students try to underline the letters (Reward students with some red stars)
Read like this ieaɪttiteaɪt kitekaɪt
(4)Click the mouse and enlarge the picture of the kite on the PPT
T Look There’s a secret on the kite What is it Yes two numbers five and nine (Write down five nine on the blackboard) Read like this ieaɪvviveaɪv fivefaɪv ieaɪnnineaɪn ninenaɪn
(Reward students with some red stars)
(5)T Zoom has a nice kite in his schoolbag He likes the kite very much He flies the kite all day He’s hungry He’s eating some rice Let students underline ie and read it Then spell the word (Reward students with some red stars)
Lead students to observe their common points ie the vowel letter i and a silent e at the end of the words sounds the same sound aɪ with i That is ie sounds aɪ in the words
2 Read and match
T Look at the PPT Read the words and match with the pictures 3 Read after the recording
Step 3 Practice
1 Read listen and number T Turn to Page 16 and finish the exercise of Read listen and number
(1)The teacher teaches the word fine and students read the words
(2)Listen to the recording and number the words
(3)Check the answers
2 Read and distinguish
Read the words in each group and distinguish
3 Listen circle and write
(1)Give an example
T Look at the first picture What can you see
Ss Five
T Great Now listen to the recording What do you hear
Ss faɪv
T Good job
(2)Lead students to observe the pictures of this part and try to predict the content of the listening text
(3)Let students listen circle and write Remind them to pay attention to the words’ handwriting
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Try to read the following words
Show some words with ie just like time wife white line bite Mike drive on the PPT
Let students try to spell these words Then read them aloud
2 Classify the given words
T Read the following words and classify them according to their pronunciations Discuss with your partners Then report the results and check the answers
板书
作业
Try to find more words with ie that sounds aɪ
教学反思
节课整体课堂气氛较感觉没控节奏发音拓展部分应该更加细致位外引导学生观察ie单词中发音规时没顾坐角落学生互动应该注意类问题
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
够情境中恰运句型—What colour is it —It’s…问答颜色
够情境中理解新词lost toy notebook意思正确发音
够通板块提供教学活动操练巩固课核心句型—What colour is it —It’s…
教学重点
够理解新词掌握重点句型
够情景中恰运句型—What colour is it —It’s…问答颜色
教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—What colour is it —It’s…问答颜色
教学准备
PPT课件视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
3 Do the TPR action
T Where is your mouththe dooryour pen…
Ss Here it is
Step 2 Presentation
1 Leadin
T Good job Are you happy now
Ss Yes
Show the main scene graph of Unit 2 on the PPT （课件出示教材P12情景图中关SarahAmy图片）
T Who are they
Ss Sarah and Amy
T Is Sarah happy
Ss No
（The teacher shows a notebook）
T You’re right Sarah is not happy because she lost her notebook
Write down lost notebook on the blackboard
T Read after me please lɒst lɒst nəʊt nəʊt the letter e is silent bʊk bʊk notenəʊtbookbʊk notebook
Let students read after the teacher
2 Learn Lost & Found excuse me
(1)T Sarah isn’t happy She lost her notebook Where can she find it Maybe she can go to the Lost & Found (课件出示失物招领处画面)
Write down Lost & Found on the blackboard
Let students read after the teacher
(2)Show the pictures of Let’s talk in Part B (出示课件)
T We can see Zhang Peng in this picture Look carefully Where’s Zhang Peng
Ss At the Lost & Found
T Yes he’s at the Lost & Found Why is he here Maybe he lost…
S1 …
S2 …
Listen and choose the right answer (出示课件)Then Check the answer
T How do you know the answer Can you read the sentence in the book out
Ss Zhang Peng says I lost my schoolbag
Let students read the sentence one by one
T Zhang Peng is a polite boy because he says Excuse me I lost my schoolbag
Let students read this sentence one by one
Present some scenes to practice excuse me (课件出示场景交警叔叔问路场景二东西场景三请路）
3 Learn the sentence structures —What colour is it —It’s… and the new word toy
The teacher walks to S1
T Excuse me Can I have a look at your schoolbag
…
T Oh thank you Your schoolbag is nice It’s blue and yellow What’s in it
(The student takes out the books and answers)
S1 A maths book a Chinese book…
T Can I borrow your schoolbag for a moment The teacher walks to S2
T Excuse me Can I have a look at your schoolbag
…
T Oh thank you What colour is it
S2 It’s red
T Can I borrow your schoolbag for a moment
Write down the sentence structures —What colour is it —It’s… on the blackboard
Let students read after the teacher Then students read it one by one
…
The teacher gets several schoolbags in the same way
T Now I have some schoolbags here But I forget their owners Whose schoolbags are on the teacher’s desk Please come here
T What colour is your schoolbag
S1 …
T What’s in it
S1 …
T Oh What’s this It’s a toy There is a toy in your schoolbag Can we take toys to school No we can’t So you can’t take a toy next time OK
S1 OK
T Here it is
S1 Thank you
The teacher writes down the new word toy on the blackboard
T Now read after me Toy tɔɪ tɔɪ
The teacher and students continue to ask and answer like this until the teacher finds other schoolbags’ owners
4 Get more details
Listen to the recording and answer the questions (课件出示教材P17 Let’s talk板块音频) Underline the key sentences in the booksThen check the answers
T How do you know the answer
S1 Zhang Peng says It’s blue and white
T What’s in Zhang Peng’s schoolbag
S2 An English book two toys and a notebook
T Yes Zhang Peng found his schoolbag He thanks Miss White very much So he says Thank you so much
Repeat so much Let students read and act out Thank you so much
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen to the recording again and repeat
Let students read the dialogue after the recording Listen carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
2 Read the dialogue
Let students read the dialogue in pairs
3 Role play
T Let’s read the dialogue in roles Group 1 and Group 2 you are Zhang Peng Group 3 and Group 4 you’re Miss White Now read the dialogue in pairs Then act it out in class I will find the best group The red star is for the best group
4 Let’s play
Ask students to guess what book it is according to the colours Finish the activity of Let’s play (课件出示教材P17 Let’s play板块图片)
（1）T Look What’s this Yes It’s a storybook What colour is it It’s green What’s this It’s a Chinese book What colour is it It’s red…
Help students get to know all the books and their colours in Let’s play Then start the activity
T I have a new book Guess what is it You can ask me the colour of my new book Then you can know it
Make a model first
T I have a new book
S1 What colour is it
T It’s yellow
S1 It’s a Chinese book
T Yes Now please do it like this in pairs I will find the best pair The red stars are for the winners
（2）Show time
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Two students make a group to create a dialogue according to the PPT
2 Draw and talk
Let students draw a new schoolbag and talk about it with their partners like this
S1 This is my new schoolbag
S2 What colour is it
S1 It’s…
S2 What’s in it
S1 …
S2 It’s nice
S1 Thank you
Let several groups show in class Reward some presents to the winners
板书
作业
1 Read the dialogue
2 Act out the dialogue with your partner at the Lost & Found
教学反思
1课前热身环节通学生喜爱课时教学容相关歌曲TPR活动充分激发学生学兴趣
2课时教学失物招领线创设情境情境中学新知巩固新知运新知
3教学程中通师生生生话情景中知识遵循词离句句离景教学规律
4真实语境中操练重点句型帮助学生真正理解掌握重点句型学会灵活运
Part B Let’s learn & Draw and say
教学目标
够听说认读单词candy key toy notebook
够熟练运句型What’s in the schoolbag询问描述书包中种物品名称
描述书包中物品时够正确名词单复数形式
复巩固Part B Let’s learn板块句型What’s in myyour schoolbag单词candy key toy notebook
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词candy key toy notebook
够熟练描述书包中种物品
教学难点
描述书包中物品时够正确名词单复数形式
教学准备
PPT课件视频贴纸实物等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—My schoolbag （出示课件）
3 Revision
Put the schoolbag in a plastic bag and show it to students
T Look boys and girls What’s this … Yes It’s my schoolbag It’s a nice schoolbag What colour is it What’s in it Do you want to know Please guess Come on class If you do a good job you can get a sticker (Show students the stickers)
T What colour is my schoolbag
S1 Green
T No again
S1 Orange
T Yes you’re right Here’s your sticker
T What’s in my schoolbag
S2 A Chinese book
T No again
S2 An English book
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words notebook toy toys
(课件出示节课张鹏失物招领处找蓝白色书包)
T Look Do you know this schoolbag Whose schoolbag is it
Ss It’s Zhang Peng’s schoolbag
T Yes It’s Zhang Peng’s schoolbag He found it at the Lost & Found What’s in his schoolbag
Ss An English book two toys and a notebook
T Are you right Let’s check
(课件出示 P18 Let’s learn板块插图)
T Oh yes look A notebook Two toys
(课件出示书包中笔记两玩具分闪烁两接着图片旁边出现单词notebooktoys中toys中字母s红色)
T How many notebooks can you see in Zhang Peng’s schoolbag
Ss One
T Good one notebook Notebook notebook notenəʊtbook
bʊk notebook How many toys
T Let’s count One two Two toys Toy oyɔɪ toytɔɪ toystɔɪz
Write down the words notebook toy toys on the blackboard
The teacher reads the words toys and notebook syllable by syllable Students follow the teacher and then practice reading the words
(课件出示种物品)
Students read the words after the teacher for three times Then choose a group of words to read one by one like this one boy two boys three boys One book four books five books
2 Teach the new words candy candies key keys
(1)The teacher holds a candy in the hand
T Guess What’s in my hand It’s sweet and children all like it
Ss …
T Good Look It’s a candy It’s a red candy Candy cankæn
dydi candy
Write down the word candy on the blackboard
The teacher reads the word candy syllable by syllable Students follow the teacher and then practice reading the word
The teacher shows another candy
T What colour is it
Ss It’s blue
T Wonderful Now Let’s count One candy two candies I have two candies One candy two candies
Write down the word candies on the blackboard
The teacher reads the word candies syllable by syllable Students follow the teacher and then practice reading the word
(2)The teacher shows students a schoolbag
T I have something in the schoolbag Please ask with the sentence What’s in your schoolbag And you can touch and take itthem out Then tell other students what it isthey are
Write down the sentence What’s in your schoolbag on the blackboard
S1 What’s in your schoolbag (Touch in the schoolbag) A notebook and two candies
T Great You’re right
S2 What’s in your schoolbag (Touch in the schoolbag) …
S3 What’s in your schoolbag (Touch in the schoolbag) I don’t know
T Take itthem out of the bag Let’s have a look
T Oh they’re keys
The teacher shows one key and says slowly A key
The teacher shows two keys and says slowly Two keys
The teacher shows a bunch of keys and says I have many keys
Write down the words key keys on the blackboard
The teacher reads the words like this kkeyiː keykiː keyskiːz Students follow the teacher and practice reading the words Then read one by one
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen to the recording and repeat (课件出示教材P18 Let’s learn板块中单词音频)
T What’s in Zhang Peng’s schoolbag Listen and repeat
Play the recording Let students listen to the recording and repeat Remind students to pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
2 Read the words and the sentences
Let students read the words and the sentences in different ways Read freely Read in pairs Read together
3 Play some games
T Now Let’s play some games If you do a good job you can get a sticker Come on
(1)Flash words (课件出示快速闪现Part APart B两部分学词汇)
T Look at the PPT and say the words as quickly as you can
(2)Watch think and guess
The teacher shows a part of some pictures and asks What’s this
Students try to guess and answer
T Good job You’re right Here’s a sticker for you Let’s go on
…
(3)Make up the words
Present the letters that can make up the words in random order Ask students to guess the words
T Look at these letters Put the letters in right order and we can see a word What is it
T Write down the words in your exercise books Come on
Check the answers Give out the stickers for the winners
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Listen and circle
T What’s in Amy’s schoolbag Look at the PPT and listen carefully then circle
2 Draw and say
Draw a schoolbag and some things in the schoolbag
Talk about the schoolbag like this
A What’s in your schoolbag
B Three keys two toys and an English book
Practice in pairs
Choose some pairs to act out in classThen the teacher makes an evaluation
板书
作业
1 Read the new words to your parents and copy the words
2 Practice reading the sentences
教学反思
1方式呈现新单词吸引学生注意力学生感受物品真实含义形成语境更利学生理解掌握单词
2教学程中单纯教单词始终遵循词离句教学原学生语境中更容易理解单词含义
3教授新单词时候通拆音拼音等语音意识训练活动帮助学生快速记忆单词
4学生想象空间学生画书包书包里装物品谈新书包培养学生想象力交际力
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够读懂组句子完成选择正确图片务
够正确意群语音语调朗读组句子
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
够综合运单元核心词句
检测单元AB部分核心句型
考查单元核心词汇认读
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱
教学重点
够读懂组句子完成选择正确图片务
够正确意群语音语调朗读组句子
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
够综合运单元核心词句
教学难点
够综合运单元核心词句
教学准备
PPT课件录音视频材料
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Play a game—What’s missing
Review the words schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook candy notebook toy key (课件出示schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook candy notebook toy key然机消失)
Ask students to say the missing word quickly
4 Leadin
Talk about the schoolbags with students
T What colour is your schoolbag
S1 It’s blue
T What’s in your schoolbag
S2 An English book a maths book three storybooks
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading
(1)Look and say
T I know what is in your schoolbag Now I have two schoolbags (课件出示教材P19 Read and circle中两书包图片) I have many things in the two schoolbags Look What are these
Show the things on the PPT (课件出示 教材P19 Read and circle中书包外物品分类呈现)
Lead students to say a storybook two storybooks a car a ball some candies some toys
(2)Learn the word cute (课件出示带熊猫钥匙图片闪烁)
T What are these
Ss Keys
T How many keys
S Three keys
T Yes The keys are with a panda I like the panda because It’s cute Do you like it
Ask students to read after the teacher cute cute a cute panda
(课件出示带猴子钥匙图片闪烁)
The teacher leads students to say a cute monkey
Ask students to read after the teacher cute cute a cute monkey
2 Whilereading
(1)Ask and answer (课件出示教材P19 Read and circle部分两幅图)
(1)Ask and answer
T Look at Picture A What’s in the schoolbag
S1 Two storybooks three keys some candies some toys and a cute panda
T What’s in the schoolbag in Picture B
S2 A storybook two keys some candies some toys and a cute monkey
(2)Listen and underline
T Listen to the recording and underline the words about school things（课件出示教材P19 Read and circle部分音频）
(3)Read and circle
T Read the text then circle the correct answer
(4)Check the answer Answer A
(5)Listen again and read after the recording
T Now let’s listen to the recording again and read after it Make sure you can read the sentences correctly Pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation
(6)Show time
Students have a reading show Choose several reading stars The reading stars can get presents
3 Postreading
Look choose and write
(1)What is in it (课件出示教材P19 Look choose and write部分图片)
T Now we can see a desk What’s in it
S1 An egg a pen a notebook and three keys
T Good We must pay attention to the words egg and notebook The first letter of egg sounds e It is a vowel So we say an egg And keys is the plural form We can’t say three key We must say three keys
Let students turn to page 19 in the book and fill in the blanks
Check the answers (出示课件)
Let a student read it
(2)What’s in your desk
T Now please look at your desk What’s in your desk
Ss …
T Good Please fill in the blank on Page 19
The teacher can walk around and make sure students write the words correctly
Step 3 Practice
Let’s check
(1)Listen and number (课件出示教材P20 Listen and number中四幅图)
T Look at these pictures They are all school things Now look at Picture 1 What can you see
S1 A pen
T Good It’s a red pen And how about Picture 2 What’s it And what colour is it
S2 It’s a green schoolbag
T Great What can you see in Picture 3
S3 I can see a red schoolbag
T Wonderful And what’s in the red schoolbag
S3 A storybook and some candies
T Good job Now who can say something about Picture 4
S4 I can see a pink schoolbag A notebook and a maths book are in the schoolbag
T Very good Let’s listen and number (课件出示Listen and number音频)
Check the answers Answers 3 1 2 4
(2)①Look and circle (课件出示教材P20 Look and circle部分文字图片)
T What’s in the schoolbag Please read and circle You can underline the different school things in A and B first Then look at the picture and circle the correct answer Check the answer and let students read in groups Answer B
②Read and fill in the blanks
Let students look at the picture on the PPT and try to fill in the blanks
Check the answers (出示课件)
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Write about your schoolbag or your pencil box
T What’s in your schoolbag What’s in your pencil box Choose one topic and write about it You can write like this
T Please write down on your exercise books Pay attention to the capitalizing letter before a sentence and the punctuation after a sentence
Show some students’ sentences in class
Check the answers with students The other students check in pairs
2 Emotional education
T Is your schoolbagdesk tidy or messy Please put away your school things in time Keep your schoolbag or desk tidy It’s a good habit
板书
作业
1 Read the text to your parents
2 Write about your desk in your bedroom
教学反思
热身环节通歌曲游戏活动复已学单词新课学做知识铺垫
阅读教学前语篇认真进行分析明确语篇中心容知识点找出中重难点词汇句型明确教学目标重难点阅读程中初步培养学生阅读获取信息处理信息力引导学生掌握阅读技巧阅读通练加强巩固学生语言实际运力书写力教学程中注重培养学生良规范书写惯板书设计呈现课语言支架学生阅读书写起辅助作
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型—What’s his her name —His Her name is…询问姓名够回答够情景中运句型He’sShe’s…He She has…描述物性格外貌特征
够语境中助图片等理解新词friendly strong his意思够正确发音
通观察Let’s play板块图片够语言示范简单描述物外貌特征
够进步巩固核心句型He’sShe’s…—What’s hisher name —His Her name is…理解运
教学重点
够情景中运句型—What’s his her name —His Her name is…询问姓名够回答
够情景中运句型He’s She’s…He She has…描述性格外貌特征
教学难点
够情景中灵活运核心句型询问姓名回答
够熟练描述性格外貌特征
够正确读出Chinese his尾音
教学准备
PPT课件卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
T Good afternoon boys and girls Today let’s be good friends OK
Ss OK
The teacher shakes hands with a student and says Friends friends good friends Then students shake hands with each other and say what the teacher says
Ss Friends friends good friends
T Now tell me Who is your good friend
S1 He She is…
S2 …
2 Let’s do
Show the chant on the PPT Play the music and chant with students （出示课件）
3 Play a guessing game
Pull up a curtain Ask some students to hide behind the curtain and put their arms or legs out of the curtain in turn Point to one of them and let the other students guess who he she is
T Who’s he she
Ss He She is…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new sentences
(1) The teacher makes a selfintroduction with the sentence My name’s… and then asks a boy
T What’s your name
Boy My name is…
After the boy answers the question the teacher introduces the boy
T His name is… He is…
(2) The teacher asks students What’s his name
(3) The teacher inspires other students to answer the question and writes down the sentence structure His name is… on the blackboard
Ask students to pay attention to the ending sound of the word hishɪz
(4) The teacher points to other boys one by one and lets students do more exercises to master the language points
T What’s his name
Ss His name is…
(5) The teacher points to a girl and says She’s… Her name is…
Then the teacher asks students What’s her name
Let students try to answer the question Write down the sentence structure Her name is… on the blackboard
Ask students to pay attention to the ending sound of the word herhə (r)
The teacher points to another girl and asks What’s her name
Let students ask and answer in pairs with the sentence structures —What’s her name —Her name is…
2 Practice the new sentences
（1）Show fuzzy pictures of the two people on the PPT (课件出示：学生熟悉两模糊图片两分男女者男孩女孩)
T Look He’s She’s my new friend
Let students guess the names of the two people
Lead students to ask the question What’s hisher name Show clear pictures of the two people and reveal the names（出示课件） Write down the sentence What’s his her name on the blackboard And emphasize the distinction between his and her
（2）Show some students’ pictures collected in advance on the PPT (出示课件)
T Look I have some pictures Look at this picture Who can tell me hisher name
Lead students to use the sentence structure His Her name is… to answer
Ss His Her name is…
T Is he she tall short
Ss Yes
T Is he she thin
Ss No he she is…
Do the action to show strong Then write down the word strong and teach it
T strstroɒngŋ strongstrɒŋ
T He’s She’s tall and strongshort and thin And heshe is friendly
Write down the word friendly on the blackboard Mark ly with red chalk Teach the word
T friendfrendlyli friendly
Ask students to read it and pronounce it correctly
Introduce the etiquette of appearance description Replace fat with strong
T We usually don’t say he she is fat but he she is strong
3 Let’s talk
（1）Show a picture of John on the PPT (出示课件)
T What’s his name
Ss His name is John
Show a picture of John’s mum on the PPT (出示课件)
T She is John’s mother What are they talking about
Ss … （Guess）
T They are talking about John’s new friend Who is heshe
（2） Show the questions one by one on the PPT
①Does John have a Chinese friend
T We are all Chinese because we are all from China
Point to the Chinese flag on the wall to help students understand the word Chinese
Then teach the word Chinese
T Chtʃiaɪneseniːz Chinese
②What’s John’s friend’s name
③Is John’s friend tall and strong
（3）Play the video of Let’s talk on the PPT Let students watch the video with questions （课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块视频）
Ask students to underline the sentences about the answers in their books and answer the questions in class Then check the answers together
4 Listen read and act
(1) Let students listen to the recording and read after it（出示课件）
(2) Lead students to act out the dialogue in pairs
Step 3 Practice
1 Let’s play
Show the picture of Let’s play on the PPT (出示课件)
T We have four new friends today Can you introduce them to me
Ss His name is… He’s… Her name is… She’s…
T Good Now let me describe them and you say out the names She’s tall and thin What’s her name
Ss Her name is Lucy
T Where is she
Ss …
T Yes there she is (Do the action to point at Lucy on the screen)
Let students quickly name the characters according to the teacher’s description Finally point to the character and say the sentence Oh there she he is
Then lead students to ask and answer in pairs One describes and asks the other answers
2 Play a game—Find a friend
Divide students into groups of four Let each student write down a classmate’s name on the card The back of the card is facing up Let a student in each group pick a card randomly and describe the student on
the card one by one The rest of the group guess who the student is according to the description
Make a model
A My friend is a boy He’s thin He has short hair He likes maths Who’s he
B & C & D His name is…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Play a game—Draw my friend
Present a passage on the PPT Lead students to read the passage Then ask students to draw a portrait on the blackboard one by one Each one draws a brushstroke to complete the portrait
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Introduce the friend to parents with the key sentence structures
教学反思
1 课时学描述性格外貌特征课程开始通复巩固句型My name is…导入新词his her稍加练学生快掌握句型What’s his her name句型His Her name is…进行作答
2 活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养
3 猜绘画活动活跃课堂氛围调动学生学积极性加强师生交流活动合作竞争取错教学效果
4 突出语功联系学生实际情况设置环节层层深入帮助学生真实情景中灵活操练学语言
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant
教学目标
够听说认读单词tall strong short thin friendly quiet
够情景中熟练运句型He’s She’s…介绍物性格外貌特征
够运句型Who is he she询问姓名回答
够通节奏说唱强化单词音义联系增加课堂趣味性
理解歌谣中物外貌性格特征描述创编新歌谣描述朋友
教学重点
够掌握描述物特点词汇
够词汇简单描述性格外貌特征
教学难点
够情景中熟练运句型He’s…介绍物性格外貌特征
够掌握单词friendly quiet发音
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
(1) Point to a boy and ask his name in rhyme Ask students to answer in rhyme too
T（Clap hands）What’s his name What’s his name
Ss His name is… His name is…
T What’s her name What’s her name（Clap hands and point to a girl）
Ss Her name is… Her name is…
(2) Play a game—I say you do (课件出示：段节奏背景音乐)
T Boys and girls now I say you do Make yourself tall
Ss Tall tall tall (Students stand up and say while they do it)
T Make yourself short Make your arms long Make your eyes big …
Ss Short short short Long long long Big big big …
3 Watch and act
Play the video of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块视频) Let students watch it and act out the dialogue in pairs
4 Leadin
T John has a good friend I have a good friend too Do you want to know what hisher name is
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the sentences
T I have a good friend in our class He is a boy He’s tall and strong He’s in Group 4 Guess What’s his name
Describe the appearance of a student in the class simply If other students can’t guess who he is lead them to ask What’s his name
T You can also ask me Who is he
Write down the sentences What’s his name Who is he on the blackboard
2 Let’s learn
（1）Learn the words tall strong short thin
Ask a student to come to the front of the classroom and introduce him as a good friend
Then invite another student who is completely different from the boy before Ask other students to observe their differences Lead in the words tall strong short thin
Show the word cards in turn Teach these words Ask students to read after the teacher
Let students point to the classmates and use the sentence structure He’s She’s… to describe others
（2）Learn the phrases tall and strong short and thin
Point to the tall and strong boy on the podium Lead students to say the sentences He’s tall and He’s strong
Then the teacher says He’s tall and strong Ask students to read the sentence after the teacher
Practice the sentence He’s short and thin in the same way
(3) Learn the word quiet
The teacher makes a gesture with the index finger to keep students quiet and says the sentence Be quiet Then show the word card quiet and read it qukwiaɪeətt quiet Then paste the card onto the blackboard Help students understand the meaning of the word quiet Lead students to use the word quiet to make sentences in the real situations
(4) Learn the word friendly
Show pictures of some activities on the PPT and ask Who is friendly
Explain the exact meaning of the word friendly through the movement or the expression
(5) Play and watch
Play the video of Let’s learn on the PPT（课件出示：教材P25 Let’s learn板块视频）Let students watch it
Play it again Ask students to imitate after it and read the words and the sentences over and over again
The teacher describes John with the sentences I have a good friend He’s short and thin
Lead boys to ask Who is he Lead girls to guess who he is and use the sentence His name is John to answer
Ask students to choose a person from the pictures of this section and practice the dialogue in pairs Then let students act it out
Step 3 Practice
1 I point you say
Show the words at random on the PPT (出示课件) Ask students to say out the words quickly
T I will point to the words one by one on the PPT Please say out the words quickly Let’s go What’s this
Ss …
2 I say you do
The teacher speaks the words and asks students to perform corresponding actions
T This time I say you do When I say the word tall please do like this（Raise the arms up）When I say the word short please do like this（Put the arms down）When I say the word strong please do like this（Raise the fists up）And this is for thin (Put the hands on the both sides of cheeks) Are you ready Let’s play
3 I do you say
T Now let’s exchange I do you say
4 Let’s chant
Show the pictures of Lily and Tim in the chant on the PPT (课件出示：教材P25 Let’s chant板块中物图片) Help students describe Lily and Tim with the words they have learned and the sentence structure HeShe is…
Play the chant separately（出示课件）Let students read the chant after the recording
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a competition
Let students chant in different ways to make a competition Remind students to do some actions while they’re chanting
2 Create a new chant
Encourage students to replace the adjectives in the chant according to the true situations of friends Create a new chant and perform it in class
板书
作业
1 Copy the words learned in this lesson five times in four lines and three grids
2 Draw your parents and describe them in English
教学反思
1 指说说做等连串活动贯穿授新操练程学生种感官参学程中提高学效率
2 学单词目单词灵活运句子中表达更加完整时单词运句子中巩固学单词两者间相辅相成相互促进
3 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳oe单词中发音规
够读出符合oe发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合oe发音规单词
教学重点
够感知纳oe单词中发音规
够读出符合oe发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合oe发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件语音例词单词卡等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Enjoy a song
Play the song—Friends Ask students to sing after the recording （出示课件）
2 Let’s chant
Play the chant for ie in Unit 2 on the PPT Let students chant together （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s spell板块中Read listen and chant部分chant容）
Play the chant for short sound of o on the PPT Let students chant together （课件出示：PEP三教材P40 Let’s spell板块中Listenrepeat and chant部分chant容）
Step 2 Presentation
1 Read the words
T Today we have a new friend Look
Show the picture of Mr Jones on the PPT（课件出示：教材P26 Mr Jones图片）Lead in the words of this section
T Who is he
Ss He is Mr Jones
T Yes he is Mr Jones j sounds dʒ oe sounds əʊ n sounds n s sounds z Read after me
Ss …
Write down Mr Jones on the blackboard
T (Point at Mr Jones’ nose) What’s this
Ss It is Mr Jones’ nose
T Yes it’s his nose nose nose nnoəʊszWrite down the word nose on the blackboard
T Touch your nose please
Let students do the action
Show another picture on the PPT
T And what’s in Mr Jones’ left hand
Ss It’s a note
T Good We write notes on our notebooks And this is Coke (Point at the Coke in Mr Jones’ right hand) Do you like Coke
Write down the words note Coke on the blackboard
Ask students to read after the teacher and practice in groups
2 Find out the rules
T Look at these words on the blackboard What can you find
S1 They have the same letter o
S2 They have the same letter e
T Yes They all have oe The letter e at the end is silent What is the sound of the oe Let’s read and find
The teacher reads each word slowly with students
T What is the sound
Ss …
T Yes it’s əʊ Look at my mouth and read after me
Lead students to summarize the pronunciation rule of oe Present the rule on the PPT
3 Read listen and chant
Ask students to look at the pictures of Read listen and chant carefully Then play the recording of this part (出示课件)
Let students listen to it carefully Next show the listening material (出示课件) Ask students to read it after the recording and circle the words with oe At last lead students to chant freely with clapping their hands
4 Act out
Let students to act out the chant together
Step 3 Practice
1 Guess the words
The teacher says the four words one by one in silence The students guess the words by observing the teacher’s mouth and say them out loudly
2 Listen and do
The teacher gives out the word cards to students and says the words at random The students listen to the teacher and raise up the corresponding word cards
3 Read listen and tick
Present the four groups of words on the PPT (课件出示： 教材P26 Read listen and tick部分练) Let students observe them and discuss the similarities and the differences
Let students read the four groups of words Remind students to pay attention to the different pronunciations of o and oe oe sounds
əʊ in the open syllable and o sounds ɒ in the closed syllable
Play the recording and ask students to choose the words they hear (课件出示：教材P26 Read listen and tick部分音频)
Play the recording again Check the answers together with students
Answers 1 note 2 home 3 dog 4 lost
4 Listen circle and write
(1) Let students look at the pictures in this section and try to predict the content of the listening
(2) Let students look at the standard writing of the word dog in the textbook Then read the word
T ddoɒgg dogdɒg
Lead students to find the letter o is in a closed syllable so o sounds ɒ here
(3) Play the recording of this section (出示课件) Let students judge what they hear is the open syllable(oe) or the closed syllable（o）
(4) Let them circle the right answers and write down the words they hear
Properly remind students to write English words correctly
Answers 1 dog 2 nose 3 mom 4 note
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Spell the words
Show more words on the PPT such as smoke phone joke… Ask students to try to read the words according to the pronunciation rule of oe
Show more words on the PPT such as dog box fox… Ask students to try to read the words according to the pronunciation rule of o
2 Chant together
（1）Show a chant on the PPT Let students try to sing the chant
（2）Act out the chant
Give students some time to practice it Encourage them to add their own actions Let them work in groups and choose the ways they like to chant creatively
板书
作业
Read Let’s spell three times after the recording
教学反思
节语音课教学元音字母o重读开音节中发音规教学音标时充分调动学生积极性学生断感知练中总结发音规律
通口型猜单词听音找单词听音写单词活动学知识运实践中提高学生参课堂学意识调动学热情
通听听读读等种形式反复练学生听读中找出发音规律拼写规律培养学生分析力纳总结力通创编chant发音规融入活泼韵句中降低学生学难度
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中恰运句型He has…and his…描述外貌特征
够语境中理解新词or right glasses shoes意思正确发音
重点关注glassesshoes末尾ess发音
够根语言支架创编话综合运目标语言
够根描述判断出相应物
教学重点
够理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够运重点句型描述外貌特征
教学难点
够语境中理解新词or right glasses shoes意思正确发音
够掌握单词is are has have法
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a chant
Play the video of Let’s chant on page 25（课件出示：教材P25 Let’s chant板块视频）Get students to sing together
T Do you remember the chant about friends Let’s sing the chant together
2 Leadin
Show three characters on the PPT (课件出示：矮男孩John穿蓝色鞋子双胞胎姐妹LucyLilyLucy高子穿红色鞋子Lily高子穿黑色鞋子)
Lead students to find clues by asking the teacher to guess who the teacher’s friend is
Ss Is your friend a boy
T No she is a girl
Ss Is she tall
T Yes she is
Ss Is she Lucy
T No Look at the shoes (Point to the shoes and help students know the meaning of shoes)
Write down the word shoes on the blackboard and read it Get students to know es sounds z here
T Her shoes are black (Say the colour of the friend’s shoes)
Ss She is Lily
T Yes you’re right Lucy’s shoes are red Lily’s shoes are black And we can say
Her shoes are red (Point at Lucy)
Her shoes are black (Point at Lily)
His shoes are blue (Point at John)
Then write down the sentence structure HisHer shoes are… on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s talk
(1) Show the pictures of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s talk板块图片) Talk about the dialogue with students Ask students to predict the main idea of the dialogue
T Who are they
Ss They are Mike and John
T What are they talking about Guess
S1 Maybe they are talking about friends
S2 …
…
T You know about my new friend What about Mike’s new friend Who is he or she Let’s listen to the recording with the questions underline the key sentences about the questions then answer the questions
Show the question and the pictures of different characters on the PPT (课件出示：张鹏吴陈杰图片)
Questions Who is Mike’s new friend A boy or girl
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P27 Let’s talk板块音频）
T Who is Mike’s new friend A boy or girl
Ss A boy
T Who’s he Zhang Peng
Ss No
T Is he Wu Yifan
S Yes You’re right
Write down the word or and the sentence Who is he？ on the blackboard and teach them
Tell students how to answer the questions with or
（2）Show the questions on the PPT：
①Is Mike’s friend a boy or a girl
②Is he tall and thin
③Who is tall and thin too
④What colour are Wu Yifan’s shoes
⑤Does he have glasses
Show the picture and the word glasses on the PPT（课件出示：glasses相关容）Teach the word and ask students to pay attention to the pronunciation of es
Play the cartoon on the PPT（出示课件）Lead students to watch it carefully and discuss the dialogue then answer the questions
T Is Mike’s friend a boy or a girl
Ss A boy
T Is he tall and thin
Ss Yes You’re right
T Who is tall and thin too
Ss Zhang Peng
T What colour are Wu Yifan’s shoes
Ss His shoes are blue
T Does he have glasses
Ss Yes He has glasses
T Yes He has glasses And I have glasses too
Write down the word has Remind students to pay attention to the usage of has have
Point to the boy or the girl wearing glasses in the classroom Lead students to say the sentence He She has glasses
2 Read after the recording
Play the recording again (出示课件) Ask students to follow it and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
3 Act out in pairs
Get students to read the dialogue freely Then ask them to act it out in pairs and find the best pair
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a new dialogue
Ask students to make a new dialogue with the main sentence structures in this lesson and talk in pairs
2 Guess Who’s he she
（1）Show several characters that students are familiar with in turn on the PPT Let students try to describe their characteristics in groups
T Look at this man Can you say something about him Please have a try
Make a model
T He is a man He is tall and thin He has glasses His shoes are black His bag is blue Who’s he Is he…
Ss … (If students are right the teacher says Yes You’re right)
（2）Show time
S1 He She is… He She has… His Her shoes are… His Her bag is…
S2 …
3 Let’s play
T (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s play板块图片文字) Boys and girls we all have good friends Look at the picture Please talk about your friends in pairs with the key sentence structures
S1 He is a boy He has… His shoes are… His bag is… What’s his name
S2 He is…
S1 Yes You’re right What about your friend
S2 She is a girl She has… Her shoes are… Her bag is… What’s her name
S1 …
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Little policeman policewoman—Looking for the lost child
Divide students into three groups Select one student from each group to play the role of the mother or father Ask the selected student to describe the physical feature of her his lost child and the others help her him find the child
Make a model with a student
T (mother) Help me I lost my baby
S1 A boy or girl
T …
板书
作业
1 Read after the recording of Let’s talk three times
2 Describe one of your best friends to your parents
教学反思
chant引入引领学生进入课堂激起学生学兴趣紧接着猜游戏引出课重句型
通创设真实情境引导学生听说演开始运学语言完成活动寻找走失孩子教学中注重新旧知识间渗透培养学生综合运语言力
实践中注意分层教学材施教效方式激发学生动参培养独立思考合作探究创新精神
Part B Let’s learn & Say and draw
教学目标
听说认读短语long hair short hair brown shoes blue glasses a green bag
够运述短语描述物外貌特征衣着扮
够理解句型表达相意思His glasses are blue表达He has blue glasses提高学生灵活运语言力
通活动复巩固重点句型He has…Let’s learn板块学短语
培养学生口语表达力综合实践力
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词hair shoes glasses
够听懂会说认读句型He has…His…is are…
教学难点
够熟练正确描述物外貌特征衣着扮
关注名词单复数变化
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a chant
Play the chant in Let’s chant on page 25（课件出示：教材P25 Let’s chant板块chant）Get students to chant together
2 Leadin
Point to a student and ask other students to try to describe his her characteristics by using the key sentence structures they have learned
Step 2 Presentation
1 Create a situation
(1) Show the outline of Sarah（课件出示：Sarah外轮廓）
T I have two new friends Who are they Guess Now let’s have a look
Ss She is a girl She is tall and thin（Get students to describe her characteristics）
T Look at her hair（Point to her hair）
Teach the word hairheə(r) and ask students to read it after the teacher
T It’s long (Show students the meaning of long by gestures) Her hair is long She has long hair
Write down the sentence She has long hair on the blackboard
Ss She is…
According to the description and the observation let students guess her name Then show a complete picture of Sarah (课件出示：Sarah完整图)
T Oh it’s Sarah Sarah has long hair
Teach the phrase long hair and the sentence She has long hair Point to the other girls with long hair in class and practice the sentence
(2) Point to a girl with short hair in the class
T But she has short hair (Show students the meaning of short by gestures Write down the phrase short hair on the blackboard)
Point to a boy with short hair in the class and say out the phrase short hair Ask students to read the phrase while doing some actions Practice the phrase short hair and the sentence HeShe has short hair
T Who has short hair in our class
Get students to answer the question with the sentence He She has short hair
T Yes His Her hair is short
Write down the two sentences and ask students to make a comparison
(3) Show the outline of Wu Yifan on the PPT (课件出示 吴外轮廓) Lead students to say the sentences He is a boy His hair is short He has short hair
Then present Wu Yifan’s green schoolbag and blue glasses on the PPT (课件出示：吴绿书包蓝眼镜)
Teach the phrases blue glasses a green bag
Ask students to use the key sentence structures He has… or His…is are… to introduce the boy
S1 He has blue glasses He has a green bag
S2 His glasses are blue His bag is green
Present a complete picture of Wu Yifan（课件出示：吴完整图）
T (Point to the picture) It’s Wu Yifan
(4) Point to a boy in the class
T Look What colour are his shoes
Ss …
T His shoes are… And we can say He has…shoes
Then present some pictures of shoes in different colours on the PPT Lead students to say …shoes
Write down the sentence His Her shoes are… He She has…shoes on the blackboard
2 Let’s learn
T My another friend is Wu Yifan And he is Mike’s good friend too Let’s listen and read
（1） Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT Play the recording (课件出示：教材P28 Let’s learn板块图片音频) Ask students to read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Lead students to read the words together and have a competition in different groups For example Group 1 PK Group 2 boys PK girls
（2）First make a model with a student Then lead students to ask and answer in pairs
（3）Ask some students to act out the dialogue
3 Talk in class
Show pictures of the other two characters in Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示：教材P28 Let’s learn板块外两张物图片)
Ask students to imitate the dialogue between Mike and Chen Jie and discuss the appearances and other characteristics of the two characters
Make a model
A My friend has brown shoes
B It’s Amy Her shoes are brown
Step 3 Practice
1 Find friends
The teacher takes out the prepared phrase cards and lets students say the antonym phrases of the card in groups
Like this
Group 1 shows the card long hair
S1 Long hair
S2 Short hair
Group 2 shows the card long arms
S1 Long arms
S2 Short arms
Group 3 shows the card a red bag
S1 A red bag
S2 A green bag
2 Find and match
The teacher shows photos of three cartoon characters with descriptions on the PPT and ask students to find and match (课件出示：卡通物相应描述)
3 Guess in groups
Divide students into groups of four Let students take turns to describ one member of the group and the others in the group guess who he or she is
Make a model
T He is a boy He has short hair He has black glasses He has blue shoes Who is he Guess
Ss He is…His name is…
4 Say and draw
(1) Talk about the main scene picture of Unit 3
Present the main scene picture of Unit 3 and talk about the picture （课件出示：Unit 3情景图）
(2) Say and draw
Present the picture of Say and draw (出示课件)
The rule One person introduces the characteristics of hisher friend The other draws the corresponding character on the paper
Make a model
T I have a friend He has short hair He has red glasses He has brown shoes…
Ask students to draw the boy
Let students say and draw in pairs At last select the pair that performs best
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Do a survey
Show the form on the PPT Let students investigate each other about the length of their hair the colours of the shoes and whether or not have glasses in groups
Ask students to report the results of the survey in the group after completing the survey
Make a model：
I have a friend His Her name is… He She has…hair His Her shoes are… He She has doesn’t have glasses
板书
作业
1 Read the vocabulary after the recording
2 Describe a friend with the key sentence structures and write them down
教学反思
新课教学前通歌曲话方式帮助学生复节课学知识节课做铺垫 结合课件师生互动讲授新知新授词汇融入句子教学中帮助学生词汇灵活运句子中时句子中巩固学词汇二者相辅相成互相促进呈现单元情景图通画画学生玩乐中练巩固词汇句型英语课堂生动起组完成调查报告学生够运学语言描述身边朋友亲板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够读懂四组句子图中物正确匹配
够正确语音语调意群朗读四组句子
够综合运单元核心词句
通图学会图片信息中推测考查点做意识听录音听完成排序务
教学重点
够运学词汇句型简单描述位熟悉朋友学
教学难点
理解What is his her nameWho is he she？区联系
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup
1 Greetings
T Good morning afternoon boys and girls
Ss Good morning afternoon Mr Miss Mrs…
T How are you today
Ss …
2 Revision
(1) Free talk
T Who is tall and strong in our class
Ss …
T Who has brown shoes in our class
Ss …
…
(2) Fill in the blanks
Present the words of this unit on the PPT Ask students to complete the exercise as required
Step 2 Presentation
Read and write
（1）Prereading
①Play a game—Create a supermodel
Draw the outline of a person on the blackboard Ask students to design his her appearance and clothes Let each student say one sentence Draw the outline according to students’ descriptions until a supermodel is created
Ask students to look at the picture again Let them try to make descriptive sentences into a short paragraph
②Guess Who is my best friend
Ask some students to use a complete paragraph to introduce their good friend’s appearance and clothes Ask the other students to guess who he she is Review and consolidate the key sentences learned in this unit
(2) Whilereading
①Show the picture and four groups of sentences of Read and match on the PPT
Let students observe the picture underline the key words and phrases and talk about it in class
T Look at these children boys and girls Who are they
Ss They’re Ben James Ann and Kate
Write down the names on the blackboard and read them at the same time
T Ben pen—Ben ee James name—James aeeɪ Ann ant—Ann aæ Kate cake—Kate aeeɪ
Ss … (Read after the teacher)
T Can you talk something about James
S1 …
T Who can talk about Ben
…
②Complete the activity of Read and match
Ask four students to read the four groups of sentences in turn The other students judge by what they hear
Then check the answers together by letting students ask and answer
Answers：1—James 2—Ann 3—Kate 4—Ben
S1 He has short hair He has a big green bag What is his name
S2 His name is James
S3 She has long hair She has orange shoes What is her name
S4 Her name is Ann
Write down the sentence structures HeShe has… —What’s hisher name —HisHer name is… on the blackboard
S5 She is tall She is friendly She has a blue hat Who is she
S6 She is Kate
S7 He is short and thin He has glasses He is near the window Who is he
S8 He is Ben
Write down the sentence structures —Who is heshe —HeShe is… on the blackboard
Lead students to understand the difference between What is hisher name and Who is he she
T What is his her name We can only answer the name here Who is heshe We can answer the name the job or the relationship with the speaker here
③Listen and repeat
Ask and answer in pairs One says the name of the character in the picture The other quickly retells the character’s descriptive text Then exchange to complete the exercise
For example
S1 Kate
S2 She is tall She is friendly She has a blue hat
（3）Postreading
①Observe and read
Present the three pictures the words and the phrasesAsk students to observe the pictures and read the words and the phrases
②Give language support and talk with students
③Remind students to write the words or phrases correctly
Comment on the completion of students Correct writing errors in time Then check the answers together
Answers 1 tall thin 2 bag 3 long hair
Ask three students to read the sentences in turn
④Let students write a few sentences they have learned in this unit to introduce a classmate Next let some students read the sentences they have written The other students guess which students they’re describing
Comment on the completion of students Correct writing errors in time
Step 3 Practice
Let’s check
(1) Listen and number
Show the pictures of Listen and number on the PPT Let students talk about the names characteristics and other features of the characters in the pictures
S1 She is a girl She has long hair and oranges shoes
S2 He is a boy He has short hair
S3 He is a boy He has long hair He has brown shoes
S4 He is a boy He is tall and strong He has glasses
Play the recording Remind students to grasp the key information and complete the exercise of Listen and number
Play the recording again to help students check the answers Answers 2 3 1 4
（2）Look and match
Show the pictures of Look and match on the PPTLet students observe the pictures and then describe the characteristics of the characters in the pictures with the sentence structures HeShe is…HeShe has…
T Look at this girl in the first picture What’s she like
Ss She has short black hair She is quiet
T Good What about this girl in the second picture What do you think about her
…
Show the words and the phrases on the PPTLet students read them and choose the right pictures to match
Remind students that there is more than one word or phrase that can match the same picture
Check the answers
Answers 图1 quiet
图2 long black hair glasses friendly
图3 tall and strong blue shoes short brown hair
图4 short and thin
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s act
Ask students to act out the words tall short fat thin quiet…
2 Listen and do
Give orders such as Clap your hands Stamp your feet Wave your arms Shake your body…
Students do actions according to the orders
3 Let’s sing
(1) Play the song FriendsLet students enjoy it together
(2) T Listen again and answer If your friend is tall and quiet what can you do
Ss Clap my hands
(3) Students sing the song in pairs and then sing the song together
(4) Make a new song with replacing the adjective and the verb phrases of the song in groups
Make a model
If your friend is thin and funny stamp your feet If your friend is thin and funny stamp your feet
If your friend is thin and funny if your friend is thin and funny if your friend is thin and funny stamp your feet
板书
作业
1 Copy the key words learned in this unit five times
2 Draw your parents and describe them in English
教学反思
教学程中充分运游戏图片录音等教学手段学生积极参课堂活动学生参意识强完成效果错
难点找教授单词句型渡什方式诠释句型难点次课前需深思熟虑方
Recycle 1
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
·够听说认读实际情景中运1~3单元核心句型
·够情景中运句型 What’s in your…询间回答某处什物品够情景中运句型—Where is… —It’s in on under near the…询问回答物品位置
·够情景中运句型介绍朋友姓名性格外貌穿着等—What’s hisher name —His Her name is…He’sShe’s…He She has…
·够意群朗读课文
词汇
·够听说认读实际情景中运1~3单元关教室物品设施书文具描述性格外貌穿着单词短语
·够意义语境中抄写述话题词短语
语音
·够掌握1~3单元中ae ie oe发音规
·够读出符合发音规单词根发音拼写出符合发音规单词
情感态度：
·够体会学间互帮互助友谊加强际交力
Read aloud & Connect and say & Look listen and write
教学重点
1 够1~3单元核心语言融体具体情景中然熟练运
2 巩固学1~3单元语音知识
教学难点
1 够核心句型描述朋友特征
2 够根发音规读出符合发音规单词根发音规单词分类
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Friends
3 Sharp eyes
Show the following vocabulary on the PPT one by one
（课件出示：classroom window blackboard light picture door teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor schoolbag maths English Chinese storybook candy notebook toy key strong friendly quiet hair shoe glasses）
T If you know the vocabularies you can stand up and read it out
4 Free talk
Do Questions & Answers on the topics of classroom schoolbag and friends
T What’s in the classroom What’s in your schoolbag Who’s your friend What is he she like Is he she tall thin… …
Ss …
Step 2 Presentation
1 Leadin
Show a schoolbag with some books in it
T Look at this schoolbag What’s in it Let’s have a look
Lead students to answer An English book a maths book a notebook and ten storybooks
Take all the books out of the schoolbag Then put some school things on the teacher’s desk and ask a student to come to the front
T Put the pen pencil ruler…in the schoolbag
The student does as the teacher says
T Now show me the schoolbag
(The schoolbag is too heavy for the student to carry)
T Let me help you (Help the student raise the schoolbag)
S1 Thank you
The teacher asks more students to carry the schoolbag
T What do you think of this schoolbag
Ss So heavy
T Yes The schoolbag is so heavy
Let students read the word heavy after the teacher and help them understand the sentence Let me help you
T We should help each other Look Chen Jie is helping John (课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分图)
2 Watch and answer
(1) Look at the pictures and answer the question
T What’s in John’s schoolbag (课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分图二图三)
Ss Books
(2) Watch the cartoon and answer the questions
Show the questions on the PPT
Then play the cartoon of Read aloud (课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分视频) After students finish watching check the answers by talking with them
T Are they John’s storybooks
Ss No they are his friend’s
T Oh I know I know they are his friend’s (Emphasize I know with the head nodding) But who’s his friend I don’t know (Emphasize I don’t know with a gesture and an expression)
Ss Sandy White
T I know John’s friend is Sandy White So they’re Sandy White’s storybooks
Teach the sentence They’re my friend’s storybooks
Show a picture of Sandy White（出示课件）
T Look This is Sandy White Do you know what her job is and what she is like
Ss …
Check the answers and teach the sentences above
Students read these sentences after the teacher
Show the pictures of two pupils in the class (出示课件)
T Who is he she Can you tell me something about him her
(3) Watch the cartoon again and then number the pictures（课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分动画六张乱序图片）
3 Read and act
（1）Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation（课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分音频）
（2）Let students practice the dialogue in groups
（3）Choose some students to act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Connect and say
（1）Let’s chant（课件出示：Units 1~3中Let’s spell板块歌谣）
（2）Show the pictures of the five children (课件出示：教材P33 Connect and say部分五张物图片) Describe their appearances and read their names
T Look at the pictures I will say something about them Listen carefully She is a girl She has a blue hat Who is she
Ss She is Kate
T Yes she is Kate Read after me please Kate
Ss Kate
T Pay attention to the sound of ae What is the sound of ae It’s eɪ Can you say any words like this
Ss Yes Name
T What else
Ss …
T Look at the two boys one is Mike the other is Tim Please compare the sounds of letter i in the words Mike and Tim The sound of ie in Mike is aɪ The sound of i in Tim is ɪ Can you say any words like these
Ss Yes Like win…T Look the clever girl is Rose The boy with glasses is Bob Please compare the sounds of letter o in the words Rose and Bob The sound of oe in Rose is əʊ And the sound of o in Bob is əʊ Can you say any words like these
Ss Yes Nose dog…
（3）Listen and connect
T How does Kate go to the castle You can connect the words that have the same letter a and the same sound eɪ Now listen and connect （课件出示：教材P33 Connect and say部分音频）
T Help the other children go to the castle in the same way
Check the answers and read them
Answer：
Kate—name—race—lake—game Mike—nine—fine—time—side
Rose—note—Jones—Coke—hope Tim—win—big—milk—fit
Bob—dog—Tom—hot—doll
（4）Play a match game
T Let’s play a match game If I say eɪ please say name Kate and so on If I say əʊ please say Rose note Jones and so on Are you ready Let’s play
2 Look listen and write
（1）Talk about the pictures
①T（课件出示：rice cakes女孩Kate图片）Look What are they They are rice cakes They are Chinese food (Teach rice cake) This girl is Kate Guess What is she doing (Do the action of making rice cakes)
Ss She’s making rice cakes
T Yes Kate likes to make rice cakes (Teach this sentence)
②T （课件出示：bikefive mice图片） Look at these pictures This is a bike They are mice How many One two three… Five mice
Mice is the plural form of mouse What do they do (Do the action of riding a bike)
Ss They ride a bike
T Is the bike nice
Ss Yes
T Five mice ride a nice bike (Teach this sentence)
③T（课件出示：Mr Jones房子图片）Wow what a beautiful house This is Mr Jones’ home Look where is Mr Jones
Ss He’s at home
T What does he do（Do the action of phoning）
Ss He phones
T Good Mr Jones phones me at home (Teach this sentence)
（2）Listen to the recording then fill in the blanks (课件出示：教材P33 Look listen and write部分音频)
T You know the letters and the sounds well Please look at the pictures and listen carefully Pay attention to the key words Write down the words you hear and fill in the blanks
Check the answers and read them（课件出示：Look listen and write部分答案）
T It’s interesting isn’t it They are tongue twisters Now read after the recording
（3）Reading competition
T Now who can say the sentences more quickly Let’s have a competition
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 A group game
T John’s schoolbag is so heavy There is an English book a maths book a notebook and ten storybooks in it Is your schoolbag so heavy What’s in your schoolbag Let’s PK Please ask and answer one by one For example
T What’s in your schoolbag
S1 A Chinese book a maths book… What’s in your schoolbag
S2 …
2 A guessing game
T John has a friend Sandy White Do you have a good friend Who is your good friend Please come to the front and tell us what your good friend is like The others guess Let me do it first I have a friend in this class She is tall She has long hair Her shoes are… Her schoolbag is… Who is she
Ask students to play the game with the demonstration
3 Classify the words according to the pronunciation rules
T Look at the two words dog and note When I say dog please say one When I say note please say two If I say a word like dog you say one If I say a word like note you say two Let’s do it
T What do you find The vowels in ae ie and oe sound long sounds
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Describe your parents with the sentence structures He She is… He She has…
教学反思
1 通唱歌玩游戏师生话方式带领学生复1~3单元学单词短语然巩固关教室学品朋友等话题重点句型部分话学作铺垫
2 通媒体教学形式教学话然学生通角色扮演方式练话
3 通听录音图片唱歌谣等方式回忆元音字母发音规律然通城堡游戏巩固发音规律
4 通组竞赛猜猜找发音规律方式节课知识加巩固学生积极性进步激发整教学程学生活动充分体现学生体教育理念教学效果良
Look and find & Read aloud and match the pictures
& Play a game
教学目标
够通观察谈话部分图片理解话意
够正确意群语音语调朗读话
够求完成图文配等务
够根实际情况熟练问答1~3单元学核心句型
教学重点
复描述外貌特征性格特点常词汇句型
复表示建议句型Let’s… Let me…法
教学难点
够情境中熟练运核心词汇句型描述外貌特征性格特点
够情境中熟练运表示建议核心句型
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Friends
3 Play a game—I say you do
T Let’s play I say and you do Open the door Turn on the light Close the window Put up the picture Clean the blackboardPut your pencil box in your desk Put your Chinese book on your English book Put your eraser near your pencil boxPut your maths book under your schoolbag
4 Free talk
T Do you have friends How many friends do you have What’s your friend’s name Is your friend a boy or a girl Is he she tall Is he she friendly Does heshe have long hair (Use the words or phrases quiet friendly tall thin small glasses brown shoes a blue bag long hair …)
Step 2 Presentation
1 Look and say
Show the pictures of Fred Kate Ben and Ann（课件出示：教材P34 Look and find部分FredKateBenAnn图片）
T Look at these boys and girls They are Fred Kate Ben and Ann Can you say something about them
S1 This is Fred He is tall His hair is short and brown He has glasses His shoes are red and white
S2 This is Kate She is tall She has long hair She has a blue hat She has brown shoes
S3 This is Ben He is short He has short hair He has a blue bag
S4 This is Ann She is short She has long hair She has yellow shoes
2 Look and find
T Sarah and Zhang Peng are talking about their good friends Sarah has a good friend She asks Zhang Peng to guess who he is Read the sentences that Sarah says Help Zhang Peng find Sarah’s good friend
Ask students to read the sentences and find the correct friendAnd then check the answer
T Who’s Sarah’s good friend Ss He is… Answer Fred
3 Pair work
Let students use the words or the phrases in Look and find correctly to describe the other three characters in the activity
T Choose one student of these to be your friend Say something about your friend Let your partner guess who your friend is Practice your dialogue in pairs please
Make a model
T I have a good friend She is friendly She’s thin She has a blue hat and brown shoes Who is she
S1 She is Kate
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a new chant
T It’s time for a chant Let’s chant together
T Now please make a new chant about your friend You can talk in groups Ask students to make their own chants Then let some of them show in class
2 Play a game—Guess who heshe is
Show four photos of the students on the PPT (出示课件) Everyone has a schoolbag
T Now I will stand here with my back to you You choose one of them to the front I ask some questions and you answer And I guess who it is
Start like this
T Is it a boy Does he have glasses What colour is his schoolbag What colour are his shoes His name is… Yes or no
After giving a demonstration let students play the game
T Now who wants to try
3 Read aloud and match the pictures
(1) Present the Dialogue 1 and the two pictures of this part on the PPT (课件出示：教材P34 Read aloud and match the pictures部分话图片)
T Look at the first picture Who are they Where are they What are they doing
S1 They are Mike and John
S2 They are in the classroom
T Yes And they are cleaning the classroom But in Picture 2 they are talking about What’s in the schoolbag
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P34 Read aloud and match the picture部分中话音频）
T Now listen to the recording and read after it Then choose the correct picture
Check the answer (Answer Picture 1)
Present the Dialogue 2 and the two pictures of this part on the PPT (出示课件)
Play the recording and ask students to answer the questions （课件出示：教材P34 Read aloud and match the pictures部分中话二音频）
①Who is the new student
②What’s he like
③Is he Mike’s friend
T Now listen to the recording again and read after it Then choose the correct picture
Check the answer (Answer Picture 2)
(2) Read and act out the dialogues
(3) Make new dialogues
T There are other two pictures（出示课件）Please make new dialogues according to the other two pictures Practice in pairs Then show to us
Find the best group
References are as follows
①Ted Oh my schoolbag is heavy
John What’s in your schoolbag
Ted I have an English book a maths book and two storybooks
②Mike John this is Ted my new friend He’s a new student
John Nice to meet you
Ted Nice to meet you too
4 Play a game
T Everyone did a good job Now let’s play a game Look at the picture It’s a mountain Let’s see who can climb the mountain fast How to climb it Yes you should answer the questions correctly Let’s see who the winner is
（游戏说明：全班学生分成组通回答阶梯问题进行竞赛男生女生组间等答组旗帜移组先登顶峰）
For example Competition between boys and girls
Boy 1 What colour is your schoolbag
Girl 1 It’s blue
Girls climb a step up the mountain
Girl 1 What colour is your English book
Boy 2 Oh sorry
Boys can’t answer so they stay where they are
Boy 2 Who’s your best friend
Girl 2 …
(课件出示：教材P35 Play a game部分图片容)
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make dialogues
Divide students into three groups and give the three topics my classroom my schoolbag my friends to the three groups Ask each group of students to make a dialogue on the topic they are assigned to
2 Show time
Ask some students from each group to act out the dialogues
作业
Practice the dialogues
教学反思
1 节课综合复课帮助学生复表示建议句型Let’s… Let me…法描述特征句型询问关信息问句
2 通唱歌曲说做游戏互动师生话引导学生复1~3单元学单词短语引出关朋友话题句型部分话学作铺垫
3 通媒体口语交流图练等种形式充分调动学生积极性学生知觉中完成复务较实现教学目标
4 复活动设计样化语言输入输出较全面兼顾单元重点知识梳理纳
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中运句型—Is she in the…—Yes she isNo she isn’t询问物品物位置时作出判断
够情景中恰运句型—Where is she —She’s in the kitchen
够语境中理解新词汇living room study kitchen意思够正确发音
够通板块提供教学活动操练巩固课时重句型—Is it in…—Yes it is No it isn’t
教学重点
够听懂会说句型—Where is she—She is in the kitchen—Is she in the…—Yes she is No she isn’t
够听懂词汇living room study kitchen
够听懂会读话分角色表演
教学难点
够情景中正确句型—Where is she it —She It is…询问描述物物品位置
句型—Is she it in… —Yes she it is No she it isn’t询问物物品位置时作出判断
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Short vowel song（课件出示：三教材P69歌曲视频）
3 Free talk
Review the sentence structures —Where’s… —It’s in on under…（课件出示：球课桌方位图片）
T Where’s the ball
Ss It’s in on under the desk
Ask and answer with other things
T Where’s the book pen pencil…
Ss It’s in on under…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary
（1）Present the picture of Amy’s home in the main scene（课件出示：Unit 4情景图中Amy家图片）
T Look this is Amy’s home Let’s go and have a look This is the bedroom study living room kitchen bathroom So in Unit 4 we’ll talk about home
Write down the topic Unit 4 My home on the blackboard
T（Point to the bedroom）Look What can you see in this room
Ss A bed
T Great We can see a bed in the room bed + roombedroom
Write down the word bedroom on the blackboard and teach it
T Follow me bed bed room room bedroom
Practice the word bedroom in groups or one by one
T（Point to the study）Is this a bedroom
Ss No it isn’t
T It’s a study We can see a computer on the desk We can see many books in the bookcase We study hard in the study
Write down the word study on the blackboard and teach it
T Please read after me If I read it in a low voice you read it loudly If I read it loudly you read it in a low voice
Teach the new vocabularies living room kitchen bathroom in the same way as above
T Amy’s home is very nice
（2）Present the pictures of a home and a dog（课件出示：家庭居室图狗厨房图）Talk with students
T Look I have a dog She’s cute I love my dog But I can’t find her now Oh Where’s the dog Is she in the living room bedroom study bathroom
(Help students answer the questions)
Ss No she isn’t
T Is she in the kitchen
Ss Yes she is
2 Let’s talk
（1）Present the pictures of Let’s talk and lead students to predict the main idea of the dialogue（课件出示：教材P38 Let’s talk 板块图片）
T Look this is Amy’s home What rooms can you see in the pictures
Ss I can see a bedroom a living room a study and a kitchen
(2) Present the questions about Let’s talk on the PPT
Play the recording (出示课件) Ask students to answer the questions and underline the key words of the answers in their books
T What are Amy and Sarah doing
Ss They are looking for the cat
Show the four pictures of Let’s talk in turn on the PPT (课件次出示：教材P38 Let’s talk 板块四幅图)
T Amy and Sarah are in the bedroom Is the cat in the bedroom
S1 No she isn’t
T Now they are in the living room Is the cat in the living room
S2 No she isn’t
T Now they are in the study Is the cat in the study
S3 No she isn’t
T The cat isn’t in the bedroom the living room or the study Where is she
Ss She’s in the kitchen
T Very good
(3) Read after the recording
T Boys and girls let’s read the dialogue after the recording Please listen and read carefully
(4) Read the dialogue in different roles
(5) Act it out
T Now we’ll find the best actor or actress Please come to the front and show the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Recognize the pictures
Present the pictures quickly （课件出示：客厅厨房书房图片）
T Say the words or the phrase quickly
2 Let’s play hideandseek
Ask students to play the game in pairs Make a model with a student
Let the student hide a pen when the teacher closes hisher eyes Then open the eyes and guess
S1 I have a pen It’s nice Where’s my pen
T Is it on your desk S1 No it isn’t
T Is it in your desk S1 No it isn’t
T Is it under your desk S1 No it isn’t
T Is it in your hand S1 Yes it is
T Now play hideandseek with your partner
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s chant
Make up a chant according to the dialogue of Let’s talk
Change the words to adapt the chant Then have a show
2 Play a game—Look for Xiaowu
（1）Present the picture of Xiaowu（课件出示：五客厅电视图片）Ask students to compete in groups
T Who is he He’s Xiaowu He is watching TV now Oh he’s missing Where is he Let’s go and look for him（课件出示：五家居室图）
(2) Read out the names of the rooms in groups
Practice the vocabularies bedroom living room kitchen bathroom study
(3) Look for Xiaowu
The group that finds Xiaowu first will be the winner
Practice the sentence structures —Is he in the… —Yes he is No he isn’t—Where is he —He is in…
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Practice the sentence structures —Is she in the… —Yes she is No she isn’t with your partner
教学反思
1 歌曲视频引入带领学生边唱边复句型—Where’s… —It’s in on under…谈话中巩固该句型进激发学生兴趣新课作铺垫
2 创设现实生活教材容相语境特定语境中导入新词汇句型然开展教学容环环相扣层层深入学生轻松掌握教学重点
3 设计活动形式丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养教学程中学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
教学目标
够听说认读单词短语bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom
够熟练运句型Where’s Amy—Is she in the study —Yes she is进行询问作出回答
够听懂指令根指令语做出正确动作
教学重点
够描述居室名称重点词汇
够情景中运重点句型询问物物品位置作出回答
教学难点
够听懂Let’s do 中指令根指令做出正确动作够正确匹配居室活动
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
3 A guessing game
(课件出示：钢笔书包铅笔盒桌子盒子等物品里图片)
T I lost my pen Where’s my pen Let’s look for it together Is it in the… Guess
S1 Is it in the box
T Yes it is No it isn’t
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new vocabulary and sentences
（1）Teach the word study
T Where are my books Look they are in a room (课件出示：书房中书图片) I have many books in it Oh it’s a study (课件出示：study相关容) (Write down the word study on the blackboard and teach it)
T Follow me study ststuʌdydi study
Ss … (Read it together then read it one by one)
T What can you do in the study
Ss Read a book
T (课件出示：read a book相关容) Do you like reading books
Ss Yes
T Let’s go to the study and read a book Follow me Go to the study Read a book
Write down the phrase read a book on the blackboard and teach the sentences Go to the study Read a book
(2) Teach the phrase living room
Show a picture of a living room (课件出示：客厅图片)
T Is this room a classroom
Ss No
T What’s this
Ss A living room
T Yes This is a living room (课件出示：living room相关容) Follow me living room lilɪvingvɪŋ living ouroomruːm living room
Write down the phrase living room on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it in groups)
T What can you see in the living room
Ss I can see a table a sofa a…and a TV
T Do you like watching TV （课件出示：watch TV相关容）
Ss Yes
T Let’s go to the living room and watch TV
Ss OK
T Go to the living room and watch TV Follow me Go to the living room Watch TV
Write down the phrase watch TV on the blackboard and teach the sentences Go to the living room Watch TV
(3) Teach the word kitchen
T Oh I read a book and then I watch TV Now I feel a little hungry I want to have a snack (课件出示：have a snack相关容) Follow me have a snack have a snack Do you want to have a snack
Ss Yes
Write down the phrase have a snack on the blackboard and teach it
T Oh I can’t find any snacks Where can we get snacks
Ss Kitchen
T Yes (课件出示：kitchen相关容) Follow me kitchen kikɪtchtʃenɪn kitchen
Write down the word kitchen on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it one by one)
T Let’s go to the kitchen and have a snack Follow me Go to the kitchen Have a snack
Teach the sentences Go to the kitchen Have a snack
(4) Teach the word bathroom
T Haha I’m full (Touch the belly and yawn looking sleepy) I’m sleepy Can I have a nap (Help students understand with the action)
Ss No you’re dirty
T Yes Let me take a shower (课件出示：take a shower相关容)
Write down the phrase take a shower on the blackboard and teach it
T Where can I take a shower
Ss Bathroom (课件出示：bathroom相关容)
T Yes Follow me bathroom babɑːthθbath bathroom
Write down the word bathroom on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it aloud or in a low voice)
T Let me go to the bathroom Take a shower Follow me Go to the bathroom Take a shower Wash your face and hands Brush your teeth
Teach the sentences Go to the bathroom Take a shower
(5) Teach the word bedroom
T Now I’m clean and I’m tired I want to have a nap (课件出示：have a nap相关容)
Write down the phrase have a nap on the blackboard and teach it
T Where can I have a nap
Ss Bedroom (课件出示：bedroom相关容)
T Follow me bedroom eebedbed bedroom
Write down the word bedroom on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it in groups)
T Good Follow me Go to the bedroom Have a nap
Do the corresponding actions and let students learn the new vocabularies above Present the vocabulary bedroom living room bathroom on the PPT
T Please read the words and the phrase together and tell me what you find
Ss …
T Great They are all rooms and they all have the same word room
2 Let’s learn
（1）Show the pictures of Let’s learn (课件出示：教材P39 Let’s learn板块房间图片)
T Look it’s a nice home That is Amy’s cat Where is the cat Is she in the bedroom living room bathroom study kitchen
Ss …
T Where is Amy Let’s listen to the recording of Let’s learn and answer the question
(2) Listen and answer
Play the recording of Let’s learn and ask the questions (出示课件)
T Where is Amy Is she in the bedroom living room bathroom study kitchen
Ss …
T Amy is in the study Where’s Amy’s dad And where’s Amy’s mum
Ss Is he she in the…
（课件出示：点击学生问房间点进爸爸客厅妈妈厨房）
（3）Ask students to listen to the recording again and read after it
(4) Act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Play games
(1) What’s missing
Present the vocabularies living room bedroom study bathroom kitchen on the PPT Ask students to say the missing words or phrases quickly（出示课件）
(2) Guess words
Show the back of the word cards Ask students to guess what the words or the phrases are Students can say Is it a…
2 Let’s do
(1) Play the video of Let’s do (课件出示：教材P39 Let’s do板块视频) Ask students to read after the video
(2) Let’s match
T Now let’s match I say the name of the room You say what you can do in it and do the action Then practice in pairs
3 Guess where Mike is
Present the picture of Mike’s home (课件出示：Mike家猜房间猜点开房间Mike)
T Look this is Mike’s home We can see a living room a bedroom a study a bathroom and a kitchen in his home But where is Mike Let’s guess You can say Is he in the…
S1 Is he in the living room
T No he isn’t
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Talk about your home
Present a picture of a new home (课件出示：新家图片)
T Look boys and girls This is my new home You can see a living room two bedrooms a study a bathroom and a kitchen in it I can watch TV in the living room I can read a book in the study I can have a nap in the bedroom I can take a shower in the bathroom I can have a snack in the kitchen
Take out the picture of your home Talk about your home with your partners Then introduce your home to us (课件出示：句型This is my new home You can see… I can…in…)
Divide students into three groups Lead students to work in groups At last ask some students to show in class
2 Let’s sing
Sing the song My home (课件出示：教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
T East or west home is the best We love our home We love our family
板书
作业
1 Practice the words and the dialogue
2 Design your ideal home then introduce it to your parents
教学反思
1 韵句游戏导入新课引导学生复课容迅速抓住学生注意力通情景引入新词词汇学环节融入Let’s do板块容学生轻松愉快氛围中学掌握新知识
2 通游戏创设新知融入生活活泼游戏形式帮助学生进步巩固学知识学生玩中学学中玩
3 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳ue单词中发音规
够读出符合ue发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合ue发音规单词
教学重点
够感知纳ue单词中发长音juː发音规
够读出符合ue发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合ue发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Revision
3 Let’s chant
Step 2 Presentation
1 Find the same letters
(1) Teach the word cute
T Oh what a beautiful pencil box There is a white cat on it The cat is so cute Follow me：cute cute the cat is cute Please make a chant like Cute cute … Ss Cute cute the dog is cute Cute cute the duck is cute…
(2) Teach the words excuse use
T Excuse me I lost my pen Can I use your pen
Ss Yes of course
T Follow me excuse excuse use use
Write down the words cute excuse use on the blackboard
(3) Read and find out the rules
T Look at these words Which letters are the same
Ss ue
T Yes The letter e at the end of the words is silent What’s the sound of ue Listen to the recording carefully
Playing the recording of the words (课件出示：单词cute excuse use发音)
Ss juː
(4) Teach the sound of ue
2 Let’s read
Help students try to read the words mute cute tube cube muse fuse mule duke huge on the PPT (出示课件)
3 Read listen and chant
(1) Look and think
(课件出示：猫两球图片两猫三球图片)
T Look at Picture 1 One cute cat uses two balls Look at Picture 2 Two cute cats use three balls So three cute cats use…
Ss Three cute cats use four balls
T And four… And five…
Ss Four cute cats use five balls Five cute cats use six balls
T Good Five cute cats are playing tricks
(2) Let’s chant
Play the video (课件出示：教材P40 Read listen and chant部分视频) Ask students to read the chant after the video together
4 Let’s read and find
Present the words us up duck on the PPT (出示课件) Ask students to find out the same letter in these words
T What’s the sound of u in these words Listen to the recording carefully (课件出示：述单词音频)
Ss ʌ
T Yes U u ʌ us up duck
Let students read after the teacher and then read together
(课件出示：bus mum cut fun nut cup)
Ask students to try to read these words Pay attention to the sound of letter u in these words
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen circle and say
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P40 Listen circle and say部分音频）Ask students to listen and circle the words
T Look at these letters There are many words in them Listen and find the words you hear Then circle them
Check the answers together Read the words after the recording
Answers cute cut us use fun tube up excuse bus mum mule
2 Listen circle and write
(1) Listen to the recording and try to write the right words
First let students observe the pictures carefully and make predictions Then play the recording and let students listen circle and write (课件出示：教材P40 Listen circle and write部分音频) Pay attention to the handwriting
(2) Check the answers
Answers duck cute up use
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Play a game—Pick apples from the tree
（课件出示：棵苹果树苹果单词tube but mule duke use cute tune rug gun cup huge plum mud refuse luck much两篮子uʌuejuː）
Divide students into two groups One group uses the basket uʌ the other group uses the basket uejuː
T Now let’s have a competition If you pick the apples quickly and correctly within the limited time you will be the winner
Answers uʌ but rug gun cup plum mud luck much
ue ju tube mule duke use cute tune huge refuse
2 Read a story
Show the story（课件出示：猫头骡子事）
This is a cute cat His name is Duke Duke’s friend is Tube Tube is a mule One day Duke lost his cute cup He was very sad Tube helped him look for the cup Oh it was under the rug Tube picked up the cup and gave it back to Duke Duke was happy
Ask students to read the story in groups and then read the story one by one
板书
作业
1 Read the words and the chant to your family
2 Think about other words with u and ue
教学反思
创设特定语言情境学生语境中学掌握语音知识教学程突出学生性鼓励学生动参独立思考胆总结纳发音规
拼读结合方式层次活动中练语音知识更帮助学生强化发音规浅入深语音学培养学生分析力举反三力
编chant师生互动组竞赛等形式原枯燥语音课变生动起总节语音课发展学生听说读写基技培养学生英语语感听说感性认识
Part B Let’s talk & Ask answer and write
教学目标
够理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中运句型Where are…—Are they on near… —Yesthey are No they aren’t询问物品位置时作出判断
够情景中恰运功句Open the door please提出行动建议
够游戏中进步巩固运询问复数物品位置作出应答句型
教学重点
够听懂会说句型Where are they—Are they… —Yes they are No they aren’t
够理解正确朗读课文话发音准确语调然
教学难点
够真实语境中运课句型询问物品物位置进行回答
够正确单复数形式
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 A guessing game—Where is my pen
T Look it’s my pen Now close your eyes please（钢笔藏方）Open your eyes please Where is my pen now You can ask me like this Is it in on under… the… Guess please
S1 Is it in the desk
T No it isn’t
…
3 Let’s chant
Present the chant Ask students to read together
4 Leadin
(课件出示：球分椅子面旁边面紧接着球换成三）
T Look It’s a ball Where is the ball
Ss It’s on near under the chair
T What are these
Ss They are balls
T Where are the balls Guess
Ss Are they…
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences
(课件出示：教材Unit 4情景图中Amy家图片)
T Amy can’t find her cat Let’s help her Is she in the kitchen Guess
Ss Yes she is No she isn’t
T Open the door Let’s have a look Follow me Open the door (Help students understand the sentence with the action)
Ss …
T The cat is near the table Table table tateɪblebl table Read after me
Write down the word table on the blackboard and teach it
T (课件出示：tabledesk图) We eat beside the table the desk is for studying and working
(课件出示：教材Unit 4情景图中Amy家图片)
T Look at the table What’s on the table
Ss …
T (With a gesture) Yes it’s a phone Phone phone phf oneəʊn …
Ss …
T Now Amy can’t find her crayons Let’s help her Are they in the kitchen
Ss No they aren’t They are in the study
T Are they on the desk
Ss No they aren’t They are near the desk
Write down the sentence structures —Are they… —No they aren’t on the blackboard and teach them
2 Let’s talk
(1) Look and predict
Show the pictures of Let’s talk and lead students to predict (课件出示：教材P41 Let’s talk板块图片)
T Who are they
Ss John and his mother
T What’s in John’s hand in Picture 1
Ss Keys
T Follow me kkeyiː keykiː keyskiːz
Write down the word key on the blackboard
T What are they talking about
Ss They are talking about the keys They can’t find the keys
(2) Watch the video and answer the questions
Play the video and show the questions (课件出示：教材P41 Let’s talk板块视频)
Ask students to underline the answers in the book
(3) Watch the video again and check the answers
T Are the keys on the table
Ss No they aren’t
T Are they near the phone
Ss No they aren’t
T Where are the keys
Ss They’re in the door
Write down the sentences —Where are the keys —They’re in the door on the blackboard and teach them
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act
(1) Ask students to read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Act out the dialogue
2 Ask answer and write
(1) Show the picture of Ask answer and write（出示课件）
T Look Sarah writes a letter p in the circle on the desk It means The pens are on the desk Please read what Sarah and Wu Yifan say
Read the dialogue of Sarah and Wu Yifan
(2) Ask students to play the game in pairs according to the dialogue
T Look at the picture You can write k (keys) b (book) p (pens) g (glasses) in the circles Then your partner guesses where you write them Guess them like Sarah and Wu Yifan
(3) Show the dialogues
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 A guessing game—What is it What are they
T (课件出示：书房场景图) Look at this picture This is a study What can you see in the study
Ss …
T Now I will say a thing Please guess what it is or what they are Listen carefully They are near the phone What are they
S1 They are keys
T No they aren’t
S2 They are books
T Yes they are books
T Please ask and answer in pairs as above Which pair wants to show your dialogue
2 Play a game—The cat catches mice
Divide students into four groups red cat white cat black cat and yellow cat
T A cat that catches a mouse is a good cat There are three mice in Amy’s home Where are they The group that can catch the most mice is the winner
—Where are the mice
—Are they in the…（bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom…）
—Yes they are No they aren’t
—Are they under behind near…the…(bed phone table door…)
—Yes they are No they aren’t
板书
作业
1 Listen and imitate the dialogue for three times
2 Do the exercises
教学反思
1 教学程中采旧知带新知学方法复单数形式问句答语基础进步学复数形式句型学生掌握新知时阶梯性接受程
2 利媒体先整体分段展开教学通问题引导学生学帮助学生理解文文中感知新单词新句型教学活动形式样趣易操作具备层次感效激发学生学兴趣帮助学生真实情境中然学语言
Part B Let’s learn & Let’s play
教学目标
够听说认读单词bed phone table sofa fridge
够熟练运句型 —Where are the keys —They’re…询问物品位置作出回答
游戏中进步巩固Let’s learn板块学家居设施名称方位词描述位置
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词bed phone table sofa fridge
够运句型—Where are the keys —They are…询问物品位置作出回答
教学难点
够熟练正确运句型—Where are the keys—They are…询问回答物品位置
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s do
Play the video of Let’s do on Page 39 in the book
Ask students to read loudly and act at the same time
3 Leadin
The teacher does the actions and asks students to guess
T Now I do and you say Guess what I do and where I am
Ss Watch TV Read a book Have a snack Have a nap Take a shower You are in the living roomstudykitchenbedroombathroom
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new words
Present a picture of a home (出示课件)
(1) Review the word key
T This is my home It’s big I have a living room a study a bedroom a kitchen and a bathroom Do you want to visit my home
Let’s go First let me open the door Oh no Where are the keys Are they in my bag No Are they in my pocket Yes they are Look they are my keys Now let’s open the door
(2) Teach the words sofa table phone（课件出示：客厅图片)
T This is my living room It’s big What’s in the living room
Ss A TV is in the living room
T Yes And A sofa is in the living room too It has a sofa a green sofa Follow me sofa sofa a green sofa Sit on the sofa
Write down the word sofa on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s sit on the sofa (Do the corresponding action)
T And A table is in the living room too A table a yellow table Follow me table table a yellow table Eat at the table
Write down the word table on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s eat at the table (Do the corresponding action)
T Look What’s on the table
Ss A phone is on the table
T Follow me phone phfoneəʊn phonefəʊn Answer the phone
Write down the word phone on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s answer the phone (Do the corresponding action)
(3) Teach the word bed（课件出示：卧室图片)
T This is my bedroom It’s small What’s in the bedroom
Ss Some books a desk a chair and a bed
T Yes it has a bed a blue bed Follow me bed bed a blue bed Sleep in bed
Write down the word bed on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s sleep in bed (Do the corresponding action)
(4) Teach the word fridge（课件出示：厨房图片)
T Let’s go to the kitchen What’s in the kitchen
Ss A…
T A fridge Follow me fridge frfriɪdgdʒ fridgefrɪdʒ Open the fridge
Write down the word fridge on the blackboard and teach it
T Let’s open the fridge (Do the corresponding action) Oh a lot of food is in the fridge
2 Let’s learn
(1) Present the picture of Let’s learn and talk about it (课件出示：教材P42 Let’s learn板块图片遮住钥匙位置)
T John can’t find his keys He is looking for the keys Where are the keys Guess
S1 Are they on the table
T No they aren’t Look at that table A phone is on the table
S2 Are they on the bed
T No they aren’t Look at that bed A teddy bear is on the bed
…
（2）Watch the cartoon and answer the question（课件出示教材P42 Let’s learn板块视频）
T Watch the cartoon and answer the question Where are the keys
Ask students to underline the key sentence of the answer
T Where are the keys
Ss They’re on the fridge
T Yes they’re on the fridge
Write down the sentences —Where are the keys —They’re on the fridge on the blackboard
Ask students to read the sentences together or one by one
(3) Listen to the recording and repeat it
Step 3 Practice
1 Sharp eyes
(课件出示：单词sofa bed fridge table phone卡片逐出现)
T If you know the word you can stand up and read it
2 Hideandseek
(课件出示：两猫躲进Amy家客厅)
T Where are the cats They’re on near under…
3 Let’s play
Present the picture of Let’s play（出示课件）
T Now let’s play a game Sentence Chain Three students make up a group For example
S1 Look at that room
S2 Look at that room It has a blue bed
S3 Look at that room It has a blue bed The bed is near the window
Ask some groups to act it out
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Design a dream home
Divide students into four groups Ask students of each group to design a dream house together A student can be chosen from the group to introduce the house as the demonstration At last select the most beautiful house
2 Make a summary
(课件出示：张含桌子椅子电话床沙发冰箱钥匙等物品房间图片)
T Now review the new words I point you say Look at the picture Where’s the sofa bed fridge table phone Where are the chairs keys
Ss It’s They are…
T I have a warm home I love my home What about you
3 Enjoy the song—My home
Play the video of the song (课件出示：教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
板书
作业
1 Listen to the recording and read the new words and sentences
2 Introduce your room to your family or friends
教学反思
1 节单词句型新授课Let’s do 种说做结合活动热身活跃氛围起承前启作
2 单词融入情景中教学加深学生理解记忆通游戏加巩固学效果明显
3 句型操练设计形式样学生层层递进语言输入输出完成利
4 生动课件素材良师生互动活跃课堂气氛节课教学务利完成
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够读懂描述起居室短文完成图片文字连线描述钥匙位置务
够意群正确语音语调朗读短文
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
够综合运单元核心词句核心句型
考查单元核心词汇认读意义理解
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单元重点词汇
够完成阅读判断匹配等活动正确理解运单元重点句型
教学难点
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song—My home
Play the song of Let’s sing (课件出示：教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
3 Sharp eyes
Present the vocabularies bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom key sofa bed fridge table phone one by one Ask students to read them out
Write down the vocabulary on the blackboard
4 Revision
Present the picture of Let’s learn on Page 42 Talk about the picture with students
T This is a bedroom It has a blue bed The bed is near the window A teddy bear is on the bed
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading
Present the picture of Wu Yifan’s living room
T Look this is Wu Yifan’s living room What are in the living room
Ss A TV a table a fridge a phone and a sofa
T Where is the TV
S1 It’s on the wall
T Where is the phone
S2 It’s on the table
T Where is the fridge
S3 It’s near the table
T Oh the living room is clean and tidyThere are some books and pens a bag and a pair of glasses Guess Where are the books Where are the pens Where is the bag And where are the glasses
Ss …
2 Whilereading
(1) Present the passage of Read and write
Ask students to read the passage carefully Pay attention to underlining the key phrases of the questions
T Where are the books Where are the pens Where is the bag Where are the glasses Now put these things in the right places
Answer the questions and match
(2) Check the answers with students
Answers 1 The books are on the sofa
2 The pens are on the fridge
3 The bag is under the table
4 The glasses are near the phone
T Wu Yifan can’t find his keys Can you help him Where are the keys
Ask students to look at the picture of Wu Yifan’s living room again and find the keys (出示课件)
Ss They are near the sofa
(3) Listen to the recording and repeat it
①Read after the recording
②Read the passage together
③Repeat the text
3 Postreading
(1) Look choose and write
Let students read the vocabularies living room bedroom kitchen bathroom study first
T Let’s go and visit other rooms Look at Picture 1 Answer the questions Where is the sofa Where is the picture
Ss The sofa is in the living room The picture is on the wall It’s in the living room too
T Look at Picture 2 Where is the bed Where are the chairs
Ss The bed is in the bedroom The chairs are in the bedroom too
T Great Let’s finish the exercises
Finish the exercises and check the answers
Answers
The sofa is in the living room
The chairs are in the bedroom
(2) Write about your room
T Which room do you like … Yes Picture 1 East or west home is the best We must keep our home clean and tidy
After visiting Wu Yifan’s home you may have some ideas about your room Now write about your room in your book
Let students read the words phone sofa table chairs fridge bed together first
T When you write sentences you should pay attention to capitalizing the first letter the punctuation marks and the spelling of words After that please share your ideas with your partner Let’s do it
Answers
The TV is in the living room
The books are in the study
(3) Listen and tick or cross
①Present the pictures of Listen and tick or cross
T Can you see the glasses in the first picture Where are they
S1 …
T Can you see the keys in the second picture Where are they
S2 …
T Where are the books in the third picture
S3 …
T Where is Mike
S4 …
②Listen and tick or cross
T Now please listen and tick or cross (课件出示：教材P44 Listen and tick or cross部分音频) Pay attention to the key words
③Check the answers
Listen to the recording again and check the answers together
Answers √ × √ ×
Step 3 Practice
Look and tick
(1) Present the pictures of FOR RENT of Look and tick（出示课件）
T For rent means 出租 What can we know from the ads Please discuss with your partner
S1： It has two bedrooms a living room a kitchen and two bathrooms in the first FOR RENT
S2 It has a bedroom a living room a kitchen and a bathroom in the second FOR RENT
(2) Present the picture of the house in Look and tick (课件出示：教材P44 Look and tick部分中右边房子图片)
T Look at the picture How many rooms are there What are they
Ss Four rooms A bedroom a living room a kitchen and a bathroom
T Now look and tick Which is right Show me your answer please
(3) Check the answer
Answer The second FOR RENT is right
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Introduce your home
Present a picture of a home and introduce it (课件出示：房子居室图)
T Boys and girls this is my home What about your home Please draw and introduce your home
This activity is carried out in groups There are six students in each group Choose the best one from the groups and then take part in the class competition At last select the best one to show
2 For rent
Choose some pictures of students’ homes and show them in class
T Great These houses are pretty Now I’m going to rent these houses Which house do you need Please choose it and give your reasons The house with the largest number of choices will be rated as the most popular house today
Make a model I like this house It has a living room a bedroom a study a kitchen and a bathroom…
3 Let’s sing
(1) Learn the new sentences
T (课件出示：台电视机) What’s this
Ss It’s a TV
T（课件出示：鼠标点击电视机电视机消失）Oh Where has the TV gone Where can it be (Do actions to help students understand the sentences)
T Is it in the living roomSs No it isn’t
T Is it in the bedroom Ss Yes it is
T It’s in the bedroom with me
Present the pictures of the phone and the sofa Practice the sentence structures in the same way as above： Where has the telephone sofa gone Where can it be
(2) Listen to the song—My home
(3) Listen to the song again and sing along with it
(4) Sing the song together
板书
作业
1 Read the text three times and then repeat it
2 Draw and write about your home
教学反思
课单元课节复课教学容包括听力阅读等形式节课注重样化活动引导学生种语境中完成单元复突出学生学体位注重学生学方法指导包括读指导听指导写指导
阅读部分时直观问答读学生文段容逐步熟悉通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力充分利现代化教育技术辅助教学出示图片帮助学生理解句意充分利媒体示范教学功起正确指作
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s survey
教学目标
够理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中运句型—What would you like (for…) —I’d like (I would like) some… please征求表达餐意愿
够情景中恰运功句What’s for dinner
够语境中理解新词dinner soup vegetable ready意思够正确发音
够采访活动中进步巩固运征求餐意愿表达餐意愿句型进步巩固运食物类词汇
教学重点
够听懂会说句型—What would you like (for…) —I’d like (I would like) some… pleaseWhat’s for dinner
够听懂会读单词dinner soup vegetable ready
够听懂会读话够分角色表演
教学难点
够情景中正确句型—What would you like （for…） —I’d like (I would like) some… please征求表达餐意愿
教学准备
PPT课件单词卡片物头饰厨师帽食物饮品图片价格标签等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Let’s have a picnic today (课件出示 PEP三教材P54歌曲动画)
3 Revision
(1)Sharp eyes
Show the words about food and drinks one by one (课件出示egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake次快速出现消失)
T If you know the word you can stand up and read it aloud
(2)Drive a train
Show the words above and review the word fish with pictures (课件出示1 已学食物饮品单词egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake
2 出示三张图片图片盘鱼肉教学fish图片二两条种类鱼教学fish图片三两条种类鱼教学fishes) Let students work in groups of six Ask every student in the group to ask and answer questions in turn Make a model
T Oh I’m hungry I’d like some bread and milk What would you like
S1 I’d like some… What would you like
S2 I’d like some… What would you like
S3 …
Step 2 Presentation
1 Talk about dinner
(1)Show a picture on the PPT (课件出示 幅图画面显示太阳落山钟表显示1800)
T Look It’s 600 in the evening It’s time for dinner Guess what dinner means
Ss 晚餐
T Yes I’m hungry What’s for dinner (Show the word card) Dinner dinner dɪnə (r)
Write down the sentence What’s for dinner on the blackboard and teach it
(2)Show a picture on the PPT (课件出示 张餐桌学生提问次What’s for dinner餐桌出现种食物次fish rice egg soup vegetable)
Ss What’s for dinner
T Some fishriceeggs
Ss What’s for dinner
T Some soup (Show the word card) Soup soup suːp suːp some soup
Write down the word soup on the blackboard and teach it
Ss What’s for dinner
T Some vegetables (Show the word card) Vegetable vegetable vedʒtəbl some vegetables Pay attention to the pronunciations of vv and sz
Write down the word vegetable on the blackboard and teach it
Show the picture of the table with the food mentioned above (课件出示摆放着述食物餐桌图片)
T Oh Dinner’s ready I can eat now (Show the word card) Ready ready redi Dinner’s ready
Write down the sentence Dinner’s ready on the blackboard and teach it
T What would you like for dinner
Write down the sentence What would you like for dinner on the blackboard and teach it
S1 I’d like some…
Write down the sentence I’d like some… on the blackboard Lead more students to answer the question What would you like for dinner by using this sentence structure
2 Let’s talk
(1)Talk about Picture 3 of Let’s talk and predict the main idea of the dialogue (课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk板块图三)
T (Point to the picture) Wow a lot of delicious food Dinner’s ready What’s for dinner
Ss Some soup some bread some fish and some vegetables
T Look at the food I’m hungry I’d like some bread Are you hungry What would you like
S1 Yes I’m hungry I’d like some…
S2 …
T Mike is hungry too What would he like
(2)Watch the video and answer the questions
Show Picture 1 of Let’s talk (课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk板块图)
T Where are Mike and his mother
Ss They are in the kitchen
T Mike is hungry What would Mike like for dinner Let’s watch the video Underline the key sentence of the answer in your books
Play the video and let students get the key sentence (课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk部分音频)
T What would Mike like
Ss Some soup and bread Mike says I’d like some soup and bread please
T What would Mike’s dad like for dinner Let’s watch the video again Underline the key sentence of the answer in your books
Play the video again and let students get the key sentence (出示课件)
T What would Mike’s dad like
Ss Some fish and vegetables Mike’s dad says Some fish and vegetables please
(3)Read after the video
T Boys and girls let’s read the dialogue after the video Please listen to it and read carefully
Play the video again and ask students to read after it and try to imitate the pronunciation and intonation Then let students read together and read freely
(4)Read the dialogue in different roles Then act out the dialogue
T Now we’ll find the best actor or actress Please come to the front and show the dialogue
Take out some headwears and ask some students to act out the dialogue
(5)Retell the dialogue according to the blackboardwriting and the pictures of Let’s talk
Make a model first and then lead students to retell the dialogue without their textbooks
Step 3 Practice
Let’s survey
(课件出示教材P48 Let’s survey板块表格句型)
T Suppose it’s time for dinner What would you like for dinner Let’s make a survey
Let students do the survey in groups of four
Make a model
T S1 what would you like for dinner
S1 I’d like some fish and rice
T S2 what would you like for dinner
S2 I’d like some bread and milk
T …
S3 …
T S1 would like some fish and rice S2 would like some bread and milk S3…
Ask each group to choose a reporter to interview the other three students fill in a form and report the results to the whole class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a new dialogue
Ask students to imitate the text to make a new dialogue
(1)Make a model
(2)Let students imitate to work in groups of three Then make a new dialogue in groups
(3)Show time
Ask some groups to act out their dialogues
2 In the restaurant
(课件出示家餐厅背景句子Don’t waste food)
Take out a prepared chef cap some pictures of food and drinks and the relevant price tags Let students act as customers or a cook
(1)Make a model
T Look What do I do Yes I’m a cook I can cook delicious food Please come to my restaurant for dinner My restaurant’s rule is Order as much as you can eat Don’t waste food
T Welcome to my restaurant What would you like for dinner
S1 I’d like…
T Here you are Ten yuan please
S1 Thank you
(2)Let students work in groups
(3)Show time
Ask some groups to act out
板书
作业
1 Read the dialogue of Let’s talk five times
2 Ask your parents with the key sentence structures and write their answers down
教学反思
课前热身阶段活动丰富歌曲游戏表演学生轻松环境中迅速进入英语学状态时起承启作新课作铺垫
设计生活相课文容相关语境导入新单词句型然引出课文环环相扣层层深入学生轻松掌握课文容呈现活动设计丰富操练形式样具连贯性层次性学生积极动参参面广体现学生体教学原学生仅中学新知识更拓展思维效果非常明显
板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s play
教学目标
够听说认读单词beef chicken noodles soup vegetable
够熟练运句型—What would you like —I’d like some…征求表达餐意愿
够模拟餐馆中顾客点餐时服务员间话够快速找食物图片判断图片正确性
教学重点
够听说认读单词beef chicken noodles soup vegetable
够真实虚拟情景中熟练运句型—What would you like —I’d like some…征求表达餐意愿
教学难点
够熟练运学单词核心句型进行简单点餐活动
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
Let students change the words of food to make a new chant
3 Sharp eyes
Review the words of food and drinks (课件出示 apple 10 apples banana 12 bananas egg 5 eggs bread milk rice juice fish次快速出现消失)
T If you know the word or the phrase you can stand up and read it aloud
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words
Show a picture of a restaurant (出示课件)
(1)T Welcome to my restaurant—Fresh Restaurant We have lots of yummy food This is the menu (课件出示 教材P49 Let’s learn板块菜单) Let’s have a look The rice is one yuan The fish is…
Ss The fish is ten yuan The juice is five yuan The milk is two yuan The bread is one yuan
（2）Teach the word noodles
T Good Guess what these are They’re usually long and white (Show the back of the card) Yes they’re noodles Noodles nnoouːdledlsz noodles (课件出示 图片 筷子夹根面条出示单词noodle图片二碗面条出示单词noodles)
Put the word card of noodles on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher with some actions
T Noodles noodles long noodles I like noodles If you’d like some noodles you can say I’d like some noodles Yummy yummy What would you like
Ss I’d like some noodles Yummy yummy
T Look There are many kinds of noodles (课件出示种面条图片) We have egg noodles vegetable noodles beef noodles and chicken noodles Eggs and noodles are egg noodles so vegetables and noodles are vegetable noodles
(3)Teach the word vegetables （课件出示西红柿根黄瓜南瓜）
T Look Are they fruit
Ss No
TThey are vegetables Vegetable vevegedʒtatə blebl vegetable
Put the word card of vegetables on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher Let students pay attention to the change of singular and plural forms
T Vegetable vegetable green vegetables red vegetables yellow vegetables… I like vegetables What would you like
Ss I’d like some vegetables Yummy yummy
(4)Teach the word beef
T Beef noodles are very yummy Beef is from the cattle（牛） （课件出示牛牛肉图片）I like beef Do you like beef
Put the word card of beef on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher
T Beefbiːf bbeeiːff beefbiːf I like beef What would you like
Ss I’d like some beef Yummy yummy
(5)Teach the word chicken
T Chicken is very yummy too We often eat chicken in the the restaurant Do you like chicken （课件出示鸡肉图片）
Put the word card of chicken on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher
T Chicken chtʃiɪckkenɪn chicken I like chicken What would you like
Ss I’d like some chicken Yummy yummy
(6)Teach the word soup (课件出示种汤图片)
T (Point to the picture of soup) What’s this It’s soup Soupsup ssouuːpp Look There are many kinds of soup in my restaurant What are they
Ss They are egg soup vegetable soup fish soup beef soup and chicken soup
T I like fish soup What would you like
…
2 Watch the cartoon and answer the question
(1)T It’s 600 o’clock in the evening It’s time for dinner My restaurant is open now Welcome to Fresh Restaurant This is the menu (课件出示 教材P49 Let’s learn板块菜单) What would you like
S1 I’d like some beef please
T You should eat some rice noodles or bread Or you won’t be full
（课件出示标示出菜单中食 rice noodles bread）
S1 I’d like some beef and rice please
T OK Twentyone yuan please Oh look Zoom and Zip are in my restaurant What would Zoom like Guess
S1 Maybe some…
S2 Maybe some…
…
T Maybe Let’s watch the cartoon and answer What would Zoom like
Play the cartoon of Let’s learn (出示课件) Ask students to read after it
(2)Let students read the dialogue again and answer the question
Check students’ answers and lead students to make an introduction according to their answers It can be done like this Zoom says I’d like some vegetables please
(3)Read and act
①Play the recording again and ask students to read after it （出示课件）Lead students to try to imitate the pronunciation and the intonation of the recording Let them read together and read freely
②Let students read the dialogue in pairs and choose some food Several minutes later ask some students to act out their dialogues
Make a model
S1 What would you like
S2 I’d like some chicken vegetables and rice
S1 OK Twentyone yuan please
S2 Here you are
…
③Choose the best performers and give awards
Step 3 Practice
1 Play a game—What’s missing
(游戏说明单词noodles vegetables beef chicken soup课件逐消失学生快速读出消失单词)
2 Let’s match
Let students match the corresponding words with the pictures
T Now let’s match I show the pictures you read the words
3 Play a game—What would I like
Make a model
T Please guess It’s five yuan on the menu What would I like
S1 You’d like some juice
T No
S2 I know You’d like some vegetables Please guess It’s ten yuan on the menu What would I like
S3 …
Ask some students to do as they do
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s play
Let students work in groups of six
T You know the restaurant well and you know how much the food is Now let’s play Please make a dialogue in groups One of you can be the waiter or waitress in the restaurant The others go to the restaurant and order
2 According to the dining principles design your own three meals
Choose students with the most reasonable three meals and the best handwriting
板书
作业设计
1 Read the new words and the dialogue of Let’s learn five times
2 Design three meals for your parents
教学反思
chant游戏引入带领学生复已学食物关单词课句型迅速抓住学生注意力
通情景引入新词做语篇中呈现单词具情景性完整性限度增加单词篇章中运频率提高综合语言运力
听说读量输入学生输出易难呈现递进关系时运种方式调动学生学动性积极性
写生活相结合学生进行思想教育学生学知识生活更紧密结合起
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳e单词中发音规
够读出符合e发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合e eae ie oe ue发音规单词
教学重点
感知纳字母e开音节（e）闭音节（e）中发音规
够读出符合ee发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
T Who can try to make a new chant like this Please have a try
Step 2 Presentation
1 Present the pictures
(1)Talk about the pictures
T This is Lee He is ten He has… Tell me more about him
Ss He is thin He has a red pen
T Look This is Eve Tell me something about her
Ss Eve is a girl She is ten She has a yellow pen
(课件出示男孩女孩身边钢笔消失然起找钢笔红色钢笔课桌黄色钢笔床)
T Where’s the red pen Where’s the yellow pen
Ss The red pen is on the desk The yellow pen is on the bed
(课件出示Zoom出现钢笔说Let me get the pens)
Write down he she me and ten red pen yellow desk bed on the blackboard
T Read the chant together then observe these words and tell me the common letter among them
Ss Letter e
(2)Look at the words and find out the pronunciation rules
T Look at these words he she me What’s the sound of the letter e Listen to me carefully (Read these words)
Ss iː
Teach the sound iː
T Look at these words ten red pen yellow desk bed What’s the sound of the letter e Listen to me carefully (Read these words)
Ss e
Teach the sound e
(3)Compare these words and summarize the pronunciation rules of the letter e
2 Let’s read
Show the words me be we set red hen beg let on the PPT （出示课件）
T Who can read these words
(1)Ask some students to read these words
(2)Read aloud together
3 Read listen and chant
(1)Show the pictures and the words (课件出示教材P50 Read listen and chant部分容)
Ask students to read the words one by one and then read in groups
(2)Let’s chant
Show the chant of Read listen and chant on the PPT
①Ask students to listen and read after it
②Read together with students
Step 3 Practice
1 Read listen and tick
(课件出示教材P50 Read listen and tick部分图片)
T Look at these words Who can read these words
Ss …
T Good Now listen to the recording and tick the words you hear please (课件出示教材P50 Read listen and tick部分音频)
Check the answers Answers be red me she let
2 Listen circle and write
(1)Let students observe the four pictures and guess what words should be filled in the picture (课件出示教材P50 Listen circle and write部分图片)
(2)Lead students to listen to the recording and write down the answers Then check the answers
Answers rice he red we
T Rice Is it for e or ie
Ss It’s for ie
T So circle ie
T He circle…
Ss e
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Play a game—Pick the apples from the tree
(课件出示棵苹果树苹果单词we wet yes me pencil Lee hen be set met he let desk tell she树两篮子eiːee)
Divide students into two groups Let one group use the basket eiː and the other use the basket ee
T Now you’re competing to pick apples Give you ten seconds The winner belongs to the fast and accurate group
2 Listen and lift
The teacher gives out some word cards to students When the teacher says a word students find the corresponding word card and lift it up
3 Make a new chant
T It’s chant time Listen first then chant together E e e it’s in he iː i i E e e it’s in pen e e e
Ask students to make a new chant one by one
Use these chants to review the pronunciations of letters a e i o u
板书
作业
1 Write the words rice he red we in four lines and three grids
2 Think about other words with the letter e and e
教学反思
创设语言情境语境中学语音 拼读结合层次活动中练语音浅入深培养学生分析力举反三力利编chant师生频繁互动组竞赛等形式原枯燥语音课变生动起
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中恰运句型—Would you like… —Yes pleaseNo thanks I can use…提出餐具建议作出正确回应
够情景中恰运功句Help yourself
够语境中理解新词knife fork chopsticks意思够正确发音
够选择食物场景中巩固运句型Would you like some…
教学重点
够听懂会说句型—Would you like some… —Yes pleaseNo thanksHelp yourself
够理解正确朗读课文话做发音准确语调然
教学难点
够真实情景中运课句型提出餐建议餐具建议
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片筷子刀叉等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song—What would you like (课件出示教材P54 Let’s sing板块歌曲动画)
3 Play a game—What’s missing
(课件出示egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake beef chicken noodles soup vegetables图片次快速出现消失)
T Look A lot of food and drinks What are they
Ss …
T Now what’s missing
Ss …
4 Free talk
T What delicious food Oh I’m hungry I’d like some fish chicken and beef (教师表现出副想品尝模样) What would you like
Ss I’d like some…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences
（1）(课件出示1800闹钟食物图片)
T It’s time for dinner What would you like for dinner Would you like some beef If you would you can say Yes please If you wouldn’t you should say No thanks
S1 Yes please
T Would you like some rice
S2 No thanks
…
Write down the sentence structures —Would you like some… —Yes pleaseNo thanks on the blackboard Read these sentences together
（2）T I want to eat some noodles What can I use (课件出示双筷子副刀叉)
T (Pick up the prepared tableware) Chopsticks or a knife and fork
(Students point to the chopsticks)
T Yes chopsticks chtʃoɒchoptʃɒpsticksstɪks I can use chopsticks
Write down the word chopsticks on the blackboard and teach it
(3)T (Point to S1) He would like some beef What can he use Chopsticks or a knife and fork
(Students point to the knife and fork)
T Yes a knife and fork Knifenaɪf knniaɪfef naɪf forkfɔk fforɔːkk fɔːk Knives and forks are used in sets A set of knife and fork means a knife and fork He can use a knife and fork
Write down the phrase a knife and fork on the blackboard and teach it
T (Point to some food on the table on the PPT and say to students) Now dinner’s ready Help yourself Helphelp ee helphelp yourself yourjɔːselfself yourself
Write down the sentence Help yourself on the blackboard and teach it
T You are all polite so you should say…
Ss Thanks
T Good Oh I can use chopsticks but I can’t use a knife and fork Can you teach me
Ask a student to demonstrate how to use it on the platform
T The fork is on the left The knife is on the right Do like this (教师做刀叉动作) Now I can use a knife and fork Thank you
2 Let’s talk
(1)Present the first picture of Let’s talk (课件出示教材P51 Let’s talk板块图)
T Look Mike is at Wu Yifan’s home It’s 600 in the evening It’s time for dinner Dinner’s ready What’s for dinner Look at Picture 1
S1 Soup beef vegetables and bread
T They are all western food Why
S2 Mike is from Canada
T Would Mike like a knife and fork for dinner Guess
S2 YesNo
（2）Watch the cartoon and answer the questions （课件出示教材P51 Let’s talk板块视频）
T When you listen to the recording pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation And underline the key sentences in your book
(3)Check the answers
①T Would Mike like a knife and fork
S1 No Mike says No thanks
②T What can he use Can he use chopsticks
S2 He can use chopsticks Mike says I can use chopsticks
③T Would Mike like some soup
S3 Yes Mike says Yes please
(4)Read and act
①Read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
②Let students practice the dialogue in groups
③Act out
Ask some groups to perform in different roles
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a new dialogue
Take out some pictures of food and tableware Let students work in pairs to make a new dialogue
Make a model
T Would you like some bread… (Take out a picture of food)
S1 Yes pleaseNo thanks
T (Take out a picture of tableware) Would you like a knife and forkchopsticks
S1 Yes pleaseNo thanks I can use chopsticksa knife and fork
T Now practice the dialogue with your partner
2 Let’s play (课件出示教材P51 Let’s play板块图片)
T Let’s go to a restaurant now Look Today’s specials Soup is only 1 yuan now Noodles are only 3 yuan now Juice is only 2 yuan Fish is only 8 yuan Beef is only 10 yuan Vegetables are only 5 yuan So cheap
Let students work in pairs Make a model with a student
T Here are today’s specials Would you like some beef
S1 Yes please How much is it
T Ten yuan
T Now do it in pairs Ask and answer please
Ask some pairs to perform on the platform
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a new dialogue (课件出示吴Mike家吃饭情景图)
T Look Who are they
Ss They are Mike’s mum Mike and Wu Yifan
T Today Wu Yifan is at Mike’s home for dinner Mike is from Canada What’s for dinner Chinese food or western food Guess
Ss Chinese food Wu Yifan is from China
(课件出示分类展示中餐西餐图片)
T Please make a new dialogue with your partners
Let students work in groups of three Then act out their dialogues
2 Let’s chant
Change the words to make a new chant
板书
作业
Listen and imitate the dialogue of Let’s talk for three times
教学反思
课前热身阶段通听歌曲玩游戏话等活动学生轻松气氛中进入复时食物类单词句型起承启作新课作定铺垫
设计生活相课文容相关语境导入新词汇句型然引入课文环环相扣层层深入学生轻松掌握课文容呈现活动丰富操练形式样充分调动学生积极性学生够积极动参活动中拓展思维明显提高语言力
节课话学中穿插中西饮食文化中餐具差异充分激发学生学兴趣
Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
教学目标
够听说认读单词chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
够运句型Pass me the knife and fork please熟练表述餐时需餐具
够听懂指令根指令做出正确动作
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
够运句型Pass me the knife and fork please熟练表述餐时需餐具
教学难点
够熟练正确提出餐建议餐具建议做出正确回应
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片餐具蔬菜等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
3 Sharp eyes
T Now let’s play a game When you see the picture try to say the word as quickly as you can (课件出示egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake beef chicken noodles soup vegetables图片逐快速闪现)
4 Leadin
T Do you know what I would like Can you guess
S1 Would you like some bread
T No thanks
S2 Would you like some beef
T Yes please
…
T What would I like Yes I’d like some beef… (Write down the food the teacher likes on the blackboard)
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences
(1)Teach the words pass knife fork
(教师出餐具chopsticks a knife and fork a spoon a bowl)
T Oh I’m hungry I’d like some beef How can I eat it？I can use…
S1 A knife and fork
T Good I can use a knife and fork Pass me the knife and fork Passpɑːs aɑː passpɑːs Pass me the knife and fork
Write down the sentence Pass me the knife and fork on the blackboard and teach it
T Thank you Knifenaɪf knniaɪfef Knife knife cut with the knife (教师边说边做动作学生读)
T Forkfɔk orɔ Fork fork use the fork (教师边说边做动作学生读)
T Look The knife is in my right hand The fork is in my left hand Then cut with the knife and use the fork to eat Can you use them now
S1 Yes I can Let me show you
T Great Can you use the knife and fork
S2 No I can’t
T Let me help you
(2)Teach the word bowl
T (Show a bowl) What’s this
S2 碗
T Yes it’s a bowl Bowlbəʊl owəʊ Pass me the bowl (动作示意S2碗递)
T Thank you Bowl bowl pass me the bowl (教师边说边做动作学生读)
Write down the word bowl on the blackboard and teach it
T What can I put in the bowl
Ss RiceNoodlesSoup
(课件出示a bowl of rice a bowl of noodles a bowl of soup)
T Bowl bowl a bowl of ricea bowl of noodlesa bowl of soup
(3)Teach the word chopsticks
T Oh I’m hungry too I’d like a bowl of noodles How can I eat them A knife and fork
S3 No Use the Chopsticks
T Good I can use the chopsticks Chopsticks chtʃ opɒpchoptʃɒpsticksstɪks Pass me the chopsticks (动作示意S3筷子递)
T Thanks Chopsticks chopsticks use the chopsticks (教师边说边做动作学生读)
Write down the word chopsticks on the blackboard and teach it
(4)Teach the word spoon
T I can use the chopsticks to have noodles Can I drink the soup with the chopsticks
S4 No
T I can use the spoon Spoonspun spsp oouːuː noodles food soup Pass me the spoon (动作示意S4勺子递)
T Thank you Spoon spoon use the spoon (教师边说边做动作学生读)
Write down the word spoon on the blackboard and teach it
2 Let’s learn (课件出示教材P52 Let’s learn板块图片音频)
(1)Listen and ask
T John is eating dinner at Wu Yifan’s home Wu Yifan’s mum cooks a lot of delicious food What can you see
S1 I can see some rice some beef some vegetables some soup…
S2 I can see a knife and fork a spoon some bowls some chopsticks…
T Let’s listen to the recording then answer the following questions
①What would John like
②How can he eat it
(2)Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(3)Check the answers
T What would John like
S1 John would like some beef
T How can he eat it
S2 He can use a knife and fork
(4)Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
(5)Act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Play games and practice the words
(1)What’s missing
(游戏说明课件出示词汇chopsticks a knife and fork a spoon a bowl然中词汇快速消失学生说出消失词汇词汇换成图片玩次)
T Please watch carefully and tell me what the missing word is
(2)Listen and find
Say a word or a phrase each time and then let students find the corresponding picture （课件出示筷子刀叉勺子碗图片）
2 Let’s do
(1)Make a salad
T You really did a good job I want to make a salad for you I need some help Who can help me
Take out the prepared vegetables knife bowl fork and spoon and ask a student to help with the salad
T Look A lot of vegetables I want to make a vegetable salad S1 I say you do Pass me the bowl Pass me the knife
S1 Here you are
T Good thank you Go back to your seat Let’s go on Cut the vegetables Use the spoon Use the fork Now let’s try it Wow yummy
(2)Listen and do some actions
①Present the pictures of Let’s do (课件出示次出示教材P52 Let’s do板块图片学生回答呈现图片应文字)
T Let’s look at the pictures I show you say
(Show Picture 1)
S1 Pass me the bowl
(Show Picture 2)
S2 Pass me the knife
…
②Listen to the recording and read after it (课件出示教材P52 Let’s do板块音频)
③Listen to the orders and point to the corresponding pictures
T Now I say you point Use the spoon
S1 (Point to Picture 4)
…
④Listen to the orders and do the corresponding actions
T I say you do Pass me the knife
S1 (Do the corresponding action)
…
(3)Make a salad and taste the salad
Make a salad in groups of four Then taste the salad
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Dinner time
T Suppose your friends are eating dinner at your home make a dialogue with your friends Work in groups of three
Make a model
A Dinner’s ready Help yourself
B Thanks
C Would you like some…
B Yes pleaseNo thanks Pass me the…
C Here you are
Ask some groups to perform the dialogues on the platform and select the best group
板书
作业
1 Listen to the recording and read the new words and sentences for twenty minutes
2 Make a salad for your parents
教学反思
节单词句型新授课Let’s chant 种说做结合活动热身调节课堂气氛起承前启作单词放入情景中教学加深学生理解记忆然通游戏加巩固学效果事半功倍
句型操练设计形式样学生层层递进完成语言输入输出程Let’s do部分制作沙拉实物教学边做边教学学生动手做品尝成果节课推高潮学生仅学会做沙拉学会语言表达沙拉制作程
板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够意群正确语音语调朗读话理解意
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇完成句子
够综合运单元核心词句
检测学生否够听懂理解单元AB部分核心句型
考查学生单元核心词汇认读意义理解
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单元重点词汇
够完成阅读判断匹配等活动正确理解认读单元重点句型
教学难点
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇完成句子
够综合运单元核心词句
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s do (课件出示教材P52 Let’s do板块音频)
3 Listen and do
The teacher pastes the pictures of tableware and food around the classroom before class
The teacher says Pass me…Give me… And students find the right pictures and give them to the teacher Or the teacher says What would you like And students answer the question and find the right pictures
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading (课件出示傍晚John家图片)
(1)Look and say
T It’s time for dinner Look Where is John Yes he’s at home What would John like for dinner Can you guess
Ss BeefBread…
The students guess the answers and the teacher writes down the words on the blackboard The teacher takes out the pictures of food and asks several students to paste the pictures next to the corresponding words
Show the pictures of tableware
T I’m hungry I’d like some noodles (教师图片中机抽取餐具图片提问) Can I have a spoona knife and forkchopsticks please
Ss YesNo
T Would you like some noodles
S1 Yes please (教师提示学生抽取张餐具图片中包含筷子图片) Can I have a spoona knife and fork please
T Yes but try chopsticks for noodles
Teach the sentence structures Can I have… please Try… for… and ask students to practice them (课件出示①先呈现牛肉勺子图片然出现刀叉图片②先呈现汤筷子图片然出现勺子图片)
2 Whilereading
(1)Watch the cartoon and answer
T Look John is at home with his mother It’s time for dinner They are talking about their dinner What would John like for dinner Watch the cartoon find the answers and underline the key sentences (课件出示教材P53 Read and tick部分动画)
(2)Watch the cartoon again and answer
T Would John like some noodles What can John use for noodles Watch the cartoon again find the answers and underline the key sentences （出示课件）
(3)Read after the cartoon and then tick the pictures you read about in the talk
Ask students to pay attention to imitating the accurate pause and intonation and realize the emotion of the characters
(4)Read the dialogue after the teacher
Instruct students to read the text according to the sense groups
(5)Read the dialogue aloud
(6)Act out the dialogue
3 Postreading
Look choose and write (课件出示教材P53 Look choose and write部分图片练)
(1)Talk about the soup and choose some words to fill in the blanks
T (Point to the soup) What’s this Yes soup This is John’s soup What’s in the soup
Ss Beef vegetables and noodles
T If you are John you can say In my soup I’d like some beef vegetables and some noodles Pay attention to the spelling of these words When we write sentences we should pay attention to capitalizing the first letter And we should also pay attention to punctuation marks Write the sentence on the blackboard for demonstration
(2)Talk about your dinner and choose some words to fill in the blanks
T Now suppose it’s 600 in the evening It’s time for dinner What would you like for dinner Please talk with your partner and then write down your dinner in your book
Write the sentence on the blackboard for demonstration
I’d like some fish vegetables and rice
Step 3 Practice
1 Let’s check
(1)Look at the pictures and describe them (课件出示教材P54 Listen and tick部分图片)
Lead students to observe the four pairs of pictures carefully
T Let’s look at the first pair of pictures What’s in the picture above
S1 Some soup and vegetables
T What’s in the picture below
S2 Some vegetables and fish
T Let’s look at the second pair of pictures What’s in the picture above
S3 A spoon
T What’s in the picture below
S4 Chopsticks
…
(2)Listen and tick
Play the recording (课件出示教材P54 Listen and tick部分音频) Ask students to tick the correct pictures
(3)Check the answers
Answers 第组图 第二组图 第三组图 第四组图
2 Look and match
(1)Look at the pictures and describe them (课件出示教材P54 Look and match部分图片)
T Look at the table What’s on the table Talk about it with your partner
(2)Look and match
(3)Check the answers
Answers 第行左右序号5 3 1 4 10
第二行左右序号7 8 9 2 6
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s write
(1)Show some sentences with blanks on the PPT and let students try to write and practice in groups
(2)Choose the best one in each group and then select in the whole class Selection rules
①Write correctly and beautifully
②Eat healthily
2 Let’s sing
(1)Learn the first part of the song
①Listen to the first part of the song then answer What would I like (出示课件)
Ss Some fish and beef
(课件出示学生回答出示 fish beef图片出现dish图片播放鱼牛肉放碟子中动画通动画学生理解Put it on my dish含义)
T (鼠标点击鱼鱼碟中) Put it on my dish
T (鼠标点击牛肉牛肉碟中) Put it on my dish
②Learn the first part of the song after the recording
(2)Learn the second part of the song
①Listen and do (课件出示图片a fork a spoon a knife)
T Please pass me a fork (请名学生前找PPT中fork图片点击图片图片飞碟子左边)
T Please pass me a knife (请名学生前找PPT中knife图片点击图片图片飞碟子右边)
T Please pass me a spoon (请名学生前找PPT中spoon图片点击图片图片飞碟子中)
T Now dinner’s ready Can we please eat soon Can we please eat soon (教师边说边做动作帮助学生理解句子)
②Listen to the second part of the song and learn it （出示课件）
(3)Students sing the song while doing actions
(4)Ask students to replace the words of food in the song when they sing
板书
作业
1 Write a family dinner plan
2 Sing the song to your family
教学反思
热身部分前面课程容复学生唱听运样复轻松复效果事半功倍
阅读部分直观问答读学生部分容烂熟心通练拓展进步完成语言输出程学生正确四线三格书写单元四会单词句子整教学程流畅然重点突出趣达知识趣味结合
Part A Let’ s talk & Let’s count
教学目标
够图片教师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型How many people are there in your family询问回答家中位家庭成员
够情景中恰运句型My family has six peopleBut that’s only five
够语境中理解生词people but little puppy意思够正确发音
够通图数数活动语境中运句型How many…are there inonnear…the…询问回答物品数量
教学重点
够图片教师帮助理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话够进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型How many people are there in your family询问回答家中位家庭成员
教学难点
够熟练掌握句型How many…are there…法实际情景中运
够掌握句型My family has six peopleBut that’s only five进行初步运
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频实物头饰家庭片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Use the number of fingers and school supplies to review the knowledge
T How many fingersbookspens…do you see
Ss …
Ask three boysfour girls to come to the platform
T How many boysgirls are there
Ss Three Four
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s count
(1) Show the picture of Let’s count on the PPT （课件出示 教材P58 Let’s count板块图片）And talk about it with the sentence structure How many applesantsbirds…are there onin the… in class
(2) Teach the word people
T Look through the window in the picture How many people are there in the family
Write down the word people on the blackboard and teach it
T ppeoiːplepl people
Then help students answer the question
Ss Three
T Who are they
Ss Father mother and a boy
T Yes they’re parents and the son
(3) Teach the word parents
Tell students father + motherparents Show a picture of parents (课件出示父母亲图片) Lead them to understand what parents means
T ppaeəren əntsts parents
Let students read the word parents several times
2 Teach the new sentence structures
(1) Ask a student a question How many people are there in your family
S1 Three My father(dad) my mother(mum) and me
T You can also say My parents and me
Write down the sentence structures —How many people are there in your family —Three My parents and me on the blackboard
Lead students to make dialogues with the question How many people are there in your family according to the actual situations
Students may answer with the words like brother sister grandfather(grandpa) and grandmother(grandma) Ask students to read and review these words
(2) Present and practice the sentence structure My family has…people
T …’s family has 5 people What about you
Ask students to practice the sentence structure in pairs Then choose some students to introduce their families
(3) Present a survey form about the number of family members (课件出示家庭成员数调查表) Let students use the sentence structures to carry out an investigation in groups of four and report the results of the survey
Present the results of a group survey Point to the largest number in the form and say WowIt’s a big family Then point to the smallest number and say But that’s only three Ask students to guess the meaning of the sentence and then explain the meaning of but
(4) Take out a photo of the teacher’s family Then point to the family photo and ask the question
T Look This is a photo of my family How many people are there in my family
Ss Five
T No my family has six people This is my father This is my mother This is my husbandwife This is my little baby and this is me (Point to the pet) And this is my little puppy
Teach the words baby puppy and ask students to read them Use body language to make students understand the meaning of little
3 Let’s talk
(1) Present the pictures of Let’s talk on the PPT （出示课件）
Lead students to observe the pictures and predict the main idea of the dialogue
(2) Watch the cartoon and answer the questions
Show the questions （出示课件） Play the cartoon and ask students to answer the questions (课件出示教材P58 Let’s talk板块动画) Let students try to underline the answers in the book
Q1 How many people are there in Chen Jie’s family (Three)
Q2 How many people are there in Amy’s family Five or six (Six)
T Great Who are they in Chen Jie’s family Who are they in Amy’s family Let’s watch the cartoon again
Play the cartoon again (出示课件) Ask students to try to underline the answers in the book
T Who are they in Chen Jie’s family You can answer like this Chen Jie says My parents and me
Ss Chen Jie says My parents and me
T Yes The word parents here means father and mother My parents and me means Father mother and Chen Jie So there are three people in Chen Jie’s family
T Who are they in Amy’s family
Ss Amy says My dad my mum my sister my baby brother and me And my little puppy
T Wonderful
（3）Play the recording of the dialogue (出示课件) Ask students to read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
Then show the sentences related to the dialogue on the PPT Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Read the dialogue in roles
T Now who wants to be Amy Who wants to be Chen Jie Let’s read it in roles
2 Act out the dialogue in class
Take out some headdresses and ask some students to act out the dialogue
3 Play a game — 3D Family Photos
Lead students to work in groups of four One student introduces hisher family members and the others act out according to hisher introduction in groups
For example
S1 Look this is a photo of my family This is my grandpa
S2 Hi I’m grandpa I’m old (Act with body language)
S1 This is my dad
S3 Hi I’m Dad I’m tall and strong (Act with body language)
…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Show a picture of Amy on the PPT Introduce her family by using the sentence structures of this lesson Let students try to introduce their families by following the example
Ask students to practice in pairs Then choose four students to show in class At last select the best introduction
板书
作业
Read and act out the dialogue of Let’s talk
教学反思
课程活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感局部整体先学话中出现新词新句面学理解话扫清障碍效提升学生核心素养
结合表格进行调查谈家庭成员情况帮助学生理解核心句型意义学会运
话教学时观察图片猜测容预设问题粗读话进行感知听录音精读话回答问题通填空补充话复述容步步浅入深易难符合教学规律
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s play
教学目标
够听懂会说认读单词短语parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother
够语境中正确运单词短语介绍家
够通活动巩固学单词短语parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother
够真实情景中运句型This is my… He’sShe’s…介绍家庭成员简单描述外貌特征
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词短语parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother简单介绍描述家
够理清家庭成员间关系
教学难点
够综合运学词汇句型介绍描述家
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频物头饰家庭成员类单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings and enjoy a song
Play the song—I love my family Ask students to listen carefully and sing together
2 Revision
Take out the word cards of family members that students have learned in Grade 3
Choose several word cards at random Ask students to read the words and act with body movements according to the words on the cards
3 Leadin
Show a photo of Tom’s familyLead students to introduce and describe Tom’s family members Lead in the relevant content of this lesson
T Boys and girls look This is Tom’s family There are four people in his family This is his father He is tall and strong This is his mother She is short and nice This is his baby sister She is little and cute He loves his family
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the phrase baby brother
Show the picture of Amy’s outline on the PPT Ask students to guess who she is Then play the recording of Amy’s monologue Hi Meet my family （出示课件）
Help students understand the meaning of the sentences and ask them to read after the recording
Show the picture of the baby brother’s hair (课件出示Amy弟弟头发图片) Lead students to guess basing on what they have learned brother sister mother father Then show the complete picture of the baby brother (课件出示Amy弟弟全图)
Write down the phrase baby brother on the blackboard and teach it
T bbaeɪbbyi baby
T This is Amy’s baby brother He’s cute
2 Teach the word parents
Present the picture of Amy’s mum and dad’s outline (课件出示Amy父母亲轮廓图) Lead students to guess father and mother
Continue to show the whole picture and teach the word parents (出示课件)
Write down the word parents on the blackboard and teach it
3 Teach the words uncle aunt cousin
Present the picture of Amy’s aunt and uncle on the PPT （课件出示 Amy叔叔婶婶图片） Ask a question The man is Amy’s father’smother’s brother Who is he
Help students understand the word uncle Write it down on the blackboard and teach it
T uʌnŋcklel uncle
Teach and practice the word aunt in the same way
T auɑːnntt aunt ɑːnt
Explain the usage of aunt uncle in Englishspeaking countries
Show the picture of uncle and aunt’s child (课件出示叔叔婶婶孩子图片)
T She is Amy’s uncle’s daughter She’s Amy’s…
Teach the word cousin
T ckouʌszinn cousin
Explain the meaning of cousin Uncle and aunt’s daughter or son can be called cousin
Write down the word cousin on the blackboard
Point to the words uncle cousin Get students to pay attention to the pronunciation of u and ou
T The letter u in uncle and the letter combination ou in cousin both sound ʌ
4 Listen read and point
Play the recording of the vocabulary of Let’s learn and ask students to read after the recording (课件出示教材P59 Let’s learn板块中词汇部分音频)
Let students listen again and point out the words or the phrase they hear as they read them
5 Let’s learn
Show the picture of Let’s learn (课件出示教材P59 Let’s learn板块图片) Let students choose two people from the picture to describe them according to the sentences on the PPT and act out in pairs
Step 3 Practice
1 Sharp eyes
Show pictures of Amy’s family members in a flash on the PPT and then pause at random (出示课件) Let students say the vocabularies related to the characters on the screen
T Who’s heshe
Ss He’sShe’s Amy’s…
2 Point and say
Point to the vocabulary on the blackboard Ask students to say it out quickly
3 A guessing game
Show the back of the family members’ word cards Ask students to guess what word or phrase it is
4 Make a family tree
Ask students to make a family tree for Amy Let students choose the words or the phrase and fill them in the blanks of the family tree
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s play
Show the picture of Let’s play on the PPT （课件出示 教材P59 Let’s play板块图片） Lead students to observe the picture
T Look at Zhang Peng He draws his family members on his fingers and talks about his family members Please draw and say in the same way
Ask students to work in groups by following the example on the PPT and choose some students to show in class
2 Make a summary
Show the word family on the PPT and explain what it means Remind students to love their families and family members
T Look at the word family F is from father A is from and M is from mother L is from love Y is from you It’s a sentence Father and mother I love you Say it to your parents Do more for your parents And I think your parents will love you more
板书
作业
1 Copy the new vocabularies in this lesson five times
2 Introduce your family photos to your teacher or friends in English
教学反思
1 节课词汇教学词汇正确运学英语关键词汇运词汇进行语言实践程程中句子单词间相辅相成相互促进
2 采图片音频等直观教学手段设计意义务学生完成务程中帮助听懂理解话达运语言进行真实交流目
3 操练环节中通学生参Let’s play板块活动增强学生口语表达力
4 教学程遵循学生认知规律单词短语句型教学先学生知义识音形学生理解中学运
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够根a e i o u ae ie oe uee发音规读出单词
够通a e i o u长短音听录音选词强化已学发音规
够读歌谣节奏吟唱中强化学述发音规
够示范例词提示歌谣中找出符合述发音规单词
教学重点
够感知纳元音字母a e i o u开音节闭音节中发音规
够读出符合a e i o u发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件､录音､视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Read a chant
Show a chant on the PPT Ask students to read it with the teacher together
3 Leadin
Show a picture of a cat on the PPT Then ask students to discuss what they see
T What’s this
Ss It’s a cat
T Yes It’s a cute cat
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and chant
(1)①Present the picture on the PPT Play the recording of the sentence We like the cat （出示课件） At the same time present two options cat cut on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of cat like this kæt kæt And choose the right word cat Emphasize that a sounds æ in cat
Read the words cat cut in class and compare the sounds of the two words catkæt cutkʌt
②Present the picture on the PPT （课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫左右两手空着图片）
Lead students to sayOh the cat is cute Then present two options cutcute on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of cute like this kjuːt kjuːt And choose the right word cute Emphasize that ue sounds juː in cute
Read the words cut cute in class and compare the sounds of the two words cutkʌt cutekjuːt
③Present the picture on the PPT (课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫右手蛋糕图片)
Play the recording of the sentence He’s got a cake （出示课件） At the same time present two options cake Coke on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of cake like this keɪk keɪk And choose the right word cake Emphasize that ae sounds eɪ in cake
Read the words cake Coke in class and compare the sounds of the two words cake keɪk Cokekəʊk
④Point at the rose on the cake in the picture and say A red rose on the cake Ask students to spell the two words according to the pronunciations of red and rose like this red red rəʊz rəʊz
Read the phrase a red rose in class
⑤Present the picture on the PPT (课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫左手杯牛奶图片)
Play the recording of the phrase a cup of milk (出示课件) Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of milk like this mɪlk mɪlk
Read the phrase a cup of milk in class
⑥Ask the question Do you like the cat Lead students to answer Yes we like the cat
Present two options likelake on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of like like this laɪk laɪk Then choose the right word like Emphasize that ie sounds aɪ in like Read the words like lake in class and compare the sounds of the two words likelaɪk lakeleɪk
(2) Play the recording of Listen and chant (课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分音频)
First let students listen carefully and feel the melody of the chant And Then ask students to sing the chant after the recording
Chant with students sentence by sentence
2 Sing the chant freely
Let students sing the chant freely with clapping their hands
3 Act out the chant together
Let students act out the chant in pairsthen ask four pairs to show in class
Step 3 Practice
1 Read listen and circle
Ask students to read the words of Read listen and circle and pay attention to the pronunciations of the words
Play the recording of this part (课件出示教材P60 Read listen and circle部分音频) Let students listen to the recording and circle the correct words
Check the answers in class
Answers
1 he men rice
2 had make nose
3 use cat mum
2 Chant again Group and write
Show the chart of Chant again Group and write on the PPT （课件出示 教材P60 Chant again Group and write部分表格）
Let students sing the chant in groups again and read the words in the chart by themselves Then let them complete the chart in groups Ask a group to show their answers and then ask other students to add
Write down students’ answers on the blackboard
3 Classify the words
Show lots of words students have learned on the PPT （出示课件） Let students read and classify them according to the example wordsThen check the answers
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a summary
2 Review the chant
Play the recording of the Listen and chant (出示课件) Ask students to sing it together
板书
作业
Read the words and the chant of Let’s spell three times after the recording
教学反思
通编chant导入发音规融入活泼韵句中激发学生学兴趣组全班学中进行图片听录音选单词拼读单词选单词chant表演等活动学知识运实践提高学生参课堂学意识调动学热情
通听听读读圈圈分分等种形式反复练学生听读中体会发音规律拼写规律做见词读听音写
Part B Let’s talk & Draw and say
教学目标
够图片教师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够分角色表演话
够情景中运句型—Is this your… —Yes it isNo it isn’tNo it’s me—What’s your…’s job —He’sShe’s aan…询问回答某说话方亲属关系职业情况
够语境中理解词汇football player nurse意思够正确发音
够通画画说说巩固B部分话中学核心句型
教学重点
够图片教师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话分角色表演
够理解运句型—Is this your… —Yes it isNo it isn’tNo it’s me—What’s your…’s job —He’sShe’s aan…
教学难点
够真实情景中灵活运核心句型
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频家庭称呼类职业类单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Show the chant—I love you
Ask students to read the chant carefully and then chant it together
3 Leadin
Show the outline picture of the teacher’s family photo on the PPT （课件出示 教师全家福轮廓图）Ask students to guess the relationship between the person in the picture and the teacher
T This is my family photo Guess Who’s shehe You can ask like this Is this your… Remind students to use rising tones in general questions
Ss Is this your cousinaunt…
T Yes it is No it isn’t No it’s me
Write down the sentence structures —Is this your… —Yes it is No it isn’t No it’s me on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new vocabularies and sentence structures
(1) After guessing some characters the picture of the teacher’s family members is clearly presented The teacher points to herselfhimself and says I’m a teacher
Then point to herhis aunt in the picture
T This is my aunt She’s a nurse
Show a picture of the teacher’s aunt in a nurse’s uniform Help students understand what nurse means
Teach the word nurse nnurɜːses nursenɜːs (课件出示nurse相关容)
Ask students to read after the teacher and pay attention to the sound of ur It sounds ɜː here
T What’s my aunt’s job She’s aan…
Ask students to guess the meaning of this question and the word job according to the context
Ss She’s a nurse
Write down the sentence What’s your aunt’s job on the blackboard and get students to read after the teacher
T auɑːnntt auntɑːnt t’sts aunt’sɑːnts t’s sounds ts here
T jdʒoɒbb jobdʒɒb
T Now you can ask me about my other family members with the sentence structure
Ss What’s your…’s job
T He’sShe’s aan… (doctor football player nurse farmer cook driver…)
Show the pictures of the jobs above to help students understand
Write down the sentence structure He’sShe’s aan… on the blackboard
(2) Write down the phrase football player and the sentence He’s a football player on the blackboard Help students understand the meaning of football through pictures of a foot a ball and a football on the PPT （出示课件）
Show the cards of father teacher sister and so on Let students listen to the pronunciation of these words to know the sound of er when it appears at the end of a word and spell the word player Teach the word player Ask students to read after the recording （课件出示player相关容）
2 Talk about the picture of the main scene
Present the picture of the main scene on the PPT（课件出示 教材Unit 6情景图）
T This is Sarah’s family They are putting on a play Do you know its name
Students may answer in Chinese
T How many people are there in Sarah’s family
Ss Nine Wow
Point to one actor in the picture and ask Is this Sarah’s uncle
Ss Yes it is No it isn’t
T What’s his job
Lead students to find relevant person Ask students to describe his job through the dialogue in the picture
Ss He’s a football player
Continue to talk about Sarah’s aunt’s and her father’s jobs
Play the cartoon of the main scene on the PPT (课件出示 教材Unit 6情景图视频) Ask students to read after it
3 Let’s talk
(1) Show the pictures of the three characters in Let’s talk on the PPT （课件出示 教材P61 Let’s talk板块中Sarah叔叔婶婶片Sarah时候片）
Ask students to guess who these people related to Sarah are and predict the main idea of the dialogue
T Is this Sarah’s…
Ss …
Write down the words on the blackboard according to students’ guessing
T What are Sarah and Zhang Peng talking about
Ss They are talking about Sarah’s family members and their jobs
(2) Play the cartoon and ask the questions
Questions Who’s this manwoman What’s hisher job Is the little baby Sarah’s baby brother
① Play the cartoon of Let’s talk on the PPT and let students pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation (课件出示教材P61 Let’s talk板块视频) Ask students to watch the cartoon with the questions Underline the answers in the book
②Answer the questions
T Who’s this man
Ss It’s Sarah’s uncle
T What’s his job
Ss He’s a football player
T Who’s this woman
Ss It’s Sarah’s aunt
T What’s her job
Ss She’s a nurse
③Play the cartoon again （Pause at the last picture） (出示课件)
T Who’s the baby Is the little baby Sarah’s baby brother
Ss No It’s Sarah Sarah says It’s me
(3) Read after the recording
Play the recording of Let’s talk on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to read after it Then let them read in pairs
(4) Act out the dialogue
Ask students to read the dialogue freely and act out in roles Select four pairs to act out in class
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a dialogue
Present the picture of the main scene of this unit once again on the PPT (课件出示 教材Unit 6情景图) Ask students to select a person in the picture and make a dialogue Then let them practice in pairs
Make an example
A Is this Sarah’s mother
B Yes it is No it isn’t She’s…
A What’s Sarah’s mother’s job
B She’s aan…
2 Draw and say
(1) Let students look at the four stick figures in Draw and say （课件出示教材P61 Draw and say板块四幅简笔画） Ask them to describe the jobs of the characters
(2) Ask two students to read the dialogue of this part Remind them to use rising tones in general questions
(3) Ask students to draw pictures of their family members Then lead them to introduce their family members and the jobs of their family members with the key sentences
(4) Lead students to ask and answer in pairs with the following sentence structures
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Play a game— Magic mirror
Ask two students to make a model
First use the readymade materials in the classroom to make the frame of the magic mirror such as a wooden ruler broom etc
Then ask student A to wear a mask with reflective effect and stand behind the mirror in a fixed position
B (Stand in front of the mirror and ask) Mirror mirror on the wall Is this B
A (Magic mirror) Yes it is
B What’s hisher job
A (Magic mirror) He’sShe’s aan…
Then let both of them make the representative action of this job at the same time
Let students practice in pairs and then show in class
2 Let’s sing—My family
Play the song My family （课件出示教材P64 Let’s sing板块歌曲）Ask students to listen carefully and sing together
3 Make a summary
Point to the vocabulary and the sentence structures on the blackboard ask students to review them quickly
板书
作业
Read the dialogue to your parents
教学反思
通单元情景图教学学生情景中初步感知重点词汇句型英语课堂生动起实践中注意分层教学材施教效方式激发学生动参兴趣培养独立思考合作探究创新精神
教学层次分明引导适体现学生学中体位利完成次课教学目标
Part B Let’s learn & Let’s play
教学目标
够听说认读五关职业单词doctor cook driver farmer nurse
够语境中正确运五单词
够真实语境中理解句子They’re helpful意义引导学生树立职业等观念
够活动中模仿五职业标志性动作学句型—What’s hisher job —He’sShe’s aan…正确询问回答模拟职业
教学重点
够听说认读正确运单词doctor cook driver farmer nurse
够灵活运句型—What’s hisher job —He’sShe’s aan…
教学难点
够正确询问回答家职业
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频学生准备家片家庭称呼类单词职业类单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Free talk and leadin
Ask students to take out photos of their family and introduce their family members to each other in the groups Then ask four students to show in class Select the best performer
Make a model
Hi Meet my family
This is my father
This is my mother
This is my sister
This is my brother
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the words nurse doctor
Present Sarah’s aunt’s photo on the PPT and ask the question
T What’s Sarah’s aunt’s job
Ss She’s a nurse
T Yes she’s a nurse and she works in a hospital Present the word nurse on the PPT and teach it (课件出示nurse相关容)
T nnurɜːses nursenɜːs
Present a picture of the hospital to help students understand the meaning of hospital （课件出示医院图片）
T My aunt works in a hospital too But she is not a nurse (课件出示位女医生图片) She’s a…
Present the word doctor on the PPT and teach it (课件出示doctor相关容)
T ddoɒckttor ə (r) doctor
Write down the words nurse doctor on the blackboard
Play the recording of the two words (出示课件) Let students read them after the recording
Ask students to read the words in groups with actions
For example nurse (Do the action of holding an injector)
doctor (Do the action of holding a stethoscope)
2 Teach the words driver farmer
Ask the question What’s Sarah’s uncle’s job
Ss He’s a football player
T Great My uncle is not a football player He drives a taxi He is very helpful What’s his job
Lead students to guess the word driver with the help of teacher’s body movement Some students may speak in Chinese
Write down the word driver on the blackboard and teach it （课件出示driver相关容）
T drdriaɪvver ə (r) driver
Let students read after the recording and read it one by one or in a row (出示课件)
Present a picture of a farmer on the PPT （课件出示 张农民图片）
T Sarah’s grandpa is very strong He works on a farm What’s his job
Lead students to guess the word farmer Some students may speak in Chinese
Write down the word farmer on the blackboard and teach it （课件出示farmer相关容）
T ffarɑːmmer ə (r) farmer
Let students read after the recording and read it one by one or in a row （出示课件）
Present some occupational nouns similar to driver farmer Let students try to read and find out what the words have in common
3 Teach the word cook
Present a picture of a cook on the PPT （课件出示 张厨师图片）
T Look at the man He looks like a farmer But he is not a farmer Listen What’s his job (课件出示菜入油锅炒菜声音)
Lead students to guess the word cook Some students may speak in Chinese
Write down the word cook on the blackboard and teach it （课件出示cook相关容）
T ckooʊkk cookkʊk
Let students read after the recording （出示课件）Ask some students to read aloud
T The nurse and the doctor can protect our health The driver can drive They can do many things for us They are helpful
Write down the sentence They are helpful on the blackboard and teach the word helpful（课件出示helpful相关容）
T helphelpfulful helpfulhelpful
Ask students to read the sentence
4 Watch the cartoon and read
Play the cartoon of Let’s learn（课件出示教材P62 Let’s learn板块视频） Let students read after the recording Remind them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Ask students to listen again and point out the words they hear as they read them
5 Act out the dialogue
Show the picture of Let’s learn (课件出示教材P62 Let’s learn板块图片) Take out the headwears of Chen Jie and Sarah Let students act out the dialogue in pairs
Chen Jie What’s your…’s job
Sarah My…is aan…
Step 3 Practice
1 Play a game— I point you say
Point to the words on the blackboard quickly Let students read them loudly
2 Play a game—What’s missing
Show all the word cards of jobs to students
Ask students to close their eyes and take out one card from the word cards
Then let students open their eyes Show them the word cards again
T What’s missing
Let students say the missing word quickly Reward the student who guesses quickly and correctly
3 Play a game— Stand stand stand
Choose five students to go to the front of the classroom Let each student squat down with a word card Then lead students to play the game
（游戏说明座位学生说出句子I’m aan…蹲前面五中着相应图卡学生马站起举起图卡该单词声读三遍果没时站起者站起持正确单词图卡学生出局寻找学生换）
4 Ask and answer
Show some word cards of family members and jobs Take out a card randomly and ask students to practice
T If I show you the word cards mother and nurse boys must ask What’s your mother’s job Then girls answer She is a nurse
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s play
（1）Present the five pictures of Let’s play on the PPT (课件出示教材P62 Let’s play板块图片) Ask students to say out the words of jobs in the pictures in turn and then do actions to act out the jobs
（2）A boy does the action and other boys ask What’s his job Girls guess the job with the sentence structure He’s aan… Then exchange
2 Make a survey in groups
Let students ask the jobs of family members in the groups with the sentence structure What’s your…’s job and make a survey according to the chart
（活动说明果出现会职业类名词学生先中文代教师巡视程中帮助补充）
板书
作业
1 Copy the words learned in this lesson five times
2 Investigate the jobs of friends or relatives
教学反思
结合课件师生互动复旧知导入新课新授单词融入句型教学中利图片引入单词灵活操练学新词基础进行句型操练
通I point you sayWhat’s missingStand stand stand三游戏单词拼写读音词义进行匹配操练通单词创编话活动单词核心句型穿插融合灵活操练系列活动程易难趣味性强
运TPR活动完成Let’s play教学加强学生新知识掌握组中完成调查表格进步加深学生单词句型理解运
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing & Part C Story time
教学目标
够图片帮助读懂文段文图提示职业判断文四问题正误
够图片帮助仿示范例句四线三格中填充缺少单词
够根实际情况画简图呈现家庭成员朋友外貌特征职业仿示范例句填充句子
检测单元核心句型考查单元关家职业核心词汇认读
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱歌曲部分
够图片帮助理解事容复巩固关职业词汇句型
够教师帮助表演事
教学重点
够综合运单元核心词汇句型求完成练
教学难点
总结复单元学知识提高学生总结知识力
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频家庭称呼类职业类单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Enjoy a song—My family
Play the song twice (课件出示教材P64 Let’s sing板块歌曲视频) Ask students to listen to it and then sing after it At last let students sing the song together
2 Revision
Take out the word cards they have learnt in this unit
Show students the word cards one by one Let students say them as quickly as they can Then ask students to talk about their family members and the jobs of their family members with the word cards
T What’s your…’s job
Ss He’sShe’s aan…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading
（1）Show the picture of Read and write on the PPT (出示课件) Talk about it with students
T Look at the picture It’s a picture of John’s family How many people are there in the picture
Ss Five
T Look at this woman Can you say something (Point to the woman on the right in the picture)
Lead students to describe her with the sentence She’s friendly and guess her job with the sentence structure She’s aan…
(2) Point to the taller man in the picture
T Look at this man Can you say something
Lead students to describe him with the sentence He’s strong and guess his job with the sentence structure He’s aan…
(3) Draw a basketball on the blackboard Show a picture of a basketball player (课件出示名篮球运动员图片)
Lead students to say basketball player according to the football player
Write down the phrase basketball player on the blackboard and let students read after the teacher
（4）Point to another man in the picture
Ask students to describe his appearance and guess his job with the pictures of a cook’s hat and a spatula on the PPT (出示课件)
Ss He’s a cook
T Yes He can cook so many kinds of food He is very helpful
(5) Point to the little boy John
T Look this is John Can you say something about him
Ss He’s friendly
T Yes He is very friendly What’s his job Is he a basketball player too
Ss … (Students guess)
Present a schoolbag on the PPT and lead students to answer No (出示课件)
T He likes basketball But he isn’t a basketball player He is a student He has no job
Write down the phrase no job on the blackboard and teach it
2 Whilereading
Read and tick or cross
(1) Show the passage of Read and write (课件出示教材P63 Read and write板块短文容) Ask students to predict the main idea of the passage
(2) Look at the family photo in the book Lead students to find the key vocabulary mother teacher father basketball player uncle cook aunt nurse in the passage
(3) Ask students to observe the pictures in the questions carefully in the book Lead students to find the key information of the questions Then let students read the passage and finish the task of Read and tick or cross
Check the answers together Answers × × × √（左右）
(4) Ask the question What’s hisher job about the characters in the pictures
Ask students to find out and state the character’s jobs according to the passage
(5) Be A reading star
Play the recording of the passage (课件出示教材P63 Read and tick or cross部分音频) Ask students to read after it and imitate with the correct pronunciation and intonation
Let students read together then read the passage freely in groups
Select one student from each group for the reading contest The best reader will be named as A reading star
3 Postreading
Look and write
(1) Show the picture of the driver in Look and write (出示课件)
T What’s his job
T This is a man So we say He is a…
Ss He is a driver
Then show the picture of the doctor in Look and write (出示课件)
T What’s this man’s job
Ss He’s a doctor
Write down the sentence structures —What’s his job —He’s aan… on the blackboard
Remind students to use capital letters at the beginning of sentences And ask students to fill in the blanks in the book as required
(2) Show the picture of the nurse in Look and write (出示课件)
T This is a woman So we say She is aan…
Ss She is a nurse
Then show the picture of the farmer in Look and write (出示课件)
T What’s this woman’s job
Ss She’s a farmer
Ask students to fill in the blanks in the book
(3) Ask students to draw a stick figure of a family member and finish the imitative writing activity in the book independently
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen and tick
Let students look at the pictures one by one (课件出示教材P64 Listen and tick部分图片) Talk about the pictures with students
①How many people are there in Picture 1Picture 2
(FourThree)
②What’s his job in Picture 3Picture 4
(He’s a farmerdoctor)
③What’s her job in Picture 5Picture 6
(She’s a nursedoctor)
④What’s his job in Picture 7Picture 8
(He’s a cookbasketball player)
Then play the recording and ask students to finish the task (出示课件) Remind students to pay attention to the key vocabularies while listening
Ask students to retell what they have heard or say the key vocabulary they have heard Then check the answers in class
Answers Picture1 Picture4 Picture5 Picture8
2 Look and match
Show the pictures of Look and match on the PPT（课件出示 教材P64 Look and match部分图片） Let students look at the pictures Ask them to read the text in the book carefully
T Let’s look at this family How many people are there in this family What are their jobs
Remind students to pay attention to the key words while reading and match the pictures with the sentences Then check the answers together (出示课件)
Lead students to chant the text with a certain rhythm
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Story time
(1) Present the pictures of a baseball and a baseball player on the PPT（课件出示 棒球名棒球运动员图片）
Teach the word baseball and the phrase baseball player
Present a picture of a taxi driver on the PPT and teach the phrase taxi driver (课件出示位出租车司机图片)
Let students read the phrases after the teacher and do actions
(2) Play the cartoon (课件出示教材P65 Story time板块动画) (Help students understand the main idea of the story) Introduce the background of the story first
T Some animals are in Zip’s house They look at Zip’s family photos and talk about the people in the photos
Play the cartoon again and ask the questions Then check the answers
(4) Play the recording of the story (出示课件) Ask students to read the story after the recording Remind students to imitate the pronunciation and the intonation after the recording
(5) Ask students to act out the story in groups Then choose two or three groups to perform on the platform And select the best group
2 Sing the song together
Play the song My family (出示课件) Let students sing it in two groups
Show the second paragraph of the song on the PPT Ask students to learn to sing it
Then lead students to make some new parts of the song according to the real situations
板书
作业
1 Complete the composition My family with the key vocabularies and sentence structures
2 Sing the song to your parents
教学反思
阅读教学程中知识点难点阅读前进行细化阅读中教师指导学生抓住问题关键词通听录音读课文短文重点句子找出阅读轻松完成活动减轻学生压力活跃课堂气氛
整教学程中充分运游戏图片录音等教学手段学生参课堂活动学生参意识强完成效果错
通引导学生开展练操练句型完成务加深学生句型印象培养学生继续学英语兴趣
Recycle 2
Read aloud & Listen and number the rooms & Look listen and write
教学目标
够理解事意
够整体认读句子正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中综合运4~6单元中核心句型
够语境中理解新词Father Christmas turkey情景语言Merry Christmas意思够正确发音
够图说话完成听录音房间标号务
够复巩固描述房间名称室陈设重点词汇句型
够根单词读音填出话中缺少单词
够读出符合ae ie oe ue e发音规单词
教学重点
1 够理解情景中综合运4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
2 复巩固ae ie oe ue e单词中发音够读出符合发音规单词
教学难点
够根ae ie oe ue e发音规拼写单词完成听音填空务
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频物头饰等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a song—My home
Play the video (课件出示教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲视频) Ask students to sing the song My home together
2 Revision
Show the pictures of Let’s learn on page 39 (课件出示教材P39 Let’s learn板块图片)
T Whose home is this
Ss It’s Amy’s home
T Where is Amy Is she in the bathroom Is she in the bedroom
Ss No She is in the study
T Where are her mother and father Are they in the study
Ss …
T Where is the bed Where is the phone
Ss …
Step 2 Whilelearning
1 Leadin
Play the cartoon of the last picture of the story on the PPT (课件出示 教材P66张图片动画) And play the song We wish you a merry Christmas as the background music (出示课件)
T Is this Mike’s family Where are they
Ss …
T What’s for dinner
Lead students to observe the picture and answer Salad bread juice…
T And turkey
Teach the word turkey Emphasize that ur sounds ɜː
T Listen Why are Chen Jie and John having dinner with Mike’s family
Ss For Christmas
T Do you know about Christmas Can you say something about Christmas
Ask students to say what they know about Christmas in Chinese or English
2 Learn about the background of the story
（1）Show the pictures of Christmas tree and Father Christmas on the PPT （课件出示圣诞树圣诞老图片）
Teach the word Christmas Emphasize that ch sounds k The consonant t is silent
Play Father Christmas and greet students with Merry Christmas Lead students to say Merry Christmas
（2）Wear Mike’s father’s or mother’s headwear and talk with students
T Now I’m Mike’s motherfather You’re at my home for Christmas dinner
T What would you like
S1 I’d like…
T Would you like some turkey
S2 Yes please No thanks
3 Watch and answer
Play the cartoon of the story on the PPT （课件出示 教材P66 Read aloud板块视频）Ask the question
T What would Chen Jie like
Ss She would like some turkey
Present three questions and related pictures on the PPT （出示课件）Ask students to peruse the story with the questions then answer them
①Where is the Christmas tree (It’s in the living room)
②Who is Father Christmas now (Mike’s father)
③What’s Mike’s mother’s job (She’s a nurse)
Check the answers together
4 Listen and read
Play the cartoon again Let students listen carefully and read after it
Ask students to read the story in roles Then act it out
Step 3 Postlearning
1 Listen and number the rooms
（1）Present the picture of Listen and number the rooms on the PPT（课件出示教材P67 Listen and number the rooms部分图片）
T Look This is Mike’s home Where is he Is he in the study
Ss No He’s in his bedroom
T Yes and his father and his mother are in their bedroom too
Father Christmas will come and give gifts to children He will put gifts in the socks
（2）Play the recording of Listen and number the rooms （课件出示教材P67 Listen and number the rooms部分音频） Let students listen to the recording and complete the task
T Father Christmas wants to give Mike some gifts for Christmas What does he say Does he find the sock Listen and number the rooms according to what you hear
Remind students that there are six rooms in the picture and only five in the recording
Check the answers
T Which room is not in the recording Ss The bathroom
2 Look listen and write
(1) Present the pictures of this part on the PPT (课件出示教材P67 Look listen and write部分图片) Talk about them with students
T Do you like Christmas Do you like Father Christmas The name of Father Christmas is Santa Claus Look A girl meets Santa Claus What does she want
(2) Play the recording (课件出示教材P67 Look listen and write部分音频) Ask students to complete the task of writing the missing words
Check the answers
(3) Ask students to read the dialogue freely and practice it in roles Then choose some students to act it out in class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a dialogue
T Do you want to invite your friends to your home When will you invite them What will you say What will you do Ask students to make a dialogue with their friends and practice in groups
Walk around to help students solve problems in the process
Ask four groups of students to perform on the platform Then select the best group
2 Enjoy a song
T They say Merry Christmas at Christmas They sing Merry Christmas too Let’s listen to other Christmas songs
Play a Christmas song Jingle Bells (课件出示歌曲Jingle Bells) Let students listen to the song and sing along with it
T Do you like the song Let’s sing the song together
板书设计
作业设计
1 Read the story to your family
2 Sing the song My family to your parents
教学反思
1 节课歌曲开场唱歌曲讨图片师生话中学生复4~6单元学单词短语然引出相关话题句型复部分话学作铺垫
2 学事时候通图片圣诞节音乐播放营造真实语言情景次通角色扮演方式练话提高学生口语表达力
3 通听录音图片填单词活动复巩固元音字母发音规律
4 通创编话活动仅学生更化学词汇句子更语言知识助真实情景延伸话题间横构建完成语言输出
Recycle 2
Look ask and answer & Let’s sing & Play a game
教学目标
够通图问答Where’s…复第四单元学房间名称词汇询问物物品位置句型
够通图问答How many people are there in the familyIs this John’s…What’s hisher job复六单元询问描述家庭情况家职业句型
够通观察图片复第五单元餐情景
够语境中灵活运4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
够解歌词意义清晰准确歌唱
够通游戏活动复巩固4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
教学重点
够通系列活动复4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
够游戏中正确回答问题复巩固相关知识
教学难点
够学容正确进行提问做出相应回答
教学准备
预练册1+1中课时相关容
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Enjoy a song—We wish you a merry Christmas
(1) Play the recording of the song We wish you a merry Christmas （出示课件）Let students listen and try to sing along with it
(2) Ask students to sing the song in groups
2 Leadin
T Mike is at John’s home today It’s time for dinner Now let’s do a roleplay
Show some pictures of food (课件出示Unit 5中食物图片) Take out the headdresses of John and Mike Lead students to make dialogues as the demonstration
S1(John) What would you like for dinner Mike
S2(Mike) I’d like some… please
S1(John) OK Would you like some…
S2(Mike) Yes please …
Step 2 Whilelearning
Look ask and answer
(1) Take out the word cards of family members jobs and room names
①Ask students to read the words of family members in lines or rows one by one
②Select one from the cards of jobs Lead students to do the corresponding actions
③Take out all the cards of room names Play a guessing game with students
Take away a card and hide it when students close their eyes
T What’s missing
Ss … (Students guess the missing words)
(2) Lead students to look at the small pictures of characters around the big picture (课件出示教材P68 Look ask and answer部分物介绍图)
T How many people are there in the family Who are they
Ss …
…
(3) Lead students to ask and answer according to the pictures in pairs as the example
T What’s John’s mum’s job
Ss She is a PE teacher
S1 What’s John’s…’s job
S2 He’sShe’s a…
…
(4) Present the pictures of this part on the PPT (课件出示 教材P68 Look ask and answer部分图片)
Let students observe the pictures Ask and answer in class with the sentence structures —Where is… —He She is… —Where are… —They are…
T Where is John
Ss He is in the living room
T Where are John’s grandma and his grandpa
Ss They are in the bedroom
(5) Ask students to read the questions below the pictures and discuss in pairs Finally choose four pairs of students to show their answers
Step 3 Postlearning
1 Talk about the pictures
Let students close their books Show the pictures of John’s family on the PPT （课件出示 乱序John家图片） Ask students to tell who they are and what they do
2 Let’s sort
Show different kinds of words in Units 4~6 on the PPT （课件出示教材Units 4~6中类词汇）
Ask students to read the words and sort them Choose some students to show their answers
Then check the answers together
3 Play a game
(1) Ask students to read the questions fluently by themselves Then lead students to ask and answer in groups
(2) Choose some students to have a show The winner is the group that spends the least time
(3) Take out the question cards prepared before class And rearrange them Finally ask several students to take turns on the platform to choose cards The rest of the class answer the questions on the cards
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Have a dictation
Ask students to take out their exercise books and have a dictation about the key vocabularies and sentences of Units 4~6
板书设计
作业设计
1 Sing the song We wish you a merry Christmas to your parents
2 Read the sentences of Play a game five times
教学反思
1 通唱歌词汇分类游戏师生话方式带领学生复4~6单元学词汇句型节课活动完成做铺垫
2 通听录音唱歌曲图片等方式解圣诞节文化文化语言牢牢结合起体现语言实性
3 通组竞赛问答核心句型等方式节课知识加巩固激发学生积极性整教学程学生活动充分体现学生体教育理念教学效果良
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
教学目标
通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片够理解话意
够正确语音语调意群朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…询问回答物品位置
够情景中恰运句型What’s in the classroomLet’s go and see谈教室
够语境中助图片等帮助理解新词classroom really picture near window意思够正确发音
通部分提供教学活动进步巩固方位介词理解运操练课时重句型—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…
教学重点
够正确语音语调意群朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够理解掌握课重点句型What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…
够情景中运句型谈相关话题
教学难点
够语境中灵活运句型
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音､视频头饰单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy an English song—We have a new classroom （出示课件）
3 Free talk
T Hello S1 What’s in your pencil box
S1 （Open the pencil box) A pen three pencils a ruler…
The teacher asks more students to answer the question of What’s in your pencil box
4 Let’s do
T Boys and girls let’s play a game—I say you do
Show me your ruler Put your pencil on your desk
Put your crayon in your bag
Put your eraser on your English book
…
5 Leadin
T OK Let’s have a break Take out your pencil and crayons to draw a picture
Then the teacher asks students to stand up and answer
T S1 what’s in your picture
S1 Some flowers
T Really Let’s go and see Oh your flowers are beautiful S2 what’s in your picture
S2 An apple
T Really Let’s go and see Oh your apple is big and red
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary classroom picture window near the window
(1)Look and learn
T Good your pictures are very nice Look I have some pictures too Class all the things in the pictures are in our new classroom
Show a picture of classroom （课件出示：教室图片单词）
T Look This is a new classroom Read after me classklɑːsroomruːm classroom
Write down the word classroom on the blackboard and teach it
Show another picture with a cover （课件出示：张遮住图画图片）
T Guess What is it
Ss 图画
T Really Let’s have a look Yes It’s a picture Read after me piɪ ckturetʃə(r) picture
Write down the word picture on the blackboard and teach it
T Do we have pictures in our classroom Where are they
Ss Yes they are on the…
T Yes they are on the wall
Point to a picture near the window and teach the phrase near the window and the sentence It’s near the window
(课件出示：张窗户附图画短语near the window)
T (Point to a picture near the window on the PPT) Where is the picture
Ss It’s near the window
T Yes it’s near the window Read after me nnearɪə(r) nearnɪə(r) wwiＩnnddowəʊ window It’s near the window Write down the sentence It’s near the window on the blackboard and teach it
(2)Ask and answer
The teacher asks questions and let students answer them with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It’s near the… according to some objects or word cards
2 Learn the dialogue of Let’s talk
Show the headwears of Sarah and Zhang Peng
T Who are they
Ss Sarah and Zhang Peng
Show the picture of Sarah and Zhang Peng’s new classroom （出示课件）
T Class we have a new classroom This is Sarah and Zhang Peng’s new classroom They’re happy because they have a new classroom What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see
S1 Many desks and chairs
S2 A window
S3 Some pictures
…
Write down the sentences We have a new classroom What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see on the blackboard
T Good job Guess What are Sarah and Zhang Peng talking about
S1 They are talking about the new classroom
S2 They are talking about the picture
3 Listen to the dialogue and answer the questions
T Well done Let’s listen to the recording with the questions Underline the answers in the books Let’s go and see (课件出示：教材P4 Let’s talk板块音频)
Ask students to answer the questions
S1 It’s so big
S2 It’s Sarah’s picture
S3 It’s near the window
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen to the dialogue again and imitate
Play the recording and let students listen and imitate sentence by sentence
2 Read the dialogue
Ask students to read the dialogue freely and in pairs or in groups
3 Read and act out
T Let’s read the dialogue in roles Girls will be Sarah Boys will be Zhang Peng
Then act out in pairs and show in class
T Who will be Sarah and Zhang Peng Now find your partners and act it out I will select the best pair The red star is for the winner
4 Play a game
Borrow some pencil boxes from students and hide the pencil boxes in different places
T Where is S1’s pencil box
Let some students guess
T What’s in hisher pencil box
Open the pencil box and let students answer
5 Let’s play
Present the picture of Let’s play （出示课件）
T I see something in the picture It begins with c What is it
S1 It’s a crayon
T Really Let’s go and see Where is it
S1 It’s in the desk
S2 It’s a car It’s on the desk
S3 I see a crayon too It’s on the floor
T Good job kids Now boys and girls let’s play a game I spy
(游戏说明：老师说I spy I spy I see a letter p’学生问Where is it老师告诉学生里然学生必须告诉老师什)
Make a model
T I spy I spy I see a letter p
S1 Where is it
T It’s near the window
S1 It’s a picture
Then let students practice in pairs
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Ask and answer in pairs
Show the picture of a classroom (课件出示：张教室图片) Ask students to make their own dialogues according to the picture
Practice in pairs and act it out in class
2 Draw the new classroom and talk about it
3 Show time
T So nice You all have your new classroom You must keep your classroom clean and beautiful
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Talk about your classroom with your partner
教学反思
1教学流程简洁明渡然流畅重点突出助种教学手段降低难度突破教学难点
2教师利图片实物肢体语言等手段学生更直观理解新词汇
3通图片PPT等创设虚拟语言情境学生情景中真实然运学语言知识进行交流达学致目
4板书设计简练学生拓展环节够根板书容编写新话教学起辅助作
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
教学目标
够听说认读单词classroom window blackboard light picture door
够听说单词TV
够情景中熟练运句型—What’s in the classroom —One blackboard…问答教室中种物品
够听懂指令根指令做出正确动作反应
够通操练情景中恰运open turn on close put up clean等动词（短语）
够培养学生节约源意识
教学重点
够理解掌握句型What’s in the classroom重点单词classroom window blackboard light picture door
教学难点
够掌握句型What’s in the classroom重点单词classroom window blackboard light picture door
够情景中熟练运动词（短语）open turn on close put up clean
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
T Hello everyone Welcome back to our classroom
2 Enjoy the song—In the classroom （出示课件）
3 Free talk
T What’s in the classroom
Ss One blackboard…
4 Leadin
Write down the topic Unit 1 My classroom on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the word classroom (课件出示间教室图片)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a classroom
Teach the word classroom and write it down on the blackboard Ask students to read the word three times to help them understand the spelling and the word formation of classroom
T class + roomclassroom clklaɑːsssrroouːmm classroom
Let students read it after the teacher
Then show another picture of classroom on the PPT （课件出示间教室图片重点突出教室中物品陈列）
T What’s in the classroom
Ask students to look at the picture and answer the question
2 Teach the word window
After students say out the word window write it down on the blackboard and teach it
T wwiInnddow əʊ window
Let students read it after the teacher
T Look at the window (Point to an open window) What can we do
Do the action of closing the window Write down the sentence Close the window on the blackboard and teach the word close(clklo əʊsez close ) Let students read it aloud after the teacher with the action of closing the window
3 Teach the word door （课件出示门图片单词）
T What is this
Ss Door
Write down the word door on the blackboard and teach it Emphasize that oor sounds ɔ(r)
Point to the word blackboard and tell students that oar also sounds ɔ here
Students try to read the word blackboard
Show the video of opening the door on the PPT （课件出示开门动画短语）
T What can we do
Write down the sentence Open the door on the blackboard and teach the word open(o + penopen) Ask students to read it with the action of opening the door
Show the video of closing the door opening the window and closing the window on the PPT （课件出示关门开窗户关窗户动画短语）
T Look What else can we do
Get students to do the actions with the teacher and say out the sentences
4 Teach the word blackboard （课件出示黑板图片应单词）
Take out the word card of blackboard Cover the word board Let students read black aloud Then show the whole word blackboard Get students to read it At last write it down on the blackboard Show a picture of Sarah cleaning the blackboard on the PPT (课件出示教材P5 Sarah擦黑板图片短语)
T What is she doing
Ss She’s cleaning the blackboard
Write down the sentence Clean the blackboard on the blackboard and teach the word clean (clkleainn cleanklin) Let students read the sentence Clean the blackboard aloud after the teacher with the action
Show some pictures （课件出示首先呈现张教室脏乱图片通点击鼠标控制图片门窗户桌子椅子扫干净）
T Wow This classroom is so dirty What can we do I can clean the window You can…
S1 Clean the door
S2 Clean the desks
…
5 Teach the words picture light in the same way
(1)Show a picture and teach the word picture (课件出示幅图片单词picture) Write down the word picture on the blackboard and write ture with a red chalk
T ture sounds tʃə(r) ppiɪckturetʃə(r) picture
Use the phonetic knowledge to help students remember the word better
(2)T Let me put up the picture on the blackboard
Write down the sentence Put up the picture on the blackboard and ask students to read it and do the action together
T Look at the two words put up ppuʊtt putpʊt uʌpp upʌp
Get students to read in the same way
(3)Show the picture of light on the PPT Then teach the word light （课件出示灯图片单词）
T llighaɪtt lightlaɪt
Get students to read it
(4)Turn on the light in the classroom and teach the sentence Turn on the light
T tturɜːnn turntɜːn
Get students to read it
Write down the sentence Turn on the light on the blackboard and ask students to read it and do the action together
(5)Take out the picture of TV
T What is this
Ss TV
Teach the word TV and let students pay attention to the pronunciation
Lead students to say the sentence Turn on the TV Tell them to form the habit of saving energy
6 Show a picture of classroom （课件出示张教室图片教室里块黑板两盏灯三扇窗户许桌子椅子）
T There is one blackboard two lights three windows many desks and chairs…
Help students understand the plural forms of countable nouns
Show the corresponding exercises on the PPT
7 Listen read and act
(1)Let students listen to the recording of Let’s learn and read after it （出示课件）
(2)T We can see all these things in our classroom What’s in Zoom and Zip’s classroom Let’s go and see You can listen to the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation When we state many things the word and must be used before the last thing We read the things before and with the rising tone and read the last thing with the falling tone
Play the recording again and let students listen and read it twice
Ask students to act out the dialogue in pairs Choose several groups to show the dialogue in class
Make a model
—What’s in the classroom
—One blackboard one TV…
8 Play the recording of Let’s do （出示课件）
Ask students to listen for the first time and get the overall perception of the recording
Listen again Let students point out the correct picture in their books and do the actions with the teacher
Finally ask four students to come to the platform and do the actions
Step 3 Practice
1 Play a game—Loudly and quietly
（游戏说明课单词卡片背面摆放讲台组选派名学生配合组员完成游戏名学生机起张卡片读出该单词 果声读组员声读果声读组员声读）
2 Look and match
T I have some pictures of these words Can you look and match （课件出示课单词图片）
3 Guessing game
T Wow You learn so many words Let’s play a game Can you guess what words they are
Show the six words with some letters missing on the PPT （课件出示课单词省略字母然逐出示播放单词读音）
Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the recording of these words Help students spell the words according to the phonetic knowledge
For example ind w is w and ow is əʊ
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Draw and say
Let students draw the pictures of their classroom
Ask each group to choose a student to show herhis picture in class and say what is in the classroom in the picture
2 Enjoy a song
Enjoy the song—We have a new classroom (出示课件) While listening to the song recall the learning content of the class
板书
作业
1 Describe your classroom for your parents
2 Copy the words classroom picture blackboard light door window
教学反思
1运歌曲引入新课利图片视频等手段创设教学情境吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣帮助学生更直观理解单词短语等新容
2单词短语句子操练贯穿教学环节呈现方式图片动画实物肢体语言等种方式
3教授单词程中适时展开音标教学拼读教学基础指导帮助学生记忆单词
4板书设计直观突出重点词汇句型起辅助教学作
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳ae单词中发音规ae单词中发长音eI
够读出符合ae发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合ae发音规单词
教学重点
够纳ae单词中发音规ae单词中发长音eɪ
够读出符合ae发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合ae发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings and free talk
2 Listen to a chant and review the sound of æ
T Let’s listen to a chant together
T Listen again Then tell me the words you hear in the chant
Ss AppleAntCatCap
T They have the same letter a and the letter a sounds æ Read together
3 Show and read some words (课件出示单词dad hat map bag)
Let students read the words in groups Give a prize to the best group
Step 2 Presentation
1 Leadin
Create a situation and introduce the open syllable words with letter a
(1)Teach the words name Jake face
Show Jake’s photo (课件出示Jake片)
T Look at the boy He’s my friend His name is Jake neɪm nameneɪm dʒ eɪk Jake dʒeɪk
Let students repeat the words name Jake and write them down on the blackboard
T He has a small face feɪs facefeɪs
Let students repeat the word face and write it down on the blackboard
(2)Teach the words cake make
Show a picture of a cake (课件出示张蛋糕图片)
T Oh what’s this Yes it’s a birthday cake Jake can make a cake keɪk cakekeɪk meɪk makemeɪk
Let students repeat the words cake make and write them down on the blackboard
(3)Teach the words date Dave
Show Dave’s photo (课件出示Dave片)
T Is this Jake No he’s Dave Can Dave make some cake No he can’t But he likes to eat cake Dave’s birthday is coming so Jake will make a birthday cake for Dave What’s the date of Dave’s birthday Dave deɪv deɪv date deɪt deɪt
Let students repeat the words Dave date and write them down on the blackboard
2 Learn the pronunciation rule of ae
(1)Find the common letters
Show the words name Jake face cake make date Dave on the PPT （出示课件）
Play the recording of Read listen and chant (课件出示Read listen and chant音频)
T Boys and girls let’s listen to the recording Pay attention to the words on the PPT What can you find
Ss They have the same letter a and they have the same letter e at the end
(2)Learn the pronunciation of ae
T Great They all have ae The letter e at the end is silent Let’s read these words again Pay attention to their pronunciation
T Yes ae sounds eɪ Look at my mouth eɪ eɪ eɪ Pay attention to the letter e It’s silent
(3)Read after the recording
Play the recording again (出示课件)
Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Let students read the words by themselves
(4)Try to pronounce the words
Show more words with ae
Spell first then let students pronounce the following words
Step 3 Practice
1 Let’s chant
2 Read listen and tick
Read the words in the book Let students pay attention to the sounds æ and eɪ
Listen to the recording and tick the right words (课件出示教材P6 Read listen and tick部分音频)
Check the answers
Answers 1 cake 2 dad 3 hate
3 Listen circle and write
Listen to the recording and try to circle the right letters and write the right words （课件出示教材P6 Listen circle and write部分音频)
First let students observe the pictures carefully and make predictions Then play the recording and let students listen circle and write Let students pay attention to the handwriting
Check the answers
Answers cap cake map face
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Classify the given words
Let students read the following words and classify them according to their pronunciations Ask them to discuss with their partnersThen check the answers
2 I can finish the passage
Listen to the passage and fill in the blanks （课件出示填空练题）
Check the answers And read the passage
Answers My name is Kate I can make some cake This is my cap It’s in my bag Where’s my cat It’s on the map
板书
作业
1 Read the chant for your family
2 Try to find more words with ae that sounds eɪ
教学反思
1通热身阶段师生问谈话活动拉彼心理距离
2复环节通韵律歌谣复字母a重读闭音节中发短音æ规律练环节通相韵律歌谣巩固ae开音节中发长音eɪ规律学生轻松愉快氛围中复旧知巩固新知
3教师教学中通拆音拼音分类等语音意识训练活动引导学生观察发现纳出ae单词中发音规体现课堂教学中学生体教学理念
4板书设计直观重难点目然起辅助教学作
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中恰运句型Let’s…Let me…提出行动建议做出正确反应
够语境中理解新词teacher’s desk clean help意思够正确发音
通该板块提供教学活动巩固操练课时重句型Let’s…Let me…
教学重点
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中恰运句型Let’s… Let me…提出行动建议做出正确反应
教学难点
够情景中熟练运句型Let’s… Let me…提出行动建议做出正确反应
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频骰子等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings and sing an English song
2 Do the TPR action
T First let’s do some actions together I say you do and then repeat Let’s stand up
T Wonderful Are you happy now Good Sit down please
3 Revision and leadin
Show the second picture of Let’s talk in Part A on the PPT （出示课件） Point to different objects Lead students to review the words in Part A classroom blackboard light picture door Then lead in the new phrase teacher’s desk
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the phrase teacher’s desk and the word clean
T (Point to a student’s desk) That’s your desk
T (Point to the teacher’s desk) I’m a teacher And this is my desk This is the teacher’s desk
Read it like this teacher—teacher’s—teacher’s desk Let students read the phrase in groups read by boys and girls read one by one and so on
Show a picture of a dirty teacher’s desk on the PPT (课件出示张脏讲台图片)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a teacher’s desk
T Yes but it is dirty Let’s clean the teacher’s desk
Take out the rag and do the action of wiping the teacher’s desk to help students understand the meaning of the word clean
Students practice the phrases clean the teacher’s deskwindows
blackboard door (Practice through these ways say in unison rush to answer say in groups say one by one and so on)
2 Teach the sentence structures Let’s…Let me…
Look around the classroom and say Our classroom is messy Let’s clean the classroom and give other teachers a surprise OK
Write down the sentence structure Let’s… on the blackboard and teach it
Point to S1 and S2 and say Let’s clean the desks and chairs S1 S2
T For two three or many people we can use Let’s… Teach let’slet us
Ask students to read the sentence Let’s clean the classroom
Ask a row of students to read the sentence one by one and check if they can read it correctly
T The blackboard is dirty I can clean it by myself Let me clean the blackboard
Write down the sentence structure Let me… on the blackboard and teach it
T For only one person we can say Let me… Let him… or Let her…
Ask students to read the sentence Let me clean the blackboard twice
T Who wants to clean the teacher’s deskwindowsblackboard
door…
Let some students practice the sentences Let me clean the teacher’s deskwindowsblackboarddoor…
3 Teach the word help
Take out another rag and say to S2 Let me help you
Clean the windows and say to students So many windows who can help me Repeat the word help and teach it
Ss Let me help you Several students join in The teacher says Thank you to the students
T Thank you good boys and girls The windows are clean now Our classroom is clean too Go back to your seat I think other teachers will be very happy
4 Teach the dialogue of Let’s talk
(1)Let students have a preliminary understanding of the dialogue
Show the pictures of Let’s talk (课件出示教材P7 Let’s talk板块图片)
T Look Who can you see in the pictures
S1 Wu Yifan and his classmatesWu Yifan Mike John and Zhang Peng
T Right Where are they
S2 They are in the classroom
T Good What are they doing in the classroom
Ss They are cleaning the classroom
(2)Show some questions and make students understand the dialogue
Play the recording （课件出示教材P7 Let’s talk板块音频）
(3)Listen to the recording again and answer the questions
(4)Check the answers
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen again and repeat
Play the recording again (出示课件) And ask students to repeat after it
2 Practice the dialogue in pairs or in groups
Let students read the dialogue in pairs or in groups
3 Read the dialogue in different roles
T Let’s read the dialogue in roles Group 1 is Wu Yifan Group 2 is John Group 3 is Mike Group 4 is Zhang Peng
T Now read the dialogue in groups of four Then act it out I will reward the best group
4 Play a game
Show the pictures (课件出示快速显示扫教室擦窗户擦桌椅擦黑板擦讲台擦门等图片) Ask students to say a sentence with the sentence structures Let’s… or Let me… as quickly as they can
5 Let’s play
Take out the dice prepared before class and play with students
(游戏说明教师课前教材中示意图制作六面体骰子出示骰子投掷次投掷结果说句子Let me…Let’s…然请学生掷骰子说句子进行组活动组展示)
T Let’s clean the classroom Throw the dice like this OK Let me…
S1 (Throw the dice) Let me…
T Boys and girls are you clear Play with your partners now
Let some groups show in class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Show a picture of a messy house (课件出示张凌乱房屋图片)
T Grandma Wang is ill Her house is messy Can we help her
Ss Yes we can We can help her clean the house
T OK Please work in groups of four and make a dialogue
Let students make their dialogues in groups
2 Show time
Prepare some rags Let several groups show in class
3 Give some presents to the performers
4 Sum up
T Grandma Wang is happy now I’m also very happy that you’re helpful at school I think you’re helpful at home too Please help your parents at home
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Help your parents at home
教学反思
1通创设种情境营造民谐教学气氛引导鼓励学生英语
2特定语境中引入新单词学生觉趣利加深学生单词理解
3教学中遵循词离句句离景教学规律
4教学程中时刻关注进生性格孩子提供展示机会
Part B Let’s learn & Colour and say
教学容目标
够听说认读单词短语teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
够熟练描述教室中种物品颜色
通完成教室涂色作口头表达活动帮助学生更理解词汇含义学生提供运词汇性化表达机会
教学重点
够听说认读单词短语teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
够熟练描述教室中种物品颜色
教学难点
描述教室中物品颜色时够正确名词单复数进行表达
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频单词卡片贴纸等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings and sing the song
2 Do and say
The teacher says and students do and repeat
T Wonderful You are very helpful
3 Leadin
Show the pictures of Zoom and Zip (课件出示ZoomZip头)
T Zoom and Zip have a new classroom They will go and have a look Let’s go with them
Ss Great
Show the picture of the classroom in Let’s learn (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块教室图片)
T Wow Their classroom is so nice It’s new This is the new classroom
Write down the sentence This is the new classroom on the blackboard Teach the sentence Then let students read it one by one
Step 2 Presentation
T OK Let’s look at Zoom and Zip’s new classroom What’s in the classroom What colour is itare they
Talk with students to review the names and colours of the objects in the classroom
Pay attention to the plural forms of nouns such as lights There are four lights
1 Teach the new word computer and the new phrase teacher’s desk
T Please find something in the picture of the classroom It’s black It’s near the blackboard Come on boys and girls Point to it Who is the first
S1 (Point to the computer)…
T Good You find it You are the first It’s a computer Repeat computer (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中电脑图computer相关容)
Teach the word computer syllable by syllable kəmpjuː tə(r)
T What colour is the computer
S1 It’s black
T Yes We can say The computer is…
S2 The computer is black
T Good job The computer is black
Write down the sentence The computer is black on the blackboard
(课件出示白色电脑图红色电脑图蓝色电脑图等)
T What colour is the computer
Let some students answer the question with the sentence structure The computer is…
T Look at our classroom Where is the computer in our classroom
Ss It’s on the teacher’s desk
(课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中讲台图teacher’s desk相关容)
Teach the new phrase (teacher—teacher’s—teacher’s desk)
T What colour is the teacher’s desk in the picture
S1 It’s yellow The teacher’s desk is yellow
T What colour is the teacher’s desk in our classroom
S2 It’s… The teacher’s desk is…
2 Teach the new word fan
T I feel hot What can make me cool Can you find it in the classroom
Students point to the fan and answer
T Good It’s a fan (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中风扇图fan相关容)
Read the word Fan fæn fæn
T What colour is the fan in the picture
S1 The fan is blue
T What colour is the fan in our classroom
S2 It’s…
Show the pictures of fans in different colours (出示课件) Lead students to describe them with the sentence structure The fan is…
3 Teach the new word wall
T Look at Zoom and Zip’s new classroom Where is the fan
Students point to the fan and say There it is
T Yes it’s on the wall
Teach the word wall (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中墙壁图wall相关容)
Teach the pronunciation of the word wall with the words all tall small
T Look at our classroom What colour is the wall
Ss It’s white
T Look at Zoom and Zip’s new classroom What colour is the wall
S1 It’s white and blue
4 Teach the new word floor
Point to the floor and ask a question
T Is our floor white too
Ss No it’s yellow
T Good The floor is yellow
Teach the word floor (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中板图floor相关容)
Teach the pronunciation of the word floor with the word door and read the word floor
T The floor is yellow in our classroom What colour is the floor of Zoom and Zip’s classroom
S1 The floor is green
5 Listen to the recording read and act
Play the recording (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块音频) Let students listen to the recording and read after it Remind students to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Ask students to act out the sentences in pairs
Make a demonstration
This is the new classroom The door is orange The computer is black
Then let students act out the sentences in pairs and show in class
Practice the sentence structures This is the new classroom The…isare…
Step 3 Practice
1 Talk about the classroom
Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the picture （课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块图片）
Let students discuss in groups Choose one student from each group and show in class
2 Play some games
T Now let’s play some games If you do a good job you can get a sticker Come on
（1）Guessing words
Take out the word cards of the objects in the classroom Select a card randomly from them and ask students to guess what it is
（2）Watch think and guess
(课件出示电脑图片)
T Now look what’s this We can see a part of the picture Please guess
S1 Is it a TV
T No it isn’t
S2 It’s a computer
T Good job You’re right A sticker for you Let’s go on
…
(3)Make up the words
Present the letters that can make up the words in random order (课件出示组乱字母单词1 alwl2 olfro3 eptocmru4 skde5 anf ) Ask students to guess the words
T Look at these letters Put the letters in correct order and we can see the words What are they
T Write down the words in your exercise book Let’s go Who is the fastest Come on
Check the answers Give out the stickers to the winner
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Colour and say
Show the picture of Colour and say (课件出示教材P8 Colour and say板块图片)
T This is a new classroom It doesn’t have colours Please colour it and then say something about it （课件出示涂颜色教室图片）
Ask students to colour the classroom in the book by themselves and describe it as the demonstration
2 Draw your dream classroom
Divide students into several groups Draw a classroom together and colour it
Choose one student from each group to introduce hisher classroom in class
3 Make the evaluation
Choose the best group and give an award
板书
作业
1 Copy the vocabularies teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
2 Talk about your classroom with your parents
教学反思
1学新单词时旧引新利PPT创设教学情境抓住学生眼球激发学生学兴趣更直观理解生词等新容
2教学程中始终遵循词离句教学规律
3教授新单词时通拆音等语音意识训练活动学生注意单词音节快速记忆单词
4巩固拓展阶段通色彩教室涂色画教室涂色两活动激发学生创造力时学生熟练应学单词进行表达达学致目
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够读懂四组句子完成判断正误读务
够意群正确语音语调朗读四组句子
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子填充完整
够综合运单元核心词句
够熟练听说单元AB部分核心句型
够听说认读单元核心词汇
够图片信息中推测考查点做意识听录音听完成判断务
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱
教学重点
够意群正确语音语调朗读四组句子
够熟练运方位介词够图判断句子正误
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子填充完整
教学难点
够综合利单元核心词汇进行换练核心句型—Where is…—It is inon under near the…
教学准备
PPT课件､课文录音视频材料单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Play a game—What’s missing？ （出示课件）
Review the vocabularies classroom window blackboard light picture door teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
4 Look and circle (课件出示教材P10 Look and circle部分中教室图片容)
T Look at the picture What’s in the classroom Please read and circle
Check the answer
Answer T The pictureA is different from the picture B What’s the difference Let’s read Text A then find the difference
5 Leadin
Look and say （课件出示组图片1 先呈现红钢笔呈现桌子2 先呈现绿色书呈现书包里3 先呈现黄色椅子呈现课桌旁边4 先呈现黑色猫呈现椅子面）
T Look What’s this
S1 It’s a pen
T What colour is it
S1 Red
T Where’s the red pen
S2 It’s on the desk
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading
Look and say What’s in Zhang Peng’s classroom
T Now look at the PPT (课件出示 教材P9 Read and tick or cross 图片) This is Zhang Peng’s classroom What’s in it
S1 A green book a yellow book a green bag a kite a picture a blue pencil box…
2 Whilereading
(1)Ask and answer
T There are many things in Zhang Peng’s classroom Now look at the PPT then answer the questions
Q Where is the green bookWhere is the kiteWhere is the picture
Where is the blue pencil box
Lead students to answer
Ss It is on the teacher’s deskIt is near the windowIt is on the deskIt is on the floor
(2)Read and tick or cross (课件出示教材P9 Read and tick or cross 中相关容呈现阅读提示Tips Read find and circle the key words)
Read the four pairs of sentences carefully Find and circle the key words Ask students to finish the task in the book
(3)Check the answers together
Answers × √× √
(4)Listen and read aloud
Play the recording Ask students to read after it correctly Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(5)Who will be the reading star
Choose some students to read the sentences The student who reads best will be the reading star
3 Postreading
(1)Show the picture of Look choose and write (课件出示教材P9 Look choose and write部分图片) Ask students to say the things in it
Ss A window a desk a chair a picture a bag a computer and a newspaper…
Lead students to ask and answer the questions with the sentence structures —Where is the bagthe newspaperthe computer… —It’s inundernear the…
(2)Write down the words
Write down the words to finish the sentences according to the picture
T Pay attention to the spelling of the words When we write sentences we should pay attention to capitalizing the first letter and punctuation marks
Answers desk chair window
Step 3 Practice
1 Talk about our own classroom in groups of four
T Is the study clean or messy
Ss Messy
T Do you like the study
Ss No
T We all like clean and tidy places So we should keep our classroom clean and tidy Look This is our own classroom Now talk about our classroom with your partners You can use the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the…
Let students practice in groups and act out in class
Then ask students to finish the sentences in the book
Let students show the sentences
2 Listen and tick or cross （课件出示教材P10 Listen and tick or cross 部分相关容）
T Look at these pictures The pictures are all about the classroom Let’s look at Picture 1 Who are in the classroom
Ss Chen Jie and Mike
T What are they doing
Ss Mike is cleaning the blackboard and Chen Jie is cleaning the desks
T Good They are cleaning the classroom Now look at Picture 2 What can you see in this classroom Ss A blackboard a teacher’s desk and some desks and chairs
T Good job What colour are the wallsthe desks What colour is the floorthe blackboard
Ss …
T This is the last picture What’s in it
Ss A fan and a window
T Where is the fan
Ss It’s near the window
T Now listen to the recording Then tick or cross
T Show me your answers please
Answers √ × √
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Write about your dream classroom
T What’s your dream classroom like Clean or messy Please draw a picture of your dream classroom And describe your classroom with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the… Please write them correctly in your exercise book
Practice in groups Choose the best one in each group then let himher show in class
T Your dream classroom is clean and tidy I like it How to make our classroom become our dream classroom
Ss Keep our classroom tidy and clean Make our classroom beautiful
板书
作业
1 Practice the sentences
2 Write about your room with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the…
教学反思
1运歌曲游戏等手段复单元单词吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣复效果事半功倍通听听力进步复已学单词句型步阅读做铺垫学生轻松进入阅读
2阅读部分直观说读通赛方式学生部分容烂熟心样语言输入完成通练拓展完成语言输出程
3学生四线三格书写单词句子时候教师适时予指导
4板书设计直观突出重点单词句型起辅助教学作
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片理解话意
够正确语音语调意群朗读话组中进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型—What’s in your schoolbag —An English book…I have a new schoolbag It’s black and white
够语境中理解新词schoolbag English book maths book storybook意思够正确发音
趣味游戏中运语言操练巩固句型—What’s in your… —It’s aan…
教学重点
够理解掌握重点词汇核心句型
够情景中运句型—What’s in your schoolbag —An English book…I have a new schoolbag It’s black and white
教学难点
够语境中灵活运核心句型
教学准备
PPT课件､视频书包种教材等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Free talk
T I have a new bag What colour is it Guess
S1 It’s red
S2 It’s white
…
T Yes you are right It’s black Wow You’re lucky Here’s a sticker for you
3 Let’s review
Review the words about colours Students look at the PPT and say out the words quickly (课件出示颜色方块)
4 Leadin
The teacher shows a colourless pencil box on the PPT (课件出示色铅笔盒)
Let some students guess what colour it is
Ss …
T Really (Click the pencil box) Look It’s blue and yellow
The teacher must emphasize how to express two or more colours
Show the other two kinds of colourless stationery pictures in turn on the PPT and let students guess the colours (课件出示次显示色橡皮色铅笔图片)
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabularies and sentence structures
(1)Learn the new vocabularies schoolbag English book maths book storybook
(课件出示黄色猫形状魔术包)
T I have a magic bag
Help students ask Really
T Yes It’s a cat It’s yellow
Write down the sentence structure I have aan… on the blackboard
Show several kinds of stationery pictures （课件出示黄蓝相间汽车形状魔术铅笔盒） Practice the sentence structures I have aan… It’s aan… It’s… with students
T Guess What’s in the bag
Let one student click the mouse
Ss Wow It’s a pencil box It’s a bus
T Good A bus pencil box So nice What colour is it
S1 It’s yellow and blue
T What’s in the pencil box Who wants to click the mouse （S2 clicks the mouse）
Ss Wow
T It’s a schoolbag in it So magic It’s a magic pencil box
Write down the word schoolbag on the blackboard and teach the word schoolbag (school + bagschoolbag)
Ask some students to show their schoolbags and say I have a schoolbag It’s aan… It’s… one by one
In the same way lead in the new vocabularies English book maths book storybook
(2)Let students understand the sentence It’s a fat panda
T I have a new schoolbag
Ss Really
Show a real schoolbag to students There are many things in the schoolbag
T Look It’s a cat It’s yellow and white What’s in the schoolbag
Ss A pencil box an English book a maths book…
The teacher puts the things in the bag again
T It’s a fat bag It’s a fat cat Cat kæt kæt fat fæt fæt
Help students understand fat and It’s a fat panda Then learn the dialogue of Let’s talk
(1)Present the pictures of Let’s talk on the PPT (出示课件)
T Amy has something new too What’s it Guess
A A toy panda B A panda schoolbag
Ask students to underline the key sentence about the question in their books
(2)Listen to the dialogue and answer the question (课件出示Let’s talk板块音频)
S1 A new schoolbag
S2 It’s a panda
S3 It’s a panda schoolbag
Check the answer Answer B
(3)Listen to the dialogue again and answer the questions
T What colour is the schoolbag What’s in the schoolbag Listen to the dialogue again and answer the questions Underline the key sentences in your books about the questions Then check the answers
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen to the recording of Let’s talk and imitate
Play the recording again Let students read the dialogue after the recording Listen carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
2 Read and role play in groups
T Now who wants to be Chen Jie Who wants to be Amy Let’s read it in roles
3 Act out the dialogue in roles
T Now let’s find the best actor or actress Please come to the front of the classroom and show the dialogue
4 Fill in the blanks
Check the answers (出示课件)
5 Activity What’s in the pencil box
（1）Ask and answer with the partner
(活动说明两组准备铅笔盒铅笔盒里装文具运课核心句型进行话）
（2）Show time
6 Let’s play (课件出示Let’s play板块图片)
T Who are they
Ss Sarah and Zhang Peng
T Yes they’re Sarah and Zhang Peng They are playing a guessing game What’s in Sarah’s hand Is it a pencil
Ss No It’s an eraser
Let students play the game in groups
Act out in class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Show three schoolbags on the PPT A black and white football schoolbag a yellow and white cat schoolbag and a blue and red cap schoolbag （出示课件）
T Do you like these schoolbags
Lead students to answer I like this schoolbag
T OK Choose a schoolbag you like Make a new dialogue with your partner
Show the language scaffolds on the PPT to help students make dialogues
Practice in pairs and report it in class
2 Draw a new schoolbag and talk about it with your partner
Students draw a new schoolbag then talk about it in pairs
Choose some groups to act out in class
The teacher and students evaluate their performances together
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Talk about your schoolbag with your partner
教学反思
课开始时通学生谈话拉师生间距离创造谐愉悦学环境 然然引出课表达物品颜色句型教学程中遵循词离句句离篇教学原Really What’s in…？贯穿教学环节课时教学采处理局部语言呈现完整话方式
先学话中出现新词然听话通问题检测学生话理解新单词通PPT展示神奇魔术包变出牢牢抓住学生眼球新句型呈现通实物书包教师相应动作生动直观帮助学生理解a fat panda含义通形式样操练活动步步引导学生掌握课重点句型通巩固拓展部分两活动训练学生灵活运语言力板书设计简洁重难点突出起辅助教学作
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
教学目标
够听说认读单词短语schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook
够熟练运句型What’s in your schoolbag询问书包中种书名称作出回答
够听懂指令作出正确动作反应
教学重点
够理解掌握句型What’s in your schoolbag重点单词短语schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook
注意含单词 book短语maths book English book Chinese book合成词storybook正确书写
教学难点
够熟练运句型What’s in your schoolbag询问书包里种书名称作出回答
够熟练句型Put…inonundernear…
教学准备
PPT课件视频单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a song
T Hello boys and girls Let’s enjoy the song My schoolbag You can sing the song gently with the music (课件出示歌曲My schoolbag)
2 Revision
Review the dialogue of Let’s talk (课件出示 Amy熊猫书包)
T Look What’s this Oh It’s a panda It’s Amy’s new…
Ss Schoolbag
The teacher writes down the word schoolbag on the blackboard
T Good It’s Amy’s new schoolbag
T OK Who wants to be Amy Who wants to be Chen Jie
Act out the dialogue in roles
3 Leadin
T Good job Amy has a fat panda Amy’s schoolbag is heavy We can ask Amy What’s in your schoolbagAmy
Write down the sentence What’s in your schoolbag on the blackboard Teach the word schoolbag
T Pay attention to the word schoolbag s sounds s ch sounds k sch sounds sk oo sounds uː school school school
Pay attention to the word baga sounds æ bag bag bag school + bagschoolbag
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary
(1)Watch the cartoon and answer （课件出示教材P15 Let’s learn板块动画）
Play the cartoon for the first time
T What’s in Amy’s schoolbag
Ss Many books
T Right Many books are in Amy’s schoolbag So her schoolbag is so heavy
(2)Watch and do
T What books are in Amy’s schoolbag Watch the cartoon again Then take out the right books of your schoolbags
Check the answer on the PPT (出示课件)
(3)Learn the new vocabularies English book Chinese book maths book storybook
①Learn English book
The teacher shows an English book
T It’s an English book Pay attention to an
Write down an English book on the blackboard
T Pay attention to the first letter of English The letter E is the capital letter It sounds ɪ It is a vowel So there is an an before English OK Read after me ɪŋglɪʃ Very good
T I say and you do Show me your English book Put your English book on your head Put your English book on your desk
②Learn Chinese book
The teacher shows two books
T I have two books An English book and a Chinese book
Write down a Chinese book on the blackboard
T Pay attention to the first letter of Chinese The letter C is the capital letter Now read after me ch sounds tʃ tʃaɪniːz
T Show me your English book and Chinese book Put your Chinese book on your English book
③Learn maths book
T S1 show me your schoolbag What’s in your schoolbag Let me see Oh you have a maths book
Write down a maths book on the blackboard
T Please look at my mouth and pay attention to the pronunciation of the word maths m sounds m a sounds æ th sounds θ s sounds s The letter m sounds m It is a consonant So there is an a before maths book
T Everybody show me your maths book Put your maths book on your desk How many books are there on your desk now
Ss Three books
T What are they
Ss An English book a Chinese book and a maths book
④Learn storybook
T Look at my schoolbag What’s in my schoolbag Please guess
Ss …
The teacher opens the schoolbag and says A Chinese book a maths book an English book and…
The teacher shows three storybooks and says Storybooks One storybook two storybooks three storybooks
Write down three storybooks on the blackboard Lead students to observe the structure of the word storybook
T This word storybook is a compound word The words story and book are not written separately And what’s in my schoolbag
Ss A Chinese book a maths book an English book and three storybooks
T Very good
2 Look and match
Look at the PPT and match the words with the pictures
3 Listen to the recording of Let’s learn （课件出示教材P15 Let’s learn板块音频）
Let students read after the recording Listen carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
4 Let’s do
(1)The teacher plays the recording sentence by sentence （课件出示教材P15 Let’s do板块音频） Students show the things they have heard
(2)The teacher repeats sentence by sentence Students point out the pictures in their books
(3)Listen and do
T Class Now I say and you do Show me your Chinese bookEnglish bookmaths bookpencil boxeraser… OK wonderful Please listen and do after the recording
Play the recording again and let students do the corresponding actions after the recording together
Step 3 Practice
1 Play a game—Loudly and quietly
Tips The teacher hides the word card in a certain place Ask one student to find If heshe comes near the word card students speak the word quietly If heshe goes far away from the card students read the word loudly
2 Play a game—Simon says
(游戏说明教师发指令前说Simon says学生做动作发指令前没说Simon says学生做动作Simon says show me your Chinese book学生做动作 Put your maths book in your schoolbag学生做动作活动组竞赛形式进行)
3 Play a game—Sharp eyes
Show some pictures and options one by one and let students choose the correct option for each picture as quickly as they can
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 A guessing game
Play the game in groups of four One student hides a book in hisher schoolbag The others guess
S1 What’s in my schoolbag Guess
S2 A maths book
S3 …
S4 …
2 Play a chain game
S1 What’s in your schoolbag
S2 A Chinese book
S3 A Chinese book and a pencil box
S4 …
3 A circling game
T Anna has a nice schoolbag What’s in it Let’s listen and circle the things in Anna’s schoolbag [课件出示书包书文具（必须包含面话中出现物品加关物品）]
Students listen to the dialogue and circle the things
板书
作业
1 Copy the new vocabularies and the sentences
2 Talk about your schoolbag with your parents
教学反思
运歌曲PPT游戏等种教学手段吸引学生参种教学活动中轻松愉快氛围中复旧知学新知Let’s do中句型穿插Let’s learn板块教学中教师引入相关指令语学生听听做做手眼耳脑帮助学生更记忆单词意义读音时增加课堂趣味性活跃课堂气氛通形式样游戏操练活动全面提高学生听说认读词汇力板书设计直观突出重点词汇句型起辅助教学作
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳ie单词中发音规ie单词中发长音aɪ
够读出符合ie发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合ie发音规单词
教学重点
够读出符合ie发音规单词根单词读音拼写出符合ie发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合ie发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
Chant in groups Let’s have a PK The winner will get a red star
3 T S1 show me your schoolbag What’s in your schoolbag
S1 A Chinese book a maths book…
Talk about things in the schoolbags with several students
Step 2 Presentation
1
(1)T Look Zoom has a new schoolbag too Wow It’s nice (Write down nice on the blackboard)
Students read it after the teacher The teacher underlines the letters ie and teaches aɪ
(2)T Zoom’s schoolbag is nice So he likes it very much (Write down like on the blackboard)
Students read it after the teacher The teacher underlines the letters ie
T How does ie sound Yes ie sounds aɪ Read after me aɪaɪaɪ
Read like this ieaɪcsiceaɪs nicenaɪs ieaɪkkikeaɪk likelaɪk
(3)T Guess What’s in Zoom’s schoolbag
Ss An English bookA Chinese book…
The teacher clicks the mouse Show a kite on the PPT
Ss Wow It’s a kite
T Yes it’s a kite (Write down kite on the blackboard)
Students read kite after the teacher Then the teacher repeats aɪ and let some students try to underline the letters (Reward students with some red stars)
Read like this ieaɪttiteaɪt kitekaɪt
(4)Click the mouse and enlarge the picture of the kite on the PPT
T Look There’s a secret on the kite What is it Yes two numbers five and nine (Write down five nine on the blackboard) Read like this ieaɪvviveaɪv fivefaɪv ieaɪnnineaɪn ninenaɪn
(Reward students with some red stars)
(5)T Zoom has a nice kite in his schoolbag He likes the kite very much He flies the kite all day He’s hungry He’s eating some rice Let students underline ie and read it Then spell the word (Reward students with some red stars)
Lead students to observe their common points ie the vowel letter i and a silent e at the end of the words sounds the same sound aɪ with i That is ie sounds aɪ in the words
2 Read and match
T Look at the PPT Read the words and match with the pictures 3 Read after the recording
Step 3 Practice
1 Read listen and number T Turn to Page 16 and finish the exercise of Read listen and number
(1)The teacher teaches the word fine and students read the words
(2)Listen to the recording and number the words
(3)Check the answers
2 Read and distinguish
Read the words in each group and distinguish
3 Listen circle and write
(1)Give an example
T Look at the first picture What can you see
Ss Five
T Great Now listen to the recording What do you hear
Ss faɪv
T Good job
(2)Lead students to observe the pictures of this part and try to predict the content of the listening text
(3)Let students listen circle and write Remind them to pay attention to the words’ handwriting
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Try to read the following words
Show some words with ie just like time wife white line bite Mike drive on the PPT
Let students try to spell these words Then read them aloud
2 Classify the given words
T Read the following words and classify them according to their pronunciations Discuss with your partners Then report the results and check the answers
板书
作业
Try to find more words with ie that sounds aɪ
教学反思
节课整体课堂气氛较感觉没控节奏发音拓展部分应该更加细致位外引导学生观察ie单词中发音规时没顾坐角落学生互动应该注意类问题
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
够情境中恰运句型—What colour is it —It’s…问答颜色
够情境中理解新词lost toy notebook意思正确发音
够通板块提供教学活动操练巩固课核心句型—What colour is it —It’s…
教学重点
够理解新词掌握重点句型
够情景中恰运句型—What colour is it —It’s…问答颜色
教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—What colour is it —It’s…问答颜色
教学准备
PPT课件视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
3 Do the TPR action
T Where is your mouththe dooryour pen…
Ss Here it is
Step 2 Presentation
1 Leadin
T Good job Are you happy now
Ss Yes
Show the main scene graph of Unit 2 on the PPT （课件出示教材P12情景图中关SarahAmy图片）
T Who are they
Ss Sarah and Amy
T Is Sarah happy
Ss No
（The teacher shows a notebook）
T You’re right Sarah is not happy because she lost her notebook
Write down lost notebook on the blackboard
T Read after me please lɒst lɒst nəʊt nəʊt the letter e is silent bʊk bʊk notenəʊtbookbʊk notebook
Let students read after the teacher
2 Learn Lost & Found excuse me
(1)T Sarah isn’t happy She lost her notebook Where can she find it Maybe she can go to the Lost & Found (课件出示失物招领处画面)
Write down Lost & Found on the blackboard
Let students read after the teacher
(2)Show the pictures of Let’s talk in Part B (出示课件)
T We can see Zhang Peng in this picture Look carefully Where’s Zhang Peng
Ss At the Lost & Found
T Yes he’s at the Lost & Found Why is he here Maybe he lost…
S1 …
S2 …
Listen and choose the right answer (出示课件)Then Check the answer
T How do you know the answer Can you read the sentence in the book out
Ss Zhang Peng says I lost my schoolbag
Let students read the sentence one by one
T Zhang Peng is a polite boy because he says Excuse me I lost my schoolbag
Let students read this sentence one by one
Present some scenes to practice excuse me (课件出示场景交警叔叔问路场景二东西场景三请路）
3 Learn the sentence structures —What colour is it —It’s… and the new word toy
The teacher walks to S1
T Excuse me Can I have a look at your schoolbag
…
T Oh thank you Your schoolbag is nice It’s blue and yellow What’s in it
(The student takes out the books and answers)
S1 A maths book a Chinese book…
T Can I borrow your schoolbag for a moment The teacher walks to S2
T Excuse me Can I have a look at your schoolbag
…
T Oh thank you What colour is it
S2 It’s red
T Can I borrow your schoolbag for a moment
Write down the sentence structures —What colour is it —It’s… on the blackboard
Let students read after the teacher Then students read it one by one
…
The teacher gets several schoolbags in the same way
T Now I have some schoolbags here But I forget their owners Whose schoolbags are on the teacher’s desk Please come here
T What colour is your schoolbag
S1 …
T What’s in it
S1 …
T Oh What’s this It’s a toy There is a toy in your schoolbag Can we take toys to school No we can’t So you can’t take a toy next time OK
S1 OK
T Here it is
S1 Thank you
The teacher writes down the new word toy on the blackboard
T Now read after me Toy tɔɪ tɔɪ
The teacher and students continue to ask and answer like this until the teacher finds other schoolbags’ owners
4 Get more details
Listen to the recording and answer the questions (课件出示教材P17 Let’s talk板块音频) Underline the key sentences in the booksThen check the answers
T How do you know the answer
S1 Zhang Peng says It’s blue and white
T What’s in Zhang Peng’s schoolbag
S2 An English book two toys and a notebook
T Yes Zhang Peng found his schoolbag He thanks Miss White very much So he says Thank you so much
Repeat so much Let students read and act out Thank you so much
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen to the recording again and repeat
Let students read the dialogue after the recording Listen carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
2 Read the dialogue
Let students read the dialogue in pairs
3 Role play
T Let’s read the dialogue in roles Group 1 and Group 2 you are Zhang Peng Group 3 and Group 4 you’re Miss White Now read the dialogue in pairs Then act it out in class I will find the best group The red star is for the best group
4 Let’s play
Ask students to guess what book it is according to the colours Finish the activity of Let’s play (课件出示教材P17 Let’s play板块图片)
（1）T Look What’s this Yes It’s a storybook What colour is it It’s green What’s this It’s a Chinese book What colour is it It’s red…
Help students get to know all the books and their colours in Let’s play Then start the activity
T I have a new book Guess what is it You can ask me the colour of my new book Then you can know it
Make a model first
T I have a new book
S1 What colour is it
T It’s yellow
S1 It’s a Chinese book
T Yes Now please do it like this in pairs I will find the best pair The red stars are for the winners
（2）Show time
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Two students make a group to create a dialogue according to the PPT
2 Draw and talk
Let students draw a new schoolbag and talk about it with their partners like this
S1 This is my new schoolbag
S2 What colour is it
S1 It’s…
S2 What’s in it
S1 …
S2 It’s nice
S1 Thank you
Let several groups show in class Reward some presents to the winners
板书
作业
1 Read the dialogue
2 Act out the dialogue with your partner at the Lost & Found
教学反思
1课前热身环节通学生喜爱课时教学容相关歌曲TPR活动充分激发学生学兴趣
2课时教学失物招领线创设情境情境中学新知巩固新知运新知
3教学程中通师生生生话情景中知识遵循词离句句离景教学规律
4真实语境中操练重点句型帮助学生真正理解掌握重点句型学会灵活运
Part B Let’s learn & Draw and say
教学目标
够听说认读单词candy key toy notebook
够熟练运句型What’s in the schoolbag询问描述书包中种物品名称
描述书包中物品时够正确名词单复数形式
复巩固Part B Let’s learn板块句型What’s in myyour schoolbag单词candy key toy notebook
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词candy key toy notebook
够熟练描述书包中种物品
教学难点
描述书包中物品时够正确名词单复数形式
教学准备
PPT课件视频贴纸实物等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—My schoolbag （出示课件）
3 Revision
Put the schoolbag in a plastic bag and show it to students
T Look boys and girls What’s this … Yes It’s my schoolbag It’s a nice schoolbag What colour is it What’s in it Do you want to know Please guess Come on class If you do a good job you can get a sticker (Show students the stickers)
T What colour is my schoolbag
S1 Green
T No again
S1 Orange
T Yes you’re right Here’s your sticker
T What’s in my schoolbag
S2 A Chinese book
T No again
S2 An English book
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words notebook toy toys
(课件出示节课张鹏失物招领处找蓝白色书包)
T Look Do you know this schoolbag Whose schoolbag is it
Ss It’s Zhang Peng’s schoolbag
T Yes It’s Zhang Peng’s schoolbag He found it at the Lost & Found What’s in his schoolbag
Ss An English book two toys and a notebook
T Are you right Let’s check
(课件出示 P18 Let’s learn板块插图)
T Oh yes look A notebook Two toys
(课件出示书包中笔记两玩具分闪烁两接着图片旁边出现单词notebooktoys中toys中字母s红色)
T How many notebooks can you see in Zhang Peng’s schoolbag
Ss One
T Good one notebook Notebook notebook notenəʊtbook
bʊk notebook How many toys
T Let’s count One two Two toys Toy oyɔɪ toytɔɪ toystɔɪz
Write down the words notebook toy toys on the blackboard
The teacher reads the words toys and notebook syllable by syllable Students follow the teacher and then practice reading the words
(课件出示种物品)
Students read the words after the teacher for three times Then choose a group of words to read one by one like this one boy two boys three boys One book four books five books
2 Teach the new words candy candies key keys
(1)The teacher holds a candy in the hand
T Guess What’s in my hand It’s sweet and children all like it
Ss …
T Good Look It’s a candy It’s a red candy Candy cankæn
dydi candy
Write down the word candy on the blackboard
The teacher reads the word candy syllable by syllable Students follow the teacher and then practice reading the word
The teacher shows another candy
T What colour is it
Ss It’s blue
T Wonderful Now Let’s count One candy two candies I have two candies One candy two candies
Write down the word candies on the blackboard
The teacher reads the word candies syllable by syllable Students follow the teacher and then practice reading the word
(2)The teacher shows students a schoolbag
T I have something in the schoolbag Please ask with the sentence What’s in your schoolbag And you can touch and take itthem out Then tell other students what it isthey are
Write down the sentence What’s in your schoolbag on the blackboard
S1 What’s in your schoolbag (Touch in the schoolbag) A notebook and two candies
T Great You’re right
S2 What’s in your schoolbag (Touch in the schoolbag) …
S3 What’s in your schoolbag (Touch in the schoolbag) I don’t know
T Take itthem out of the bag Let’s have a look
T Oh they’re keys
The teacher shows one key and says slowly A key
The teacher shows two keys and says slowly Two keys
The teacher shows a bunch of keys and says I have many keys
Write down the words key keys on the blackboard
The teacher reads the words like this kkeyiː keykiː keyskiːz Students follow the teacher and practice reading the words Then read one by one
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen to the recording and repeat (课件出示教材P18 Let’s learn板块中单词音频)
T What’s in Zhang Peng’s schoolbag Listen and repeat
Play the recording Let students listen to the recording and repeat Remind students to pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
2 Read the words and the sentences
Let students read the words and the sentences in different ways Read freely Read in pairs Read together
3 Play some games
T Now Let’s play some games If you do a good job you can get a sticker Come on
(1)Flash words (课件出示快速闪现Part APart B两部分学词汇)
T Look at the PPT and say the words as quickly as you can
(2)Watch think and guess
The teacher shows a part of some pictures and asks What’s this
Students try to guess and answer
T Good job You’re right Here’s a sticker for you Let’s go on
…
(3)Make up the words
Present the letters that can make up the words in random order Ask students to guess the words
T Look at these letters Put the letters in right order and we can see a word What is it
T Write down the words in your exercise books Come on
Check the answers Give out the stickers for the winners
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Listen and circle
T What’s in Amy’s schoolbag Look at the PPT and listen carefully then circle
2 Draw and say
Draw a schoolbag and some things in the schoolbag
Talk about the schoolbag like this
A What’s in your schoolbag
B Three keys two toys and an English book
Practice in pairs
Choose some pairs to act out in classThen the teacher makes an evaluation
板书
作业
1 Read the new words to your parents and copy the words
2 Practice reading the sentences
教学反思
1方式呈现新单词吸引学生注意力学生感受物品真实含义形成语境更利学生理解掌握单词
2教学程中单纯教单词始终遵循词离句教学原学生语境中更容易理解单词含义
3教授新单词时候通拆音拼音等语音意识训练活动帮助学生快速记忆单词
4学生想象空间学生画书包书包里装物品谈新书包培养学生想象力交际力
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够读懂组句子完成选择正确图片务
够正确意群语音语调朗读组句子
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
够综合运单元核心词句
检测单元AB部分核心句型
考查单元核心词汇认读
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱
教学重点
够读懂组句子完成选择正确图片务
够正确意群语音语调朗读组句子
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
够综合运单元核心词句
教学难点
够综合运单元核心词句
教学准备
PPT课件录音视频材料
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Play a game—What’s missing
Review the words schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook candy notebook toy key (课件出示schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook candy notebook toy key然机消失)
Ask students to say the missing word quickly
4 Leadin
Talk about the schoolbags with students
T What colour is your schoolbag
S1 It’s blue
T What’s in your schoolbag
S2 An English book a maths book three storybooks
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading
(1)Look and say
T I know what is in your schoolbag Now I have two schoolbags (课件出示教材P19 Read and circle中两书包图片) I have many things in the two schoolbags Look What are these
Show the things on the PPT (课件出示 教材P19 Read and circle中书包外物品分类呈现)
Lead students to say a storybook two storybooks a car a ball some candies some toys
(2)Learn the word cute (课件出示带熊猫钥匙图片闪烁)
T What are these
Ss Keys
T How many keys
S Three keys
T Yes The keys are with a panda I like the panda because It’s cute Do you like it
Ask students to read after the teacher cute cute a cute panda
(课件出示带猴子钥匙图片闪烁)
The teacher leads students to say a cute monkey
Ask students to read after the teacher cute cute a cute monkey
2 Whilereading
(1)Ask and answer (课件出示教材P19 Read and circle部分两幅图)
(1)Ask and answer
T Look at Picture A What’s in the schoolbag
S1 Two storybooks three keys some candies some toys and a cute panda
T What’s in the schoolbag in Picture B
S2 A storybook two keys some candies some toys and a cute monkey
(2)Listen and underline
T Listen to the recording and underline the words about school things（课件出示教材P19 Read and circle部分音频）
(3)Read and circle
T Read the text then circle the correct answer
(4)Check the answer Answer A
(5)Listen again and read after the recording
T Now let’s listen to the recording again and read after it Make sure you can read the sentences correctly Pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation
(6)Show time
Students have a reading show Choose several reading stars The reading stars can get presents
3 Postreading
Look choose and write
(1)What is in it (课件出示教材P19 Look choose and write部分图片)
T Now we can see a desk What’s in it
S1 An egg a pen a notebook and three keys
T Good We must pay attention to the words egg and notebook The first letter of egg sounds e It is a vowel So we say an egg And keys is the plural form We can’t say three key We must say three keys
Let students turn to page 19 in the book and fill in the blanks
Check the answers (出示课件)
Let a student read it
(2)What’s in your desk
T Now please look at your desk What’s in your desk
Ss …
T Good Please fill in the blank on Page 19
The teacher can walk around and make sure students write the words correctly
Step 3 Practice
Let’s check
(1)Listen and number (课件出示教材P20 Listen and number中四幅图)
T Look at these pictures They are all school things Now look at Picture 1 What can you see
S1 A pen
T Good It’s a red pen And how about Picture 2 What’s it And what colour is it
S2 It’s a green schoolbag
T Great What can you see in Picture 3
S3 I can see a red schoolbag
T Wonderful And what’s in the red schoolbag
S3 A storybook and some candies
T Good job Now who can say something about Picture 4
S4 I can see a pink schoolbag A notebook and a maths book are in the schoolbag
T Very good Let’s listen and number (课件出示Listen and number音频)
Check the answers Answers 3 1 2 4
(2)①Look and circle (课件出示教材P20 Look and circle部分文字图片)
T What’s in the schoolbag Please read and circle You can underline the different school things in A and B first Then look at the picture and circle the correct answer Check the answer and let students read in groups Answer B
②Read and fill in the blanks
Let students look at the picture on the PPT and try to fill in the blanks
Check the answers (出示课件)
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Write about your schoolbag or your pencil box
T What’s in your schoolbag What’s in your pencil box Choose one topic and write about it You can write like this
T Please write down on your exercise books Pay attention to the capitalizing letter before a sentence and the punctuation after a sentence
Show some students’ sentences in class
Check the answers with students The other students check in pairs
2 Emotional education
T Is your schoolbagdesk tidy or messy Please put away your school things in time Keep your schoolbag or desk tidy It’s a good habit
板书
作业
1 Read the text to your parents
2 Write about your desk in your bedroom
教学反思
热身环节通歌曲游戏活动复已学单词新课学做知识铺垫
阅读教学前语篇认真进行分析明确语篇中心容知识点找出中重难点词汇句型明确教学目标重难点阅读程中初步培养学生阅读获取信息处理信息力引导学生掌握阅读技巧阅读通练加强巩固学生语言实际运力书写力教学程中注重培养学生良规范书写惯板书设计呈现课语言支架学生阅读书写起辅助作
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型—What’s his her name —His Her name is…询问姓名够回答够情景中运句型He’sShe’s…He She has…描述物性格外貌特征
够语境中助图片等理解新词friendly strong his意思够正确发音
通观察Let’s play板块图片够语言示范简单描述物外貌特征
够进步巩固核心句型He’sShe’s…—What’s hisher name —His Her name is…理解运
教学重点
够情景中运句型—What’s his her name —His Her name is…询问姓名够回答
够情景中运句型He’s She’s…He She has…描述性格外貌特征
教学难点
够情景中灵活运核心句型询问姓名回答
够熟练描述性格外貌特征
够正确读出Chinese his尾音
教学准备
PPT课件卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
T Good afternoon boys and girls Today let’s be good friends OK
Ss OK
The teacher shakes hands with a student and says Friends friends good friends Then students shake hands with each other and say what the teacher says
Ss Friends friends good friends
T Now tell me Who is your good friend
S1 He She is…
S2 …
2 Let’s do
Show the chant on the PPT Play the music and chant with students （出示课件）
3 Play a guessing game
Pull up a curtain Ask some students to hide behind the curtain and put their arms or legs out of the curtain in turn Point to one of them and let the other students guess who he she is
T Who’s he she
Ss He She is…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new sentences
(1) The teacher makes a selfintroduction with the sentence My name’s… and then asks a boy
T What’s your name
Boy My name is…
After the boy answers the question the teacher introduces the boy
T His name is… He is…
(2) The teacher asks students What’s his name
(3) The teacher inspires other students to answer the question and writes down the sentence structure His name is… on the blackboard
Ask students to pay attention to the ending sound of the word hishɪz
(4) The teacher points to other boys one by one and lets students do more exercises to master the language points
T What’s his name
Ss His name is…
(5) The teacher points to a girl and says She’s… Her name is…
Then the teacher asks students What’s her name
Let students try to answer the question Write down the sentence structure Her name is… on the blackboard
Ask students to pay attention to the ending sound of the word herhə (r)
The teacher points to another girl and asks What’s her name
Let students ask and answer in pairs with the sentence structures —What’s her name —Her name is…
2 Practice the new sentences
（1）Show fuzzy pictures of the two people on the PPT (课件出示：学生熟悉两模糊图片两分男女者男孩女孩)
T Look He’s She’s my new friend
Let students guess the names of the two people
Lead students to ask the question What’s hisher name Show clear pictures of the two people and reveal the names（出示课件） Write down the sentence What’s his her name on the blackboard And emphasize the distinction between his and her
（2）Show some students’ pictures collected in advance on the PPT (出示课件)
T Look I have some pictures Look at this picture Who can tell me hisher name
Lead students to use the sentence structure His Her name is… to answer
Ss His Her name is…
T Is he she tall short
Ss Yes
T Is he she thin
Ss No he she is…
Do the action to show strong Then write down the word strong and teach it
T strstroɒngŋ strongstrɒŋ
T He’s She’s tall and strongshort and thin And heshe is friendly
Write down the word friendly on the blackboard Mark ly with red chalk Teach the word
T friendfrendlyli friendly
Ask students to read it and pronounce it correctly
Introduce the etiquette of appearance description Replace fat with strong
T We usually don’t say he she is fat but he she is strong
3 Let’s talk
（1）Show a picture of John on the PPT (出示课件)
T What’s his name
Ss His name is John
Show a picture of John’s mum on the PPT (出示课件)
T She is John’s mother What are they talking about
Ss … （Guess）
T They are talking about John’s new friend Who is heshe
（2） Show the questions one by one on the PPT
①Does John have a Chinese friend
T We are all Chinese because we are all from China
Point to the Chinese flag on the wall to help students understand the word Chinese
Then teach the word Chinese
T Chtʃiaɪneseniːz Chinese
②What’s John’s friend’s name
③Is John’s friend tall and strong
（3）Play the video of Let’s talk on the PPT Let students watch the video with questions （课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块视频）
Ask students to underline the sentences about the answers in their books and answer the questions in class Then check the answers together
4 Listen read and act
(1) Let students listen to the recording and read after it（出示课件）
(2) Lead students to act out the dialogue in pairs
Step 3 Practice
1 Let’s play
Show the picture of Let’s play on the PPT (出示课件)
T We have four new friends today Can you introduce them to me
Ss His name is… He’s… Her name is… She’s…
T Good Now let me describe them and you say out the names She’s tall and thin What’s her name
Ss Her name is Lucy
T Where is she
Ss …
T Yes there she is (Do the action to point at Lucy on the screen)
Let students quickly name the characters according to the teacher’s description Finally point to the character and say the sentence Oh there she he is
Then lead students to ask and answer in pairs One describes and asks the other answers
2 Play a game—Find a friend
Divide students into groups of four Let each student write down a classmate’s name on the card The back of the card is facing up Let a student in each group pick a card randomly and describe the student on
the card one by one The rest of the group guess who the student is according to the description
Make a model
A My friend is a boy He’s thin He has short hair He likes maths Who’s he
B & C & D His name is…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Play a game—Draw my friend
Present a passage on the PPT Lead students to read the passage Then ask students to draw a portrait on the blackboard one by one Each one draws a brushstroke to complete the portrait
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Introduce the friend to parents with the key sentence structures
教学反思
1 课时学描述性格外貌特征课程开始通复巩固句型My name is…导入新词his her稍加练学生快掌握句型What’s his her name句型His Her name is…进行作答
2 活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养
3 猜绘画活动活跃课堂氛围调动学生学积极性加强师生交流活动合作竞争取错教学效果
4 突出语功联系学生实际情况设置环节层层深入帮助学生真实情景中灵活操练学语言
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant
教学目标
够听说认读单词tall strong short thin friendly quiet
够情景中熟练运句型He’s She’s…介绍物性格外貌特征
够运句型Who is he she询问姓名回答
够通节奏说唱强化单词音义联系增加课堂趣味性
理解歌谣中物外貌性格特征描述创编新歌谣描述朋友
教学重点
够掌握描述物特点词汇
够词汇简单描述性格外貌特征
教学难点
够情景中熟练运句型He’s…介绍物性格外貌特征
够掌握单词friendly quiet发音
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
(1) Point to a boy and ask his name in rhyme Ask students to answer in rhyme too
T（Clap hands）What’s his name What’s his name
Ss His name is… His name is…
T What’s her name What’s her name（Clap hands and point to a girl）
Ss Her name is… Her name is…
(2) Play a game—I say you do (课件出示：段节奏背景音乐)
T Boys and girls now I say you do Make yourself tall
Ss Tall tall tall (Students stand up and say while they do it)
T Make yourself short Make your arms long Make your eyes big …
Ss Short short short Long long long Big big big …
3 Watch and act
Play the video of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块视频) Let students watch it and act out the dialogue in pairs
4 Leadin
T John has a good friend I have a good friend too Do you want to know what hisher name is
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the sentences
T I have a good friend in our class He is a boy He’s tall and strong He’s in Group 4 Guess What’s his name
Describe the appearance of a student in the class simply If other students can’t guess who he is lead them to ask What’s his name
T You can also ask me Who is he
Write down the sentences What’s his name Who is he on the blackboard
2 Let’s learn
（1）Learn the words tall strong short thin
Ask a student to come to the front of the classroom and introduce him as a good friend
Then invite another student who is completely different from the boy before Ask other students to observe their differences Lead in the words tall strong short thin
Show the word cards in turn Teach these words Ask students to read after the teacher
Let students point to the classmates and use the sentence structure He’s She’s… to describe others
（2）Learn the phrases tall and strong short and thin
Point to the tall and strong boy on the podium Lead students to say the sentences He’s tall and He’s strong
Then the teacher says He’s tall and strong Ask students to read the sentence after the teacher
Practice the sentence He’s short and thin in the same way
(3) Learn the word quiet
The teacher makes a gesture with the index finger to keep students quiet and says the sentence Be quiet Then show the word card quiet and read it qukwiaɪeətt quiet Then paste the card onto the blackboard Help students understand the meaning of the word quiet Lead students to use the word quiet to make sentences in the real situations
(4) Learn the word friendly
Show pictures of some activities on the PPT and ask Who is friendly
Explain the exact meaning of the word friendly through the movement or the expression
(5) Play and watch
Play the video of Let’s learn on the PPT（课件出示：教材P25 Let’s learn板块视频）Let students watch it
Play it again Ask students to imitate after it and read the words and the sentences over and over again
The teacher describes John with the sentences I have a good friend He’s short and thin
Lead boys to ask Who is he Lead girls to guess who he is and use the sentence His name is John to answer
Ask students to choose a person from the pictures of this section and practice the dialogue in pairs Then let students act it out
Step 3 Practice
1 I point you say
Show the words at random on the PPT (出示课件) Ask students to say out the words quickly
T I will point to the words one by one on the PPT Please say out the words quickly Let’s go What’s this
Ss …
2 I say you do
The teacher speaks the words and asks students to perform corresponding actions
T This time I say you do When I say the word tall please do like this（Raise the arms up）When I say the word short please do like this（Put the arms down）When I say the word strong please do like this（Raise the fists up）And this is for thin (Put the hands on the both sides of cheeks) Are you ready Let’s play
3 I do you say
T Now let’s exchange I do you say
4 Let’s chant
Show the pictures of Lily and Tim in the chant on the PPT (课件出示：教材P25 Let’s chant板块中物图片) Help students describe Lily and Tim with the words they have learned and the sentence structure HeShe is…
Play the chant separately（出示课件）Let students read the chant after the recording
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a competition
Let students chant in different ways to make a competition Remind students to do some actions while they’re chanting
2 Create a new chant
Encourage students to replace the adjectives in the chant according to the true situations of friends Create a new chant and perform it in class
板书
作业
1 Copy the words learned in this lesson five times in four lines and three grids
2 Draw your parents and describe them in English
教学反思
1 指说说做等连串活动贯穿授新操练程学生种感官参学程中提高学效率
2 学单词目单词灵活运句子中表达更加完整时单词运句子中巩固学单词两者间相辅相成相互促进
3 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳oe单词中发音规
够读出符合oe发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合oe发音规单词
教学重点
够感知纳oe单词中发音规
够读出符合oe发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合oe发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件语音例词单词卡等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Enjoy a song
Play the song—Friends Ask students to sing after the recording （出示课件）
2 Let’s chant
Play the chant for ie in Unit 2 on the PPT Let students chant together （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s spell板块中Read listen and chant部分chant容）
Play the chant for short sound of o on the PPT Let students chant together （课件出示：PEP三教材P40 Let’s spell板块中Listenrepeat and chant部分chant容）
Step 2 Presentation
1 Read the words
T Today we have a new friend Look
Show the picture of Mr Jones on the PPT（课件出示：教材P26 Mr Jones图片）Lead in the words of this section
T Who is he
Ss He is Mr Jones
T Yes he is Mr Jones j sounds dʒ oe sounds əʊ n sounds n s sounds z Read after me
Ss …
Write down Mr Jones on the blackboard
T (Point at Mr Jones’ nose) What’s this
Ss It is Mr Jones’ nose
T Yes it’s his nose nose nose nnoəʊszWrite down the word nose on the blackboard
T Touch your nose please
Let students do the action
Show another picture on the PPT
T And what’s in Mr Jones’ left hand
Ss It’s a note
T Good We write notes on our notebooks And this is Coke (Point at the Coke in Mr Jones’ right hand) Do you like Coke
Write down the words note Coke on the blackboard
Ask students to read after the teacher and practice in groups
2 Find out the rules
T Look at these words on the blackboard What can you find
S1 They have the same letter o
S2 They have the same letter e
T Yes They all have oe The letter e at the end is silent What is the sound of the oe Let’s read and find
The teacher reads each word slowly with students
T What is the sound
Ss …
T Yes it’s əʊ Look at my mouth and read after me
Lead students to summarize the pronunciation rule of oe Present the rule on the PPT
3 Read listen and chant
Ask students to look at the pictures of Read listen and chant carefully Then play the recording of this part (出示课件)
Let students listen to it carefully Next show the listening material (出示课件) Ask students to read it after the recording and circle the words with oe At last lead students to chant freely with clapping their hands
4 Act out
Let students to act out the chant together
Step 3 Practice
1 Guess the words
The teacher says the four words one by one in silence The students guess the words by observing the teacher’s mouth and say them out loudly
2 Listen and do
The teacher gives out the word cards to students and says the words at random The students listen to the teacher and raise up the corresponding word cards
3 Read listen and tick
Present the four groups of words on the PPT (课件出示： 教材P26 Read listen and tick部分练) Let students observe them and discuss the similarities and the differences
Let students read the four groups of words Remind students to pay attention to the different pronunciations of o and oe oe sounds
əʊ in the open syllable and o sounds ɒ in the closed syllable
Play the recording and ask students to choose the words they hear (课件出示：教材P26 Read listen and tick部分音频)
Play the recording again Check the answers together with students
Answers 1 note 2 home 3 dog 4 lost
4 Listen circle and write
(1) Let students look at the pictures in this section and try to predict the content of the listening
(2) Let students look at the standard writing of the word dog in the textbook Then read the word
T ddoɒgg dogdɒg
Lead students to find the letter o is in a closed syllable so o sounds ɒ here
(3) Play the recording of this section (出示课件) Let students judge what they hear is the open syllable(oe) or the closed syllable（o）
(4) Let them circle the right answers and write down the words they hear
Properly remind students to write English words correctly
Answers 1 dog 2 nose 3 mom 4 note
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Spell the words
Show more words on the PPT such as smoke phone joke… Ask students to try to read the words according to the pronunciation rule of oe
Show more words on the PPT such as dog box fox… Ask students to try to read the words according to the pronunciation rule of o
2 Chant together
（1）Show a chant on the PPT Let students try to sing the chant
（2）Act out the chant
Give students some time to practice it Encourage them to add their own actions Let them work in groups and choose the ways they like to chant creatively
板书
作业
Read Let’s spell three times after the recording
教学反思
节语音课教学元音字母o重读开音节中发音规教学音标时充分调动学生积极性学生断感知练中总结发音规律
通口型猜单词听音找单词听音写单词活动学知识运实践中提高学生参课堂学意识调动学热情
通听听读读等种形式反复练学生听读中找出发音规律拼写规律培养学生分析力纳总结力通创编chant发音规融入活泼韵句中降低学生学难度
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够情景中恰运句型He has…and his…描述外貌特征
够语境中理解新词or right glasses shoes意思正确发音
重点关注glassesshoes末尾ess发音
够根语言支架创编话综合运目标语言
够根描述判断出相应物
教学重点
够理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
够运重点句型描述外貌特征
教学难点
够语境中理解新词or right glasses shoes意思正确发音
够掌握单词is are has have法
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a chant
Play the video of Let’s chant on page 25（课件出示：教材P25 Let’s chant板块视频）Get students to sing together
T Do you remember the chant about friends Let’s sing the chant together
2 Leadin
Show three characters on the PPT (课件出示：矮男孩John穿蓝色鞋子双胞胎姐妹LucyLilyLucy高子穿红色鞋子Lily高子穿黑色鞋子)
Lead students to find clues by asking the teacher to guess who the teacher’s friend is
Ss Is your friend a boy
T No she is a girl
Ss Is she tall
T Yes she is
Ss Is she Lucy
T No Look at the shoes (Point to the shoes and help students know the meaning of shoes)
Write down the word shoes on the blackboard and read it Get students to know es sounds z here
T Her shoes are black (Say the colour of the friend’s shoes)
Ss She is Lily
T Yes you’re right Lucy’s shoes are red Lily’s shoes are black And we can say
Her shoes are red (Point at Lucy)
Her shoes are black (Point at Lily)
His shoes are blue (Point at John)
Then write down the sentence structure HisHer shoes are… on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s talk
(1) Show the pictures of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s talk板块图片) Talk about the dialogue with students Ask students to predict the main idea of the dialogue
T Who are they
Ss They are Mike and John
T What are they talking about Guess
S1 Maybe they are talking about friends
S2 …
…
T You know about my new friend What about Mike’s new friend Who is he or she Let’s listen to the recording with the questions underline the key sentences about the questions then answer the questions
Show the question and the pictures of different characters on the PPT (课件出示：张鹏吴陈杰图片)
Questions Who is Mike’s new friend A boy or girl
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P27 Let’s talk板块音频）
T Who is Mike’s new friend A boy or girl
Ss A boy
T Who’s he Zhang Peng
Ss No
T Is he Wu Yifan
S Yes You’re right
Write down the word or and the sentence Who is he？ on the blackboard and teach them
Tell students how to answer the questions with or
（2）Show the questions on the PPT：
①Is Mike’s friend a boy or a girl
②Is he tall and thin
③Who is tall and thin too
④What colour are Wu Yifan’s shoes
⑤Does he have glasses
Show the picture and the word glasses on the PPT（课件出示：glasses相关容）Teach the word and ask students to pay attention to the pronunciation of es
Play the cartoon on the PPT（出示课件）Lead students to watch it carefully and discuss the dialogue then answer the questions
T Is Mike’s friend a boy or a girl
Ss A boy
T Is he tall and thin
Ss Yes You’re right
T Who is tall and thin too
Ss Zhang Peng
T What colour are Wu Yifan’s shoes
Ss His shoes are blue
T Does he have glasses
Ss Yes He has glasses
T Yes He has glasses And I have glasses too
Write down the word has Remind students to pay attention to the usage of has have
Point to the boy or the girl wearing glasses in the classroom Lead students to say the sentence He She has glasses
2 Read after the recording
Play the recording again (出示课件) Ask students to follow it and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
3 Act out in pairs
Get students to read the dialogue freely Then ask them to act it out in pairs and find the best pair
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a new dialogue
Ask students to make a new dialogue with the main sentence structures in this lesson and talk in pairs
2 Guess Who’s he she
（1）Show several characters that students are familiar with in turn on the PPT Let students try to describe their characteristics in groups
T Look at this man Can you say something about him Please have a try
Make a model
T He is a man He is tall and thin He has glasses His shoes are black His bag is blue Who’s he Is he…
Ss … (If students are right the teacher says Yes You’re right)
（2）Show time
S1 He She is… He She has… His Her shoes are… His Her bag is…
S2 …
3 Let’s play
T (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s play板块图片文字) Boys and girls we all have good friends Look at the picture Please talk about your friends in pairs with the key sentence structures
S1 He is a boy He has… His shoes are… His bag is… What’s his name
S2 He is…
S1 Yes You’re right What about your friend
S2 She is a girl She has… Her shoes are… Her bag is… What’s her name
S1 …
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Little policeman policewoman—Looking for the lost child
Divide students into three groups Select one student from each group to play the role of the mother or father Ask the selected student to describe the physical feature of her his lost child and the others help her him find the child
Make a model with a student
T (mother) Help me I lost my baby
S1 A boy or girl
T …
板书
作业
1 Read after the recording of Let’s talk three times
2 Describe one of your best friends to your parents
教学反思
chant引入引领学生进入课堂激起学生学兴趣紧接着猜游戏引出课重句型
通创设真实情境引导学生听说演开始运学语言完成活动寻找走失孩子教学中注重新旧知识间渗透培养学生综合运语言力
实践中注意分层教学材施教效方式激发学生动参培养独立思考合作探究创新精神
Part B Let’s learn & Say and draw
教学目标
听说认读短语long hair short hair brown shoes blue glasses a green bag
够运述短语描述物外貌特征衣着扮
够理解句型表达相意思His glasses are blue表达He has blue glasses提高学生灵活运语言力
通活动复巩固重点句型He has…Let’s learn板块学短语
培养学生口语表达力综合实践力
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词hair shoes glasses
够听懂会说认读句型He has…His…is are…
教学难点
够熟练正确描述物外貌特征衣着扮
关注名词单复数变化
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a chant
Play the chant in Let’s chant on page 25（课件出示：教材P25 Let’s chant板块chant）Get students to chant together
2 Leadin
Point to a student and ask other students to try to describe his her characteristics by using the key sentence structures they have learned
Step 2 Presentation
1 Create a situation
(1) Show the outline of Sarah（课件出示：Sarah外轮廓）
T I have two new friends Who are they Guess Now let’s have a look
Ss She is a girl She is tall and thin（Get students to describe her characteristics）
T Look at her hair（Point to her hair）
Teach the word hairheə(r) and ask students to read it after the teacher
T It’s long (Show students the meaning of long by gestures) Her hair is long She has long hair
Write down the sentence She has long hair on the blackboard
Ss She is…
According to the description and the observation let students guess her name Then show a complete picture of Sarah (课件出示：Sarah完整图)
T Oh it’s Sarah Sarah has long hair
Teach the phrase long hair and the sentence She has long hair Point to the other girls with long hair in class and practice the sentence
(2) Point to a girl with short hair in the class
T But she has short hair (Show students the meaning of short by gestures Write down the phrase short hair on the blackboard)
Point to a boy with short hair in the class and say out the phrase short hair Ask students to read the phrase while doing some actions Practice the phrase short hair and the sentence HeShe has short hair
T Who has short hair in our class
Get students to answer the question with the sentence He She has short hair
T Yes His Her hair is short
Write down the two sentences and ask students to make a comparison
(3) Show the outline of Wu Yifan on the PPT (课件出示 吴外轮廓) Lead students to say the sentences He is a boy His hair is short He has short hair
Then present Wu Yifan’s green schoolbag and blue glasses on the PPT (课件出示：吴绿书包蓝眼镜)
Teach the phrases blue glasses a green bag
Ask students to use the key sentence structures He has… or His…is are… to introduce the boy
S1 He has blue glasses He has a green bag
S2 His glasses are blue His bag is green
Present a complete picture of Wu Yifan（课件出示：吴完整图）
T (Point to the picture) It’s Wu Yifan
(4) Point to a boy in the class
T Look What colour are his shoes
Ss …
T His shoes are… And we can say He has…shoes
Then present some pictures of shoes in different colours on the PPT Lead students to say …shoes
Write down the sentence His Her shoes are… He She has…shoes on the blackboard
2 Let’s learn
T My another friend is Wu Yifan And he is Mike’s good friend too Let’s listen and read
（1） Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT Play the recording (课件出示：教材P28 Let’s learn板块图片音频) Ask students to read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Lead students to read the words together and have a competition in different groups For example Group 1 PK Group 2 boys PK girls
（2）First make a model with a student Then lead students to ask and answer in pairs
（3）Ask some students to act out the dialogue
3 Talk in class
Show pictures of the other two characters in Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示：教材P28 Let’s learn板块外两张物图片)
Ask students to imitate the dialogue between Mike and Chen Jie and discuss the appearances and other characteristics of the two characters
Make a model
A My friend has brown shoes
B It’s Amy Her shoes are brown
Step 3 Practice
1 Find friends
The teacher takes out the prepared phrase cards and lets students say the antonym phrases of the card in groups
Like this
Group 1 shows the card long hair
S1 Long hair
S2 Short hair
Group 2 shows the card long arms
S1 Long arms
S2 Short arms
Group 3 shows the card a red bag
S1 A red bag
S2 A green bag
2 Find and match
The teacher shows photos of three cartoon characters with descriptions on the PPT and ask students to find and match (课件出示：卡通物相应描述)
3 Guess in groups
Divide students into groups of four Let students take turns to describ one member of the group and the others in the group guess who he or she is
Make a model
T He is a boy He has short hair He has black glasses He has blue shoes Who is he Guess
Ss He is…His name is…
4 Say and draw
(1) Talk about the main scene picture of Unit 3
Present the main scene picture of Unit 3 and talk about the picture （课件出示：Unit 3情景图）
(2) Say and draw
Present the picture of Say and draw (出示课件)
The rule One person introduces the characteristics of hisher friend The other draws the corresponding character on the paper
Make a model
T I have a friend He has short hair He has red glasses He has brown shoes…
Ask students to draw the boy
Let students say and draw in pairs At last select the pair that performs best
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Do a survey
Show the form on the PPT Let students investigate each other about the length of their hair the colours of the shoes and whether or not have glasses in groups
Ask students to report the results of the survey in the group after completing the survey
Make a model：
I have a friend His Her name is… He She has…hair His Her shoes are… He She has doesn’t have glasses
板书
作业
1 Read the vocabulary after the recording
2 Describe a friend with the key sentence structures and write them down
教学反思
新课教学前通歌曲话方式帮助学生复节课学知识节课做铺垫 结合课件师生互动讲授新知新授词汇融入句子教学中帮助学生词汇灵活运句子中时句子中巩固学词汇二者相辅相成互相促进呈现单元情景图通画画学生玩乐中练巩固词汇句型英语课堂生动起组完成调查报告学生够运学语言描述身边朋友亲板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够读懂四组句子图中物正确匹配
够正确语音语调意群朗读四组句子
够综合运单元核心词句
通图学会图片信息中推测考查点做意识听录音听完成排序务
教学重点
够运学词汇句型简单描述位熟悉朋友学
教学难点
理解What is his her nameWho is he she？区联系
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup
1 Greetings
T Good morning afternoon boys and girls
Ss Good morning afternoon Mr Miss Mrs…
T How are you today
Ss …
2 Revision
(1) Free talk
T Who is tall and strong in our class
Ss …
T Who has brown shoes in our class
Ss …
…
(2) Fill in the blanks
Present the words of this unit on the PPT Ask students to complete the exercise as required
Step 2 Presentation
Read and write
（1）Prereading
①Play a game—Create a supermodel
Draw the outline of a person on the blackboard Ask students to design his her appearance and clothes Let each student say one sentence Draw the outline according to students’ descriptions until a supermodel is created
Ask students to look at the picture again Let them try to make descriptive sentences into a short paragraph
②Guess Who is my best friend
Ask some students to use a complete paragraph to introduce their good friend’s appearance and clothes Ask the other students to guess who he she is Review and consolidate the key sentences learned in this unit
(2) Whilereading
①Show the picture and four groups of sentences of Read and match on the PPT
Let students observe the picture underline the key words and phrases and talk about it in class
T Look at these children boys and girls Who are they
Ss They’re Ben James Ann and Kate
Write down the names on the blackboard and read them at the same time
T Ben pen—Ben ee James name—James aeeɪ Ann ant—Ann aæ Kate cake—Kate aeeɪ
Ss … (Read after the teacher)
T Can you talk something about James
S1 …
T Who can talk about Ben
…
②Complete the activity of Read and match
Ask four students to read the four groups of sentences in turn The other students judge by what they hear
Then check the answers together by letting students ask and answer
Answers：1—James 2—Ann 3—Kate 4—Ben
S1 He has short hair He has a big green bag What is his name
S2 His name is James
S3 She has long hair She has orange shoes What is her name
S4 Her name is Ann
Write down the sentence structures HeShe has… —What’s hisher name —HisHer name is… on the blackboard
S5 She is tall She is friendly She has a blue hat Who is she
S6 She is Kate
S7 He is short and thin He has glasses He is near the window Who is he
S8 He is Ben
Write down the sentence structures —Who is heshe —HeShe is… on the blackboard
Lead students to understand the difference between What is hisher name and Who is he she
T What is his her name We can only answer the name here Who is heshe We can answer the name the job or the relationship with the speaker here
③Listen and repeat
Ask and answer in pairs One says the name of the character in the picture The other quickly retells the character’s descriptive text Then exchange to complete the exercise
For example
S1 Kate
S2 She is tall She is friendly She has a blue hat
（3）Postreading
①Observe and read
Present the three pictures the words and the phrasesAsk students to observe the pictures and read the words and the phrases
②Give language support and talk with students
③Remind students to write the words or phrases correctly
Comment on the completion of students Correct writing errors in time Then check the answers together
Answers 1 tall thin 2 bag 3 long hair
Ask three students to read the sentences in turn
④Let students write a few sentences they have learned in this unit to introduce a classmate Next let some students read the sentences they have written The other students guess which students they’re describing
Comment on the completion of students Correct writing errors in time
Step 3 Practice
Let’s check
(1) Listen and number
Show the pictures of Listen and number on the PPT Let students talk about the names characteristics and other features of the characters in the pictures
S1 She is a girl She has long hair and oranges shoes
S2 He is a boy He has short hair
S3 He is a boy He has long hair He has brown shoes
S4 He is a boy He is tall and strong He has glasses
Play the recording Remind students to grasp the key information and complete the exercise of Listen and number
Play the recording again to help students check the answers Answers 2 3 1 4
（2）Look and match
Show the pictures of Look and match on the PPTLet students observe the pictures and then describe the characteristics of the characters in the pictures with the sentence structures HeShe is…HeShe has…
T Look at this girl in the first picture What’s she like
Ss She has short black hair She is quiet
T Good What about this girl in the second picture What do you think about her
…
Show the words and the phrases on the PPTLet students read them and choose the right pictures to match
Remind students that there is more than one word or phrase that can match the same picture
Check the answers
Answers 图1 quiet
图2 long black hair glasses friendly
图3 tall and strong blue shoes short brown hair
图4 short and thin
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s act
Ask students to act out the words tall short fat thin quiet…
2 Listen and do
Give orders such as Clap your hands Stamp your feet Wave your arms Shake your body…
Students do actions according to the orders
3 Let’s sing
(1) Play the song FriendsLet students enjoy it together
(2) T Listen again and answer If your friend is tall and quiet what can you do
Ss Clap my hands
(3) Students sing the song in pairs and then sing the song together
(4) Make a new song with replacing the adjective and the verb phrases of the song in groups
Make a model
If your friend is thin and funny stamp your feet If your friend is thin and funny stamp your feet
If your friend is thin and funny if your friend is thin and funny if your friend is thin and funny stamp your feet
板书
作业
1 Copy the key words learned in this unit five times
2 Draw your parents and describe them in English
教学反思
教学程中充分运游戏图片录音等教学手段学生积极参课堂活动学生参意识强完成效果错
难点找教授单词句型渡什方式诠释句型难点次课前需深思熟虑方
Recycle 1
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
·够听说认读实际情景中运1~3单元核心句型
·够情景中运句型 What’s in your…询间回答某处什物品够情景中运句型—Where is… —It’s in on under near the…询问回答物品位置
·够情景中运句型介绍朋友姓名性格外貌穿着等—What’s hisher name —His Her name is…He’sShe’s…He She has…
·够意群朗读课文
词汇
·够听说认读实际情景中运1~3单元关教室物品设施书文具描述性格外貌穿着单词短语
·够意义语境中抄写述话题词短语
语音
·够掌握1~3单元中ae ie oe发音规
·够读出符合发音规单词根发音拼写出符合发音规单词
情感态度：
·够体会学间互帮互助友谊加强际交力
Read aloud & Connect and say & Look listen and write
教学重点
1 够1~3单元核心语言融体具体情景中然熟练运
2 巩固学1~3单元语音知识
教学难点
1 够核心句型描述朋友特征
2 够根发音规读出符合发音规单词根发音规单词分类
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Friends
3 Sharp eyes
Show the following vocabulary on the PPT one by one
（课件出示：classroom window blackboard light picture door teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor schoolbag maths English Chinese storybook candy notebook toy key strong friendly quiet hair shoe glasses）
T If you know the vocabularies you can stand up and read it out
4 Free talk
Do Questions & Answers on the topics of classroom schoolbag and friends
T What’s in the classroom What’s in your schoolbag Who’s your friend What is he she like Is he she tall thin… …
Ss …
Step 2 Presentation
1 Leadin
Show a schoolbag with some books in it
T Look at this schoolbag What’s in it Let’s have a look
Lead students to answer An English book a maths book a notebook and ten storybooks
Take all the books out of the schoolbag Then put some school things on the teacher’s desk and ask a student to come to the front
T Put the pen pencil ruler…in the schoolbag
The student does as the teacher says
T Now show me the schoolbag
(The schoolbag is too heavy for the student to carry)
T Let me help you (Help the student raise the schoolbag)
S1 Thank you
The teacher asks more students to carry the schoolbag
T What do you think of this schoolbag
Ss So heavy
T Yes The schoolbag is so heavy
Let students read the word heavy after the teacher and help them understand the sentence Let me help you
T We should help each other Look Chen Jie is helping John (课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分图)
2 Watch and answer
(1) Look at the pictures and answer the question
T What’s in John’s schoolbag (课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分图二图三)
Ss Books
(2) Watch the cartoon and answer the questions
Show the questions on the PPT
Then play the cartoon of Read aloud (课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分视频) After students finish watching check the answers by talking with them
T Are they John’s storybooks
Ss No they are his friend’s
T Oh I know I know they are his friend’s (Emphasize I know with the head nodding) But who’s his friend I don’t know (Emphasize I don’t know with a gesture and an expression)
Ss Sandy White
T I know John’s friend is Sandy White So they’re Sandy White’s storybooks
Teach the sentence They’re my friend’s storybooks
Show a picture of Sandy White（出示课件）
T Look This is Sandy White Do you know what her job is and what she is like
Ss …
Check the answers and teach the sentences above
Students read these sentences after the teacher
Show the pictures of two pupils in the class (出示课件)
T Who is he she Can you tell me something about him her
(3) Watch the cartoon again and then number the pictures（课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分动画六张乱序图片）
3 Read and act
（1）Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation（课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分音频）
（2）Let students practice the dialogue in groups
（3）Choose some students to act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Connect and say
（1）Let’s chant（课件出示：Units 1~3中Let’s spell板块歌谣）
（2）Show the pictures of the five children (课件出示：教材P33 Connect and say部分五张物图片) Describe their appearances and read their names
T Look at the pictures I will say something about them Listen carefully She is a girl She has a blue hat Who is she
Ss She is Kate
T Yes she is Kate Read after me please Kate
Ss Kate
T Pay attention to the sound of ae What is the sound of ae It’s eɪ Can you say any words like this
Ss Yes Name
T What else
Ss …
T Look at the two boys one is Mike the other is Tim Please compare the sounds of letter i in the words Mike and Tim The sound of ie in Mike is aɪ The sound of i in Tim is ɪ Can you say any words like these
Ss Yes Like win…T Look the clever girl is Rose The boy with glasses is Bob Please compare the sounds of letter o in the words Rose and Bob The sound of oe in Rose is əʊ And the sound of o in Bob is əʊ Can you say any words like these
Ss Yes Nose dog…
（3）Listen and connect
T How does Kate go to the castle You can connect the words that have the same letter a and the same sound eɪ Now listen and connect （课件出示：教材P33 Connect and say部分音频）
T Help the other children go to the castle in the same way
Check the answers and read them
Answer：
Kate—name—race—lake—game Mike—nine—fine—time—side
Rose—note—Jones—Coke—hope Tim—win—big—milk—fit
Bob—dog—Tom—hot—doll
（4）Play a match game
T Let’s play a match game If I say eɪ please say name Kate and so on If I say əʊ please say Rose note Jones and so on Are you ready Let’s play
2 Look listen and write
（1）Talk about the pictures
①T（课件出示：rice cakes女孩Kate图片）Look What are they They are rice cakes They are Chinese food (Teach rice cake) This girl is Kate Guess What is she doing (Do the action of making rice cakes)
Ss She’s making rice cakes
T Yes Kate likes to make rice cakes (Teach this sentence)
②T （课件出示：bikefive mice图片） Look at these pictures This is a bike They are mice How many One two three… Five mice
Mice is the plural form of mouse What do they do (Do the action of riding a bike)
Ss They ride a bike
T Is the bike nice
Ss Yes
T Five mice ride a nice bike (Teach this sentence)
③T（课件出示：Mr Jones房子图片）Wow what a beautiful house This is Mr Jones’ home Look where is Mr Jones
Ss He’s at home
T What does he do（Do the action of phoning）
Ss He phones
T Good Mr Jones phones me at home (Teach this sentence)
（2）Listen to the recording then fill in the blanks (课件出示：教材P33 Look listen and write部分音频)
T You know the letters and the sounds well Please look at the pictures and listen carefully Pay attention to the key words Write down the words you hear and fill in the blanks
Check the answers and read them（课件出示：Look listen and write部分答案）
T It’s interesting isn’t it They are tongue twisters Now read after the recording
（3）Reading competition
T Now who can say the sentences more quickly Let’s have a competition
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 A group game
T John’s schoolbag is so heavy There is an English book a maths book a notebook and ten storybooks in it Is your schoolbag so heavy What’s in your schoolbag Let’s PK Please ask and answer one by one For example
T What’s in your schoolbag
S1 A Chinese book a maths book… What’s in your schoolbag
S2 …
2 A guessing game
T John has a friend Sandy White Do you have a good friend Who is your good friend Please come to the front and tell us what your good friend is like The others guess Let me do it first I have a friend in this class She is tall She has long hair Her shoes are… Her schoolbag is… Who is she
Ask students to play the game with the demonstration
3 Classify the words according to the pronunciation rules
T Look at the two words dog and note When I say dog please say one When I say note please say two If I say a word like dog you say one If I say a word like note you say two Let’s do it
T What do you find The vowels in ae ie and oe sound long sounds
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Describe your parents with the sentence structures He She is… He She has…
教学反思
1 通唱歌玩游戏师生话方式带领学生复1~3单元学单词短语然巩固关教室学品朋友等话题重点句型部分话学作铺垫
2 通媒体教学形式教学话然学生通角色扮演方式练话
3 通听录音图片唱歌谣等方式回忆元音字母发音规律然通城堡游戏巩固发音规律
4 通组竞赛猜猜找发音规律方式节课知识加巩固学生积极性进步激发整教学程学生活动充分体现学生体教育理念教学效果良
Look and find & Read aloud and match the pictures
& Play a game
教学目标
够通观察谈话部分图片理解话意
够正确意群语音语调朗读话
够求完成图文配等务
够根实际情况熟练问答1~3单元学核心句型
教学重点
复描述外貌特征性格特点常词汇句型
复表示建议句型Let’s… Let me…法
教学难点
够情境中熟练运核心词汇句型描述外貌特征性格特点
够情境中熟练运表示建议核心句型
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Friends
3 Play a game—I say you do
T Let’s play I say and you do Open the door Turn on the light Close the window Put up the picture Clean the blackboardPut your pencil box in your desk Put your Chinese book on your English book Put your eraser near your pencil boxPut your maths book under your schoolbag
4 Free talk
T Do you have friends How many friends do you have What’s your friend’s name Is your friend a boy or a girl Is he she tall Is he she friendly Does heshe have long hair (Use the words or phrases quiet friendly tall thin small glasses brown shoes a blue bag long hair …)
Step 2 Presentation
1 Look and say
Show the pictures of Fred Kate Ben and Ann（课件出示：教材P34 Look and find部分FredKateBenAnn图片）
T Look at these boys and girls They are Fred Kate Ben and Ann Can you say something about them
S1 This is Fred He is tall His hair is short and brown He has glasses His shoes are red and white
S2 This is Kate She is tall She has long hair She has a blue hat She has brown shoes
S3 This is Ben He is short He has short hair He has a blue bag
S4 This is Ann She is short She has long hair She has yellow shoes
2 Look and find
T Sarah and Zhang Peng are talking about their good friends Sarah has a good friend She asks Zhang Peng to guess who he is Read the sentences that Sarah says Help Zhang Peng find Sarah’s good friend
Ask students to read the sentences and find the correct friendAnd then check the answer
T Who’s Sarah’s good friend Ss He is… Answer Fred
3 Pair work
Let students use the words or the phrases in Look and find correctly to describe the other three characters in the activity
T Choose one student of these to be your friend Say something about your friend Let your partner guess who your friend is Practice your dialogue in pairs please
Make a model
T I have a good friend She is friendly She’s thin She has a blue hat and brown shoes Who is she
S1 She is Kate
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a new chant
T It’s time for a chant Let’s chant together
T Now please make a new chant about your friend You can talk in groups Ask students to make their own chants Then let some of them show in class
2 Play a game—Guess who heshe is
Show four photos of the students on the PPT (出示课件) Everyone has a schoolbag
T Now I will stand here with my back to you You choose one of them to the front I ask some questions and you answer And I guess who it is
Start like this
T Is it a boy Does he have glasses What colour is his schoolbag What colour are his shoes His name is… Yes or no
After giving a demonstration let students play the game
T Now who wants to try
3 Read aloud and match the pictures
(1) Present the Dialogue 1 and the two pictures of this part on the PPT (课件出示：教材P34 Read aloud and match the pictures部分话图片)
T Look at the first picture Who are they Where are they What are they doing
S1 They are Mike and John
S2 They are in the classroom
T Yes And they are cleaning the classroom But in Picture 2 they are talking about What’s in the schoolbag
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P34 Read aloud and match the picture部分中话音频）
T Now listen to the recording and read after it Then choose the correct picture
Check the answer (Answer Picture 1)
Present the Dialogue 2 and the two pictures of this part on the PPT (出示课件)
Play the recording and ask students to answer the questions （课件出示：教材P34 Read aloud and match the pictures部分中话二音频）
①Who is the new student
②What’s he like
③Is he Mike’s friend
T Now listen to the recording again and read after it Then choose the correct picture
Check the answer (Answer Picture 2)
(2) Read and act out the dialogues
(3) Make new dialogues
T There are other two pictures（出示课件）Please make new dialogues according to the other two pictures Practice in pairs Then show to us
Find the best group
References are as follows
①Ted Oh my schoolbag is heavy
John What’s in your schoolbag
Ted I have an English book a maths book and two storybooks
②Mike John this is Ted my new friend He’s a new student
John Nice to meet you
Ted Nice to meet you too
4 Play a game
T Everyone did a good job Now let’s play a game Look at the picture It’s a mountain Let’s see who can climb the mountain fast How to climb it Yes you should answer the questions correctly Let’s see who the winner is
（游戏说明：全班学生分成组通回答阶梯问题进行竞赛男生女生组间等答组旗帜移组先登顶峰）
For example Competition between boys and girls
Boy 1 What colour is your schoolbag
Girl 1 It’s blue
Girls climb a step up the mountain
Girl 1 What colour is your English book
Boy 2 Oh sorry
Boys can’t answer so they stay where they are
Boy 2 Who’s your best friend
Girl 2 …
(课件出示：教材P35 Play a game部分图片容)
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make dialogues
Divide students into three groups and give the three topics my classroom my schoolbag my friends to the three groups Ask each group of students to make a dialogue on the topic they are assigned to
2 Show time
Ask some students from each group to act out the dialogues
作业
Practice the dialogues
教学反思
1 节课综合复课帮助学生复表示建议句型Let’s… Let me…法描述特征句型询问关信息问句
2 通唱歌曲说做游戏互动师生话引导学生复1~3单元学单词短语引出关朋友话题句型部分话学作铺垫
3 通媒体口语交流图练等种形式充分调动学生积极性学生知觉中完成复务较实现教学目标
4 复活动设计样化语言输入输出较全面兼顾单元重点知识梳理纳
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中运句型—Is she in the…—Yes she isNo she isn’t询问物品物位置时作出判断
够情景中恰运句型—Where is she —She’s in the kitchen
够语境中理解新词汇living room study kitchen意思够正确发音
够通板块提供教学活动操练巩固课时重句型—Is it in…—Yes it is No it isn’t
教学重点
够听懂会说句型—Where is she—She is in the kitchen—Is she in the…—Yes she is No she isn’t
够听懂词汇living room study kitchen
够听懂会读话分角色表演
教学难点
够情景中正确句型—Where is she it —She It is…询问描述物物品位置
句型—Is she it in… —Yes she it is No she it isn’t询问物物品位置时作出判断
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Short vowel song（课件出示：三教材P69歌曲视频）
3 Free talk
Review the sentence structures —Where’s… —It’s in on under…（课件出示：球课桌方位图片）
T Where’s the ball
Ss It’s in on under the desk
Ask and answer with other things
T Where’s the book pen pencil…
Ss It’s in on under…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary
（1）Present the picture of Amy’s home in the main scene（课件出示：Unit 4情景图中Amy家图片）
T Look this is Amy’s home Let’s go and have a look This is the bedroom study living room kitchen bathroom So in Unit 4 we’ll talk about home
Write down the topic Unit 4 My home on the blackboard
T（Point to the bedroom）Look What can you see in this room
Ss A bed
T Great We can see a bed in the room bed + roombedroom
Write down the word bedroom on the blackboard and teach it
T Follow me bed bed room room bedroom
Practice the word bedroom in groups or one by one
T（Point to the study）Is this a bedroom
Ss No it isn’t
T It’s a study We can see a computer on the desk We can see many books in the bookcase We study hard in the study
Write down the word study on the blackboard and teach it
T Please read after me If I read it in a low voice you read it loudly If I read it loudly you read it in a low voice
Teach the new vocabularies living room kitchen bathroom in the same way as above
T Amy’s home is very nice
（2）Present the pictures of a home and a dog（课件出示：家庭居室图狗厨房图）Talk with students
T Look I have a dog She’s cute I love my dog But I can’t find her now Oh Where’s the dog Is she in the living room bedroom study bathroom
(Help students answer the questions)
Ss No she isn’t
T Is she in the kitchen
Ss Yes she is
2 Let’s talk
（1）Present the pictures of Let’s talk and lead students to predict the main idea of the dialogue（课件出示：教材P38 Let’s talk 板块图片）
T Look this is Amy’s home What rooms can you see in the pictures
Ss I can see a bedroom a living room a study and a kitchen
(2) Present the questions about Let’s talk on the PPT
Play the recording (出示课件) Ask students to answer the questions and underline the key words of the answers in their books
T What are Amy and Sarah doing
Ss They are looking for the cat
Show the four pictures of Let’s talk in turn on the PPT (课件次出示：教材P38 Let’s talk 板块四幅图)
T Amy and Sarah are in the bedroom Is the cat in the bedroom
S1 No she isn’t
T Now they are in the living room Is the cat in the living room
S2 No she isn’t
T Now they are in the study Is the cat in the study
S3 No she isn’t
T The cat isn’t in the bedroom the living room or the study Where is she
Ss She’s in the kitchen
T Very good
(3) Read after the recording
T Boys and girls let’s read the dialogue after the recording Please listen and read carefully
(4) Read the dialogue in different roles
(5) Act it out
T Now we’ll find the best actor or actress Please come to the front and show the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Recognize the pictures
Present the pictures quickly （课件出示：客厅厨房书房图片）
T Say the words or the phrase quickly
2 Let’s play hideandseek
Ask students to play the game in pairs Make a model with a student
Let the student hide a pen when the teacher closes hisher eyes Then open the eyes and guess
S1 I have a pen It’s nice Where’s my pen
T Is it on your desk S1 No it isn’t
T Is it in your desk S1 No it isn’t
T Is it under your desk S1 No it isn’t
T Is it in your hand S1 Yes it is
T Now play hideandseek with your partner
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s chant
Make up a chant according to the dialogue of Let’s talk
Change the words to adapt the chant Then have a show
2 Play a game—Look for Xiaowu
（1）Present the picture of Xiaowu（课件出示：五客厅电视图片）Ask students to compete in groups
T Who is he He’s Xiaowu He is watching TV now Oh he’s missing Where is he Let’s go and look for him（课件出示：五家居室图）
(2) Read out the names of the rooms in groups
Practice the vocabularies bedroom living room kitchen bathroom study
(3) Look for Xiaowu
The group that finds Xiaowu first will be the winner
Practice the sentence structures —Is he in the… —Yes he is No he isn’t—Where is he —He is in…
板书
作业
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Practice the sentence structures —Is she in the… —Yes she is No she isn’t with your partner
教学反思
1 歌曲视频引入带领学生边唱边复句型—Where’s… —It’s in on under…谈话中巩固该句型进激发学生兴趣新课作铺垫
2 创设现实生活教材容相语境特定语境中导入新词汇句型然开展教学容环环相扣层层深入学生轻松掌握教学重点
3 设计活动形式丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养教学程中学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
教学目标
够听说认读单词短语bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom
够熟练运句型Where’s Amy—Is she in the study —Yes she is进行询问作出回答
够听懂指令根指令语做出正确动作
教学重点
够描述居室名称重点词汇
够情景中运重点句型询问物物品位置作出回答
教学难点
够听懂Let’s do 中指令根指令做出正确动作够正确匹配居室活动
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
3 A guessing game
(课件出示：钢笔书包铅笔盒桌子盒子等物品里图片)
T I lost my pen Where’s my pen Let’s look for it together Is it in the… Guess
S1 Is it in the box
T Yes it is No it isn’t
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new vocabulary and sentences
（1）Teach the word study
T Where are my books Look they are in a room (课件出示：书房中书图片) I have many books in it Oh it’s a study (课件出示：study相关容) (Write down the word study on the blackboard and teach it)
T Follow me study ststuʌdydi study
Ss … (Read it together then read it one by one)
T What can you do in the study
Ss Read a book
T (课件出示：read a book相关容) Do you like reading books
Ss Yes
T Let’s go to the study and read a book Follow me Go to the study Read a book
Write down the phrase read a book on the blackboard and teach the sentences Go to the study Read a book
(2) Teach the phrase living room
Show a picture of a living room (课件出示：客厅图片)
T Is this room a classroom
Ss No
T What’s this
Ss A living room
T Yes This is a living room (课件出示：living room相关容) Follow me living room lilɪvingvɪŋ living ouroomruːm living room
Write down the phrase living room on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it in groups)
T What can you see in the living room
Ss I can see a table a sofa a…and a TV
T Do you like watching TV （课件出示：watch TV相关容）
Ss Yes
T Let’s go to the living room and watch TV
Ss OK
T Go to the living room and watch TV Follow me Go to the living room Watch TV
Write down the phrase watch TV on the blackboard and teach the sentences Go to the living room Watch TV
(3) Teach the word kitchen
T Oh I read a book and then I watch TV Now I feel a little hungry I want to have a snack (课件出示：have a snack相关容) Follow me have a snack have a snack Do you want to have a snack
Ss Yes
Write down the phrase have a snack on the blackboard and teach it
T Oh I can’t find any snacks Where can we get snacks
Ss Kitchen
T Yes (课件出示：kitchen相关容) Follow me kitchen kikɪtchtʃenɪn kitchen
Write down the word kitchen on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it one by one)
T Let’s go to the kitchen and have a snack Follow me Go to the kitchen Have a snack
Teach the sentences Go to the kitchen Have a snack
(4) Teach the word bathroom
T Haha I’m full (Touch the belly and yawn looking sleepy) I’m sleepy Can I have a nap (Help students understand with the action)
Ss No you’re dirty
T Yes Let me take a shower (课件出示：take a shower相关容)
Write down the phrase take a shower on the blackboard and teach it
T Where can I take a shower
Ss Bathroom (课件出示：bathroom相关容)
T Yes Follow me bathroom babɑːthθbath bathroom
Write down the word bathroom on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it aloud or in a low voice)
T Let me go to the bathroom Take a shower Follow me Go to the bathroom Take a shower Wash your face and hands Brush your teeth
Teach the sentences Go to the bathroom Take a shower
(5) Teach the word bedroom
T Now I’m clean and I’m tired I want to have a nap (课件出示：have a nap相关容)
Write down the phrase have a nap on the blackboard and teach it
T Where can I have a nap
Ss Bedroom (课件出示：bedroom相关容)
T Follow me bedroom eebedbed bedroom
Write down the word bedroom on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it in groups)
T Good Follow me Go to the bedroom Have a nap
Do the corresponding actions and let students learn the new vocabularies above Present the vocabulary bedroom living room bathroom on the PPT
T Please read the words and the phrase together and tell me what you find
Ss …
T Great They are all rooms and they all have the same word room
2 Let’s learn
（1）Show the pictures of Let’s learn (课件出示：教材P39 Let’s learn板块房间图片)
T Look it’s a nice home That is Amy’s cat Where is the cat Is she in the bedroom living room bathroom study kitchen
Ss …
T Where is Amy Let’s listen to the recording of Let’s learn and answer the question
(2) Listen and answer
Play the recording of Let’s learn and ask the questions (出示课件)
T Where is Amy Is she in the bedroom living room bathroom study kitchen
Ss …
T Amy is in the study Where’s Amy’s dad And where’s Amy’s mum
Ss Is he she in the…
（课件出示：点击学生问房间点进爸爸客厅妈妈厨房）
（3）Ask students to listen to the recording again and read after it
(4) Act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Play games
(1) What’s missing
Present the vocabularies living room bedroom study bathroom kitchen on the PPT Ask students to say the missing words or phrases quickly（出示课件）
(2) Guess words
Show the back of the word cards Ask students to guess what the words or the phrases are Students can say Is it a…
2 Let’s do
(1) Play the video of Let’s do (课件出示：教材P39 Let’s do板块视频) Ask students to read after the video
(2) Let’s match
T Now let’s match I say the name of the room You say what you can do in it and do the action Then practice in pairs
3 Guess where Mike is
Present the picture of Mike’s home (课件出示：Mike家猜房间猜点开房间Mike)
T Look this is Mike’s home We can see a living room a bedroom a study a bathroom and a kitchen in his home But where is Mike Let’s guess You can say Is he in the…
S1 Is he in the living room
T No he isn’t
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Talk about your home
Present a picture of a new home (课件出示：新家图片)
T Look boys and girls This is my new home You can see a living room two bedrooms a study a bathroom and a kitchen in it I can watch TV in the living room I can read a book in the study I can have a nap in the bedroom I can take a shower in the bathroom I can have a snack in the kitchen
Take out the picture of your home Talk about your home with your partners Then introduce your home to us (课件出示：句型This is my new home You can see… I can…in…)
Divide students into three groups Lead students to work in groups At last ask some students to show in class
2 Let’s sing
Sing the song My home (课件出示：教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
T East or west home is the best We love our home We love our family
板书
作业
1 Practice the words and the dialogue
2 Design your ideal home then introduce it to your parents
教学反思
1 韵句游戏导入新课引导学生复课容迅速抓住学生注意力通情景引入新词词汇学环节融入Let’s do板块容学生轻松愉快氛围中学掌握新知识
2 通游戏创设新知融入生活活泼游戏形式帮助学生进步巩固学知识学生玩中学学中玩
3 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳ue单词中发音规
够读出符合ue发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合ue发音规单词
教学重点
够感知纳ue单词中发长音juː发音规
够读出符合ue发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合ue发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Revision
3 Let’s chant
Step 2 Presentation
1 Find the same letters
(1) Teach the word cute
T Oh what a beautiful pencil box There is a white cat on it The cat is so cute Follow me：cute cute the cat is cute Please make a chant like Cute cute … Ss Cute cute the dog is cute Cute cute the duck is cute…
(2) Teach the words excuse use
T Excuse me I lost my pen Can I use your pen
Ss Yes of course
T Follow me excuse excuse use use
Write down the words cute excuse use on the blackboard
(3) Read and find out the rules
T Look at these words Which letters are the same
Ss ue
T Yes The letter e at the end of the words is silent What’s the sound of ue Listen to the recording carefully
Playing the recording of the words (课件出示：单词cute excuse use发音)
Ss juː
(4) Teach the sound of ue
2 Let’s read
Help students try to read the words mute cute tube cube muse fuse mule duke huge on the PPT (出示课件)
3 Read listen and chant
(1) Look and think
(课件出示：猫两球图片两猫三球图片)
T Look at Picture 1 One cute cat uses two balls Look at Picture 2 Two cute cats use three balls So three cute cats use…
Ss Three cute cats use four balls
T And four… And five…
Ss Four cute cats use five balls Five cute cats use six balls
T Good Five cute cats are playing tricks
(2) Let’s chant
Play the video (课件出示：教材P40 Read listen and chant部分视频) Ask students to read the chant after the video together
4 Let’s read and find
Present the words us up duck on the PPT (出示课件) Ask students to find out the same letter in these words
T What’s the sound of u in these words Listen to the recording carefully (课件出示：述单词音频)
Ss ʌ
T Yes U u ʌ us up duck
Let students read after the teacher and then read together
(课件出示：bus mum cut fun nut cup)
Ask students to try to read these words Pay attention to the sound of letter u in these words
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen circle and say
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P40 Listen circle and say部分音频）Ask students to listen and circle the words
T Look at these letters There are many words in them Listen and find the words you hear Then circle them
Check the answers together Read the words after the recording
Answers cute cut us use fun tube up excuse bus mum mule
2 Listen circle and write
(1) Listen to the recording and try to write the right words
First let students observe the pictures carefully and make predictions Then play the recording and let students listen circle and write (课件出示：教材P40 Listen circle and write部分音频) Pay attention to the handwriting
(2) Check the answers
Answers duck cute up use
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Play a game—Pick apples from the tree
（课件出示：棵苹果树苹果单词tube but mule duke use cute tune rug gun cup huge plum mud refuse luck much两篮子uʌuejuː）
Divide students into two groups One group uses the basket uʌ the other group uses the basket uejuː
T Now let’s have a competition If you pick the apples quickly and correctly within the limited time you will be the winner
Answers uʌ but rug gun cup plum mud luck much
ue ju tube mule duke use cute tune huge refuse
2 Read a story
Show the story（课件出示：猫头骡子事）
This is a cute cat His name is Duke Duke’s friend is Tube Tube is a mule One day Duke lost his cute cup He was very sad Tube helped him look for the cup Oh it was under the rug Tube picked up the cup and gave it back to Duke Duke was happy
Ask students to read the story in groups and then read the story one by one
板书
作业
1 Read the words and the chant to your family
2 Think about other words with u and ue
教学反思
创设特定语言情境学生语境中学掌握语音知识教学程突出学生性鼓励学生动参独立思考胆总结纳发音规
拼读结合方式层次活动中练语音知识更帮助学生强化发音规浅入深语音学培养学生分析力举反三力
编chant师生互动组竞赛等形式原枯燥语音课变生动起总节语音课发展学生听说读写基技培养学生英语语感听说感性认识
Part B Let’s talk & Ask answer and write
教学目标
够理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中运句型Where are…—Are they on near… —Yesthey are No they aren’t询问物品位置时作出判断
够情景中恰运功句Open the door please提出行动建议
够游戏中进步巩固运询问复数物品位置作出应答句型
教学重点
够听懂会说句型Where are they—Are they… —Yes they are No they aren’t
够理解正确朗读课文话发音准确语调然
教学难点
够真实语境中运课句型询问物品物位置进行回答
够正确单复数形式
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 A guessing game—Where is my pen
T Look it’s my pen Now close your eyes please（钢笔藏方）Open your eyes please Where is my pen now You can ask me like this Is it in on under… the… Guess please
S1 Is it in the desk
T No it isn’t
…
3 Let’s chant
Present the chant Ask students to read together
4 Leadin
(课件出示：球分椅子面旁边面紧接着球换成三）
T Look It’s a ball Where is the ball
Ss It’s on near under the chair
T What are these
Ss They are balls
T Where are the balls Guess
Ss Are they…
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences
(课件出示：教材Unit 4情景图中Amy家图片)
T Amy can’t find her cat Let’s help her Is she in the kitchen Guess
Ss Yes she is No she isn’t
T Open the door Let’s have a look Follow me Open the door (Help students understand the sentence with the action)
Ss …
T The cat is near the table Table table tateɪblebl table Read after me
Write down the word table on the blackboard and teach it
T (课件出示：tabledesk图) We eat beside the table the desk is for studying and working
(课件出示：教材Unit 4情景图中Amy家图片)
T Look at the table What’s on the table
Ss …
T (With a gesture) Yes it’s a phone Phone phone phf oneəʊn …
Ss …
T Now Amy can’t find her crayons Let’s help her Are they in the kitchen
Ss No they aren’t They are in the study
T Are they on the desk
Ss No they aren’t They are near the desk
Write down the sentence structures —Are they… —No they aren’t on the blackboard and teach them
2 Let’s talk
(1) Look and predict
Show the pictures of Let’s talk and lead students to predict (课件出示：教材P41 Let’s talk板块图片)
T Who are they
Ss John and his mother
T What’s in John’s hand in Picture 1
Ss Keys
T Follow me kkeyiː keykiː keyskiːz
Write down the word key on the blackboard
T What are they talking about
Ss They are talking about the keys They can’t find the keys
(2) Watch the video and answer the questions
Play the video and show the questions (课件出示：教材P41 Let’s talk板块视频)
Ask students to underline the answers in the book
(3) Watch the video again and check the answers
T Are the keys on the table
Ss No they aren’t
T Are they near the phone
Ss No they aren’t
T Where are the keys
Ss They’re in the door
Write down the sentences —Where are the keys —They’re in the door on the blackboard and teach them
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act
(1) Ask students to read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Act out the dialogue
2 Ask answer and write
(1) Show the picture of Ask answer and write（出示课件）
T Look Sarah writes a letter p in the circle on the desk It means The pens are on the desk Please read what Sarah and Wu Yifan say
Read the dialogue of Sarah and Wu Yifan
(2) Ask students to play the game in pairs according to the dialogue
T Look at the picture You can write k (keys) b (book) p (pens) g (glasses) in the circles Then your partner guesses where you write them Guess them like Sarah and Wu Yifan
(3) Show the dialogues
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 A guessing game—What is it What are they
T (课件出示：书房场景图) Look at this picture This is a study What can you see in the study
Ss …
T Now I will say a thing Please guess what it is or what they are Listen carefully They are near the phone What are they
S1 They are keys
T No they aren’t
S2 They are books
T Yes they are books
T Please ask and answer in pairs as above Which pair wants to show your dialogue
2 Play a game—The cat catches mice
Divide students into four groups red cat white cat black cat and yellow cat
T A cat that catches a mouse is a good cat There are three mice in Amy’s home Where are they The group that can catch the most mice is the winner
—Where are the mice
—Are they in the…（bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom…）
—Yes they are No they aren’t
—Are they under behind near…the…(bed phone table door…)
—Yes they are No they aren’t
板书
作业
1 Listen and imitate the dialogue for three times
2 Do the exercises
教学反思
1 教学程中采旧知带新知学方法复单数形式问句答语基础进步学复数形式句型学生掌握新知时阶梯性接受程
2 利媒体先整体分段展开教学通问题引导学生学帮助学生理解文文中感知新单词新句型教学活动形式样趣易操作具备层次感效激发学生学兴趣帮助学生真实情境中然学语言
Part B Let’s learn & Let’s play
教学目标
够听说认读单词bed phone table sofa fridge
够熟练运句型 —Where are the keys —They’re…询问物品位置作出回答
游戏中进步巩固Let’s learn板块学家居设施名称方位词描述位置
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词bed phone table sofa fridge
够运句型—Where are the keys —They are…询问物品位置作出回答
教学难点
够熟练正确运句型—Where are the keys—They are…询问回答物品位置
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s do
Play the video of Let’s do on Page 39 in the book
Ask students to read loudly and act at the same time
3 Leadin
The teacher does the actions and asks students to guess
T Now I do and you say Guess what I do and where I am
Ss Watch TV Read a book Have a snack Have a nap Take a shower You are in the living roomstudykitchenbedroombathroom
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new words
Present a picture of a home (出示课件)
(1) Review the word key
T This is my home It’s big I have a living room a study a bedroom a kitchen and a bathroom Do you want to visit my home
Let’s go First let me open the door Oh no Where are the keys Are they in my bag No Are they in my pocket Yes they are Look they are my keys Now let’s open the door
(2) Teach the words sofa table phone（课件出示：客厅图片)
T This is my living room It’s big What’s in the living room
Ss A TV is in the living room
T Yes And A sofa is in the living room too It has a sofa a green sofa Follow me sofa sofa a green sofa Sit on the sofa
Write down the word sofa on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s sit on the sofa (Do the corresponding action)
T And A table is in the living room too A table a yellow table Follow me table table a yellow table Eat at the table
Write down the word table on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s eat at the table (Do the corresponding action)
T Look What’s on the table
Ss A phone is on the table
T Follow me phone phfoneəʊn phonefəʊn Answer the phone
Write down the word phone on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s answer the phone (Do the corresponding action)
(3) Teach the word bed（课件出示：卧室图片)
T This is my bedroom It’s small What’s in the bedroom
Ss Some books a desk a chair and a bed
T Yes it has a bed a blue bed Follow me bed bed a blue bed Sleep in bed
Write down the word bed on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s sleep in bed (Do the corresponding action)
(4) Teach the word fridge（课件出示：厨房图片)
T Let’s go to the kitchen What’s in the kitchen
Ss A…
T A fridge Follow me fridge frfriɪdgdʒ fridgefrɪdʒ Open the fridge
Write down the word fridge on the blackboard and teach it
T Let’s open the fridge (Do the corresponding action) Oh a lot of food is in the fridge
2 Let’s learn
(1) Present the picture of Let’s learn and talk about it (课件出示：教材P42 Let’s learn板块图片遮住钥匙位置)
T John can’t find his keys He is looking for the keys Where are the keys Guess
S1 Are they on the table
T No they aren’t Look at that table A phone is on the table
S2 Are they on the bed
T No they aren’t Look at that bed A teddy bear is on the bed
…
（2）Watch the cartoon and answer the question（课件出示教材P42 Let’s learn板块视频）
T Watch the cartoon and answer the question Where are the keys
Ask students to underline the key sentence of the answer
T Where are the keys
Ss They’re on the fridge
T Yes they’re on the fridge
Write down the sentences —Where are the keys —They’re on the fridge on the blackboard
Ask students to read the sentences together or one by one
(3) Listen to the recording and repeat it
Step 3 Practice
1 Sharp eyes
(课件出示：单词sofa bed fridge table phone卡片逐出现)
T If you know the word you can stand up and read it
2 Hideandseek
(课件出示：两猫躲进Amy家客厅)
T Where are the cats They’re on near under…
3 Let’s play
Present the picture of Let’s play（出示课件）
T Now let’s play a game Sentence Chain Three students make up a group For example
S1 Look at that room
S2 Look at that room It has a blue bed
S3 Look at that room It has a blue bed The bed is near the window
Ask some groups to act it out
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Design a dream home
Divide students into four groups Ask students of each group to design a dream house together A student can be chosen from the group to introduce the house as the demonstration At last select the most beautiful house
2 Make a summary
(课件出示：张含桌子椅子电话床沙发冰箱钥匙等物品房间图片)
T Now review the new words I point you say Look at the picture Where’s the sofa bed fridge table phone Where are the chairs keys
Ss It’s They are…
T I have a warm home I love my home What about you
3 Enjoy the song—My home
Play the video of the song (课件出示：教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
板书
作业
1 Listen to the recording and read the new words and sentences
2 Introduce your room to your family or friends
教学反思
1 节单词句型新授课Let’s do 种说做结合活动热身活跃氛围起承前启作
2 单词融入情景中教学加深学生理解记忆通游戏加巩固学效果明显
3 句型操练设计形式样学生层层递进语言输入输出完成利
4 生动课件素材良师生互动活跃课堂气氛节课教学务利完成
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够读懂描述起居室短文完成图片文字连线描述钥匙位置务
够意群正确语音语调朗读短文
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
够综合运单元核心词句核心句型
考查单元核心词汇认读意义理解
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单元重点词汇
够完成阅读判断匹配等活动正确理解运单元重点句型
教学难点
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song—My home
Play the song of Let’s sing (课件出示：教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
3 Sharp eyes
Present the vocabularies bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom key sofa bed fridge table phone one by one Ask students to read them out
Write down the vocabulary on the blackboard
4 Revision
Present the picture of Let’s learn on Page 42 Talk about the picture with students
T This is a bedroom It has a blue bed The bed is near the window A teddy bear is on the bed
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading
Present the picture of Wu Yifan’s living room
T Look this is Wu Yifan’s living room What are in the living room
Ss A TV a table a fridge a phone and a sofa
T Where is the TV
S1 It’s on the wall
T Where is the phone
S2 It’s on the table
T Where is the fridge
S3 It’s near the table
T Oh the living room is clean and tidyThere are some books and pens a bag and a pair of glasses Guess Where are the books Where are the pens Where is the bag And where are the glasses
Ss …
2 Whilereading
(1) Present the passage of Read and write
Ask students to read the passage carefully Pay attention to underlining the key phrases of the questions
T Where are the books Where are the pens Where is the bag Where are the glasses Now put these things in the right places
Answer the questions and match
(2) Check the answers with students
Answers 1 The books are on the sofa
2 The pens are on the fridge
3 The bag is under the table
4 The glasses are near the phone
T Wu Yifan can’t find his keys Can you help him Where are the keys
Ask students to look at the picture of Wu Yifan’s living room again and find the keys (出示课件)
Ss They are near the sofa
(3) Listen to the recording and repeat it
①Read after the recording
②Read the passage together
③Repeat the text
3 Postreading
(1) Look choose and write
Let students read the vocabularies living room bedroom kitchen bathroom study first
T Let’s go and visit other rooms Look at Picture 1 Answer the questions Where is the sofa Where is the picture
Ss The sofa is in the living room The picture is on the wall It’s in the living room too
T Look at Picture 2 Where is the bed Where are the chairs
Ss The bed is in the bedroom The chairs are in the bedroom too
T Great Let’s finish the exercises
Finish the exercises and check the answers
Answers
The sofa is in the living room
The chairs are in the bedroom
(2) Write about your room
T Which room do you like … Yes Picture 1 East or west home is the best We must keep our home clean and tidy
After visiting Wu Yifan’s home you may have some ideas about your room Now write about your room in your book
Let students read the words phone sofa table chairs fridge bed together first
T When you write sentences you should pay attention to capitalizing the first letter the punctuation marks and the spelling of words After that please share your ideas with your partner Let’s do it
Answers
The TV is in the living room
The books are in the study
(3) Listen and tick or cross
①Present the pictures of Listen and tick or cross
T Can you see the glasses in the first picture Where are they
S1 …
T Can you see the keys in the second picture Where are they
S2 …
T Where are the books in the third picture
S3 …
T Where is Mike
S4 …
②Listen and tick or cross
T Now please listen and tick or cross (课件出示：教材P44 Listen and tick or cross部分音频) Pay attention to the key words
③Check the answers
Listen to the recording again and check the answers together
Answers √ × √ ×
Step 3 Practice
Look and tick
(1) Present the pictures of FOR RENT of Look and tick（出示课件）
T For rent means 出租 What can we know from the ads Please discuss with your partner
S1： It has two bedrooms a living room a kitchen and two bathrooms in the first FOR RENT
S2 It has a bedroom a living room a kitchen and a bathroom in the second FOR RENT
(2) Present the picture of the house in Look and tick (课件出示：教材P44 Look and tick部分中右边房子图片)
T Look at the picture How many rooms are there What are they
Ss Four rooms A bedroom a living room a kitchen and a bathroom
T Now look and tick Which is right Show me your answer please
(3) Check the answer
Answer The second FOR RENT is right
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Introduce your home
Present a picture of a home and introduce it (课件出示：房子居室图)
T Boys and girls this is my home What about your home Please draw and introduce your home
This activity is carried out in groups There are six students in each group Choose the best one from the groups and then take part in the class competition At last select the best one to show
2 For rent
Choose some pictures of students’ homes and show them in class
T Great These houses are pretty Now I’m going to rent these houses Which house do you need Please choose it and give your reasons The house with the largest number of choices will be rated as the most popular house today
Make a model I like this house It has a living room a bedroom a study a kitchen and a bathroom…
3 Let’s sing
(1) Learn the new sentences
T (课件出示：台电视机) What’s this
Ss It’s a TV
T（课件出示：鼠标点击电视机电视机消失）Oh Where has the TV gone Where can it be (Do actions to help students understand the sentences)
T Is it in the living roomSs No it isn’t
T Is it in the bedroom Ss Yes it is
T It’s in the bedroom with me
Present the pictures of the phone and the sofa Practice the sentence structures in the same way as above： Where has the telephone sofa gone Where can it be
(2) Listen to the song—My home
(3) Listen to the song again and sing along with it
(4) Sing the song together
板书
作业
1 Read the text three times and then repeat it
2 Draw and write about your home
教学反思
课单元课节复课教学容包括听力阅读等形式节课注重样化活动引导学生种语境中完成单元复突出学生学体位注重学生学方法指导包括读指导听指导写指导
阅读部分时直观问答读学生文段容逐步熟悉通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力充分利现代化教育技术辅助教学出示图片帮助学生理解句意充分利媒体示范教学功起正确指作
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s survey
教学目标
够理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中运句型—What would you like (for…) —I’d like (I would like) some… please征求表达餐意愿
够情景中恰运功句What’s for dinner
够语境中理解新词dinner soup vegetable ready意思够正确发音
够采访活动中进步巩固运征求餐意愿表达餐意愿句型进步巩固运食物类词汇
教学重点
够听懂会说句型—What would you like (for…) —I’d like (I would like) some… pleaseWhat’s for dinner
够听懂会读单词dinner soup vegetable ready
够听懂会读话够分角色表演
教学难点
够情景中正确句型—What would you like （for…） —I’d like (I would like) some… please征求表达餐意愿
教学准备
PPT课件单词卡片物头饰厨师帽食物饮品图片价格标签等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Let’s have a picnic today (课件出示 PEP三教材P54歌曲动画)
3 Revision
(1)Sharp eyes
Show the words about food and drinks one by one (课件出示egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake次快速出现消失)
T If you know the word you can stand up and read it aloud
(2)Drive a train
Show the words above and review the word fish with pictures (课件出示1 已学食物饮品单词egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake
2 出示三张图片图片盘鱼肉教学fish图片二两条种类鱼教学fish图片三两条种类鱼教学fishes) Let students work in groups of six Ask every student in the group to ask and answer questions in turn Make a model
T Oh I’m hungry I’d like some bread and milk What would you like
S1 I’d like some… What would you like
S2 I’d like some… What would you like
S3 …
Step 2 Presentation
1 Talk about dinner
(1)Show a picture on the PPT (课件出示 幅图画面显示太阳落山钟表显示1800)
T Look It’s 600 in the evening It’s time for dinner Guess what dinner means
Ss 晚餐
T Yes I’m hungry What’s for dinner (Show the word card) Dinner dinner dɪnə (r)
Write down the sentence What’s for dinner on the blackboard and teach it
(2)Show a picture on the PPT (课件出示 张餐桌学生提问次What’s for dinner餐桌出现种食物次fish rice egg soup vegetable)
Ss What’s for dinner
T Some fishriceeggs
Ss What’s for dinner
T Some soup (Show the word card) Soup soup suːp suːp some soup
Write down the word soup on the blackboard and teach it
Ss What’s for dinner
T Some vegetables (Show the word card) Vegetable vegetable vedʒtəbl some vegetables Pay attention to the pronunciations of vv and sz
Write down the word vegetable on the blackboard and teach it
Show the picture of the table with the food mentioned above (课件出示摆放着述食物餐桌图片)
T Oh Dinner’s ready I can eat now (Show the word card) Ready ready redi Dinner’s ready
Write down the sentence Dinner’s ready on the blackboard and teach it
T What would you like for dinner
Write down the sentence What would you like for dinner on the blackboard and teach it
S1 I’d like some…
Write down the sentence I’d like some… on the blackboard Lead more students to answer the question What would you like for dinner by using this sentence structure
2 Let’s talk
(1)Talk about Picture 3 of Let’s talk and predict the main idea of the dialogue (课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk板块图三)
T (Point to the picture) Wow a lot of delicious food Dinner’s ready What’s for dinner
Ss Some soup some bread some fish and some vegetables
T Look at the food I’m hungry I’d like some bread Are you hungry What would you like
S1 Yes I’m hungry I’d like some…
S2 …
T Mike is hungry too What would he like
(2)Watch the video and answer the questions
Show Picture 1 of Let’s talk (课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk板块图)
T Where are Mike and his mother
Ss They are in the kitchen
T Mike is hungry What would Mike like for dinner Let’s watch the video Underline the key sentence of the answer in your books
Play the video and let students get the key sentence (课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk部分音频)
T What would Mike like
Ss Some soup and bread Mike says I’d like some soup and bread please
T What would Mike’s dad like for dinner Let’s watch the video again Underline the key sentence of the answer in your books
Play the video again and let students get the key sentence (出示课件)
T What would Mike’s dad like
Ss Some fish and vegetables Mike’s dad says Some fish and vegetables please
(3)Read after the video
T Boys and girls let’s read the dialogue after the video Please listen to it and read carefully
Play the video again and ask students to read after it and try to imitate the pronunciation and intonation Then let students read together and read freely
(4)Read the dialogue in different roles Then act out the dialogue
T Now we’ll find the best actor or actress Please come to the front and show the dialogue
Take out some headwears and ask some students to act out the dialogue
(5)Retell the dialogue according to the blackboardwriting and the pictures of Let’s talk
Make a model first and then lead students to retell the dialogue without their textbooks
Step 3 Practice
Let’s survey
(课件出示教材P48 Let’s survey板块表格句型)
T Suppose it’s time for dinner What would you like for dinner Let’s make a survey
Let students do the survey in groups of four
Make a model
T S1 what would you like for dinner
S1 I’d like some fish and rice
T S2 what would you like for dinner
S2 I’d like some bread and milk
T …
S3 …
T S1 would like some fish and rice S2 would like some bread and milk S3…
Ask each group to choose a reporter to interview the other three students fill in a form and report the results to the whole class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a new dialogue
Ask students to imitate the text to make a new dialogue
(1)Make a model
(2)Let students imitate to work in groups of three Then make a new dialogue in groups
(3)Show time
Ask some groups to act out their dialogues
2 In the restaurant
(课件出示家餐厅背景句子Don’t waste food)
Take out a prepared chef cap some pictures of food and drinks and the relevant price tags Let students act as customers or a cook
(1)Make a model
T Look What do I do Yes I’m a cook I can cook delicious food Please come to my restaurant for dinner My restaurant’s rule is Order as much as you can eat Don’t waste food
T Welcome to my restaurant What would you like for dinner
S1 I’d like…
T Here you are Ten yuan please
S1 Thank you
(2)Let students work in groups
(3)Show time
Ask some groups to act out
板书
作业
1 Read the dialogue of Let’s talk five times
2 Ask your parents with the key sentence structures and write their answers down
教学反思
课前热身阶段活动丰富歌曲游戏表演学生轻松环境中迅速进入英语学状态时起承启作新课作铺垫
设计生活相课文容相关语境导入新单词句型然引出课文环环相扣层层深入学生轻松掌握课文容呈现活动设计丰富操练形式样具连贯性层次性学生积极动参参面广体现学生体教学原学生仅中学新知识更拓展思维效果非常明显
板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s play
教学目标
够听说认读单词beef chicken noodles soup vegetable
够熟练运句型—What would you like —I’d like some…征求表达餐意愿
够模拟餐馆中顾客点餐时服务员间话够快速找食物图片判断图片正确性
教学重点
够听说认读单词beef chicken noodles soup vegetable
够真实虚拟情景中熟练运句型—What would you like —I’d like some…征求表达餐意愿
教学难点
够熟练运学单词核心句型进行简单点餐活动
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
Let students change the words of food to make a new chant
3 Sharp eyes
Review the words of food and drinks (课件出示 apple 10 apples banana 12 bananas egg 5 eggs bread milk rice juice fish次快速出现消失)
T If you know the word or the phrase you can stand up and read it aloud
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words
Show a picture of a restaurant (出示课件)
(1)T Welcome to my restaurant—Fresh Restaurant We have lots of yummy food This is the menu (课件出示 教材P49 Let’s learn板块菜单) Let’s have a look The rice is one yuan The fish is…
Ss The fish is ten yuan The juice is five yuan The milk is two yuan The bread is one yuan
（2）Teach the word noodles
T Good Guess what these are They’re usually long and white (Show the back of the card) Yes they’re noodles Noodles nnoouːdledlsz noodles (课件出示 图片 筷子夹根面条出示单词noodle图片二碗面条出示单词noodles)
Put the word card of noodles on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher with some actions
T Noodles noodles long noodles I like noodles If you’d like some noodles you can say I’d like some noodles Yummy yummy What would you like
Ss I’d like some noodles Yummy yummy
T Look There are many kinds of noodles (课件出示种面条图片) We have egg noodles vegetable noodles beef noodles and chicken noodles Eggs and noodles are egg noodles so vegetables and noodles are vegetable noodles
(3)Teach the word vegetables （课件出示西红柿根黄瓜南瓜）
T Look Are they fruit
Ss No
TThey are vegetables Vegetable vevegedʒtatə blebl vegetable
Put the word card of vegetables on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher Let students pay attention to the change of singular and plural forms
T Vegetable vegetable green vegetables red vegetables yellow vegetables… I like vegetables What would you like
Ss I’d like some vegetables Yummy yummy
(4)Teach the word beef
T Beef noodles are very yummy Beef is from the cattle（牛） （课件出示牛牛肉图片）I like beef Do you like beef
Put the word card of beef on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher
T Beefbiːf bbeeiːff beefbiːf I like beef What would you like
Ss I’d like some beef Yummy yummy
(5)Teach the word chicken
T Chicken is very yummy too We often eat chicken in the the restaurant Do you like chicken （课件出示鸡肉图片）
Put the word card of chicken on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher
T Chicken chtʃiɪckkenɪn chicken I like chicken What would you like
Ss I’d like some chicken Yummy yummy
(6)Teach the word soup (课件出示种汤图片)
T (Point to the picture of soup) What’s this It’s soup Soupsup ssouuːpp Look There are many kinds of soup in my restaurant What are they
Ss They are egg soup vegetable soup fish soup beef soup and chicken soup
T I like fish soup What would you like
…
2 Watch the cartoon and answer the question
(1)T It’s 600 o’clock in the evening It’s time for dinner My restaurant is open now Welcome to Fresh Restaurant This is the menu (课件出示 教材P49 Let’s learn板块菜单) What would you like
S1 I’d like some beef please
T You should eat some rice noodles or bread Or you won’t be full
（课件出示标示出菜单中食 rice noodles bread）
S1 I’d like some beef and rice please
T OK Twentyone yuan please Oh look Zoom and Zip are in my restaurant What would Zoom like Guess
S1 Maybe some…
S2 Maybe some…
…
T Maybe Let’s watch the cartoon and answer What would Zoom like
Play the cartoon of Let’s learn (出示课件) Ask students to read after it
(2)Let students read the dialogue again and answer the question
Check students’ answers and lead students to make an introduction according to their answers It can be done like this Zoom says I’d like some vegetables please
(3)Read and act
①Play the recording again and ask students to read after it （出示课件）Lead students to try to imitate the pronunciation and the intonation of the recording Let them read together and read freely
②Let students read the dialogue in pairs and choose some food Several minutes later ask some students to act out their dialogues
Make a model
S1 What would you like
S2 I’d like some chicken vegetables and rice
S1 OK Twentyone yuan please
S2 Here you are
…
③Choose the best performers and give awards
Step 3 Practice
1 Play a game—What’s missing
(游戏说明单词noodles vegetables beef chicken soup课件逐消失学生快速读出消失单词)
2 Let’s match
Let students match the corresponding words with the pictures
T Now let’s match I show the pictures you read the words
3 Play a game—What would I like
Make a model
T Please guess It’s five yuan on the menu What would I like
S1 You’d like some juice
T No
S2 I know You’d like some vegetables Please guess It’s ten yuan on the menu What would I like
S3 …
Ask some students to do as they do
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s play
Let students work in groups of six
T You know the restaurant well and you know how much the food is Now let’s play Please make a dialogue in groups One of you can be the waiter or waitress in the restaurant The others go to the restaurant and order
2 According to the dining principles design your own three meals
Choose students with the most reasonable three meals and the best handwriting
板书
作业设计
1 Read the new words and the dialogue of Let’s learn five times
2 Design three meals for your parents
教学反思
chant游戏引入带领学生复已学食物关单词课句型迅速抓住学生注意力
通情景引入新词做语篇中呈现单词具情景性完整性限度增加单词篇章中运频率提高综合语言运力
听说读量输入学生输出易难呈现递进关系时运种方式调动学生学动性积极性
写生活相结合学生进行思想教育学生学知识生活更紧密结合起
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够感知纳e单词中发音规
够读出符合e发音规单词
够根单词读音拼写出符合e eae ie oe ue发音规单词
教学重点
感知纳字母e开音节（e）闭音节（e）中发音规
够读出符合ee发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
T Who can try to make a new chant like this Please have a try
Step 2 Presentation
1 Present the pictures
(1)Talk about the pictures
T This is Lee He is ten He has… Tell me more about him
Ss He is thin He has a red pen
T Look This is Eve Tell me something about her
Ss Eve is a girl She is ten She has a yellow pen
(课件出示男孩女孩身边钢笔消失然起找钢笔红色钢笔课桌黄色钢笔床)
T Where’s the red pen Where’s the yellow pen
Ss The red pen is on the desk The yellow pen is on the bed
(课件出示Zoom出现钢笔说Let me get the pens)
Write down he she me and ten red pen yellow desk bed on the blackboard
T Read the chant together then observe these words and tell me the common letter among them
Ss Letter e
(2)Look at the words and find out the pronunciation rules
T Look at these words he she me What’s the sound of the letter e Listen to me carefully (Read these words)
Ss iː
Teach the sound iː
T Look at these words ten red pen yellow desk bed What’s the sound of the letter e Listen to me carefully (Read these words)
Ss e
Teach the sound e
(3)Compare these words and summarize the pronunciation rules of the letter e
2 Let’s read
Show the words me be we set red hen beg let on the PPT （出示课件）
T Who can read these words
(1)Ask some students to read these words
(2)Read aloud together
3 Read listen and chant
(1)Show the pictures and the words (课件出示教材P50 Read listen and chant部分容)
Ask students to read the words one by one and then read in groups
(2)Let’s chant
Show the chant of Read listen and chant on the PPT
①Ask students to listen and read after it
②Read together with students
Step 3 Practice
1 Read listen and tick
(课件出示教材P50 Read listen and tick部分图片)
T Look at these words Who can read these words
Ss …
T Good Now listen to the recording and tick the words you hear please (课件出示教材P50 Read listen and tick部分音频)
Check the answers Answers be red me she let
2 Listen circle and write
(1)Let students observe the four pictures and guess what words should be filled in the picture (课件出示教材P50 Listen circle and write部分图片)
(2)Lead students to listen to the recording and write down the answers Then check the answers
Answers rice he red we
T Rice Is it for e or ie
Ss It’s for ie
T So circle ie
T He circle…
Ss e
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Play a game—Pick the apples from the tree
(课件出示棵苹果树苹果单词we wet yes me pencil Lee hen be set met he let desk tell she树两篮子eiːee)
Divide students into two groups Let one group use the basket eiː and the other use the basket ee
T Now you’re competing to pick apples Give you ten seconds The winner belongs to the fast and accurate group
2 Listen and lift
The teacher gives out some word cards to students When the teacher says a word students find the corresponding word card and lift it up
3 Make a new chant
T It’s chant time Listen first then chant together E e e it’s in he iː i i E e e it’s in pen e e e
Ask students to make a new chant one by one
Use these chants to review the pronunciations of letters a e i o u
板书
作业
1 Write the words rice he red we in four lines and three grids
2 Think about other words with the letter e and e
教学反思
创设语言情境语境中学语音 拼读结合层次活动中练语音浅入深培养学生分析力举反三力利编chant师生频繁互动组竞赛等形式原枯燥语音课变生动起
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
教学目标
够理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中恰运句型—Would you like… —Yes pleaseNo thanks I can use…提出餐具建议作出正确回应
够情景中恰运功句Help yourself
够语境中理解新词knife fork chopsticks意思够正确发音
够选择食物场景中巩固运句型Would you like some…
教学重点
够听懂会说句型—Would you like some… —Yes pleaseNo thanksHelp yourself
够理解正确朗读课文话做发音准确语调然
教学难点
够真实情景中运课句型提出餐建议餐具建议
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片筷子刀叉等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song—What would you like (课件出示教材P54 Let’s sing板块歌曲动画)
3 Play a game—What’s missing
(课件出示egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake beef chicken noodles soup vegetables图片次快速出现消失)
T Look A lot of food and drinks What are they
Ss …
T Now what’s missing
Ss …
4 Free talk
T What delicious food Oh I’m hungry I’d like some fish chicken and beef (教师表现出副想品尝模样) What would you like
Ss I’d like some…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences
（1）(课件出示1800闹钟食物图片)
T It’s time for dinner What would you like for dinner Would you like some beef If you would you can say Yes please If you wouldn’t you should say No thanks
S1 Yes please
T Would you like some rice
S2 No thanks
…
Write down the sentence structures —Would you like some… —Yes pleaseNo thanks on the blackboard Read these sentences together
（2）T I want to eat some noodles What can I use (课件出示双筷子副刀叉)
T (Pick up the prepared tableware) Chopsticks or a knife and fork
(Students point to the chopsticks)
T Yes chopsticks chtʃoɒchoptʃɒpsticksstɪks I can use chopsticks
Write down the word chopsticks on the blackboard and teach it
(3)T (Point to S1) He would like some beef What can he use Chopsticks or a knife and fork
(Students point to the knife and fork)
T Yes a knife and fork Knifenaɪf knniaɪfef naɪf forkfɔk fforɔːkk fɔːk Knives and forks are used in sets A set of knife and fork means a knife and fork He can use a knife and fork
Write down the phrase a knife and fork on the blackboard and teach it
T (Point to some food on the table on the PPT and say to students) Now dinner’s ready Help yourself Helphelp ee helphelp yourself yourjɔːselfself yourself
Write down the sentence Help yourself on the blackboard and teach it
T You are all polite so you should say…
Ss Thanks
T Good Oh I can use chopsticks but I can’t use a knife and fork Can you teach me
Ask a student to demonstrate how to use it on the platform
T The fork is on the left The knife is on the right Do like this (教师做刀叉动作) Now I can use a knife and fork Thank you
2 Let’s talk
(1)Present the first picture of Let’s talk (课件出示教材P51 Let’s talk板块图)
T Look Mike is at Wu Yifan’s home It’s 600 in the evening It’s time for dinner Dinner’s ready What’s for dinner Look at Picture 1
S1 Soup beef vegetables and bread
T They are all western food Why
S2 Mike is from Canada
T Would Mike like a knife and fork for dinner Guess
S2 YesNo
（2）Watch the cartoon and answer the questions （课件出示教材P51 Let’s talk板块视频）
T When you listen to the recording pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation And underline the key sentences in your book
(3)Check the answers
①T Would Mike like a knife and fork
S1 No Mike says No thanks
②T What can he use Can he use chopsticks
S2 He can use chopsticks Mike says I can use chopsticks
③T Would Mike like some soup
S3 Yes Mike says Yes please
(4)Read and act
①Read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
②Let students practice the dialogue in groups
③Act out
Ask some groups to perform in different roles
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a new dialogue
Take out some pictures of food and tableware Let students work in pairs to make a new dialogue
Make a model
T Would you like some bread… (Take out a picture of food)
S1 Yes pleaseNo thanks
T (Take out a picture of tableware) Would you like a knife and forkchopsticks
S1 Yes pleaseNo thanks I can use chopsticksa knife and fork
T Now practice the dialogue with your partner
2 Let’s play (课件出示教材P51 Let’s play板块图片)
T Let’s go to a restaurant now Look Today’s specials Soup is only 1 yuan now Noodles are only 3 yuan now Juice is only 2 yuan Fish is only 8 yuan Beef is only 10 yuan Vegetables are only 5 yuan So cheap
Let students work in pairs Make a model with a student
T Here are today’s specials Would you like some beef
S1 Yes please How much is it
T Ten yuan
T Now do it in pairs Ask and answer please
Ask some pairs to perform on the platform
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a new dialogue (课件出示吴Mike家吃饭情景图)
T Look Who are they
Ss They are Mike’s mum Mike and Wu Yifan
T Today Wu Yifan is at Mike’s home for dinner Mike is from Canada What’s for dinner Chinese food or western food Guess
Ss Chinese food Wu Yifan is from China
(课件出示分类展示中餐西餐图片)
T Please make a new dialogue with your partners
Let students work in groups of three Then act out their dialogues
2 Let’s chant
Change the words to make a new chant
板书
作业
Listen and imitate the dialogue of Let’s talk for three times
教学反思
课前热身阶段通听歌曲玩游戏话等活动学生轻松气氛中进入复时食物类单词句型起承启作新课作定铺垫
设计生活相课文容相关语境导入新词汇句型然引入课文环环相扣层层深入学生轻松掌握课文容呈现活动丰富操练形式样充分调动学生积极性学生够积极动参活动中拓展思维明显提高语言力
节课话学中穿插中西饮食文化中餐具差异充分激发学生学兴趣
Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
教学目标
够听说认读单词chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
够运句型Pass me the knife and fork please熟练表述餐时需餐具
够听懂指令根指令做出正确动作
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
够运句型Pass me the knife and fork please熟练表述餐时需餐具
教学难点
够熟练正确提出餐建议餐具建议做出正确回应
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片餐具蔬菜等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
3 Sharp eyes
T Now let’s play a game When you see the picture try to say the word as quickly as you can (课件出示egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake beef chicken noodles soup vegetables图片逐快速闪现)
4 Leadin
T Do you know what I would like Can you guess
S1 Would you like some bread
T No thanks
S2 Would you like some beef
T Yes please
…
T What would I like Yes I’d like some beef… (Write down the food the teacher likes on the blackboard)
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences
(1)Teach the words pass knife fork
(教师出餐具chopsticks a knife and fork a spoon a bowl)
T Oh I’m hungry I’d like some beef How can I eat it？I can use…
S1 A knife and fork
T Good I can use a knife and fork Pass me the knife and fork Passpɑːs aɑː passpɑːs Pass me the knife and fork
Write down the sentence Pass me the knife and fork on the blackboard and teach it
T Thank you Knifenaɪf knniaɪfef Knife knife cut with the knife (教师边说边做动作学生读)
T Forkfɔk orɔ Fork fork use the fork (教师边说边做动作学生读)
T Look The knife is in my right hand The fork is in my left hand Then cut with the knife and use the fork to eat Can you use them now
S1 Yes I can Let me show you
T Great Can you use the knife and fork
S2 No I can’t
T Let me help you
(2)Teach the word bowl
T (Show a bowl) What’s this
S2 碗
T Yes it’s a bowl Bowlbəʊl owəʊ Pass me the bowl (动作示意S2碗递)
T Thank you Bowl bowl pass me the bowl (教师边说边做动作学生读)
Write down the word bowl on the blackboard and teach it
T What can I put in the bowl
Ss RiceNoodlesSoup
(课件出示a bowl of rice a bowl of noodles a bowl of soup)
T Bowl bowl a bowl of ricea bowl of noodlesa bowl of soup
(3)Teach the word chopsticks
T Oh I’m hungry too I’d like a bowl of noodles How can I eat them A knife and fork
S3 No Use the Chopsticks
T Good I can use the chopsticks Chopsticks chtʃ opɒpchoptʃɒpsticksstɪks Pass me the chopsticks (动作示意S3筷子递)
T Thanks Chopsticks chopsticks use the chopsticks (教师边说边做动作学生读)
Write down the word chopsticks on the blackboard and teach it
(4)Teach the word spoon
T I can use the chopsticks to have noodles Can I drink the soup with the chopsticks
S4 No
T I can use the spoon Spoonspun spsp oouːuː noodles food soup Pass me the spoon (动作示意S4勺子递)
T Thank you Spoon spoon use the spoon (教师边说边做动作学生读)
Write down the word spoon on the blackboard and teach it
2 Let’s learn (课件出示教材P52 Let’s learn板块图片音频)
(1)Listen and ask
T John is eating dinner at Wu Yifan’s home Wu Yifan’s mum cooks a lot of delicious food What can you see
S1 I can see some rice some beef some vegetables some soup…
S2 I can see a knife and fork a spoon some bowls some chopsticks…
T Let’s listen to the recording then answer the following questions
①What would John like
②How can he eat it
(2)Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(3)Check the answers
T What would John like
S1 John would like some beef
T How can he eat it
S2 He can use a knife and fork
(4)Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
(5)Act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Play games and practice the words
(1)What’s missing
(游戏说明课件出示词汇chopsticks a knife and fork a spoon a bowl然中词汇快速消失学生说出消失词汇词汇换成图片玩次)
T Please watch carefully and tell me what the missing word is
(2)Listen and find
Say a word or a phrase each time and then let students find the corresponding picture （课件出示筷子刀叉勺子碗图片）
2 Let’s do
(1)Make a salad
T You really did a good job I want to make a salad for you I need some help Who can help me
Take out the prepared vegetables knife bowl fork and spoon and ask a student to help with the salad
T Look A lot of vegetables I want to make a vegetable salad S1 I say you do Pass me the bowl Pass me the knife
S1 Here you are
T Good thank you Go back to your seat Let’s go on Cut the vegetables Use the spoon Use the fork Now let’s try it Wow yummy
(2)Listen and do some actions
①Present the pictures of Let’s do (课件出示次出示教材P52 Let’s do板块图片学生回答呈现图片应文字)
T Let’s look at the pictures I show you say
(Show Picture 1)
S1 Pass me the bowl
(Show Picture 2)
S2 Pass me the knife
…
②Listen to the recording and read after it (课件出示教材P52 Let’s do板块音频)
③Listen to the orders and point to the corresponding pictures
T Now I say you point Use the spoon
S1 (Point to Picture 4)
…
④Listen to the orders and do the corresponding actions
T I say you do Pass me the knife
S1 (Do the corresponding action)
…
(3)Make a salad and taste the salad
Make a salad in groups of four Then taste the salad
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Dinner time
T Suppose your friends are eating dinner at your home make a dialogue with your friends Work in groups of three
Make a model
A Dinner’s ready Help yourself
B Thanks
C Would you like some…
B Yes pleaseNo thanks Pass me the…
C Here you are
Ask some groups to perform the dialogues on the platform and select the best group
板书
作业
1 Listen to the recording and read the new words and sentences for twenty minutes
2 Make a salad for your parents
教学反思
节单词句型新授课Let’s chant 种说做结合活动热身调节课堂气氛起承前启作单词放入情景中教学加深学生理解记忆然通游戏加巩固学效果事半功倍
句型操练设计形式样学生层层递进完成语言输入输出程Let’s do部分制作沙拉实物教学边做边教学学生动手做品尝成果节课推高潮学生仅学会做沙拉学会语言表达沙拉制作程
板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
教学目标
够意群正确语音语调朗读话理解意
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇完成句子
够综合运单元核心词句
检测学生否够听懂理解单元AB部分核心句型
考查学生单元核心词汇认读意义理解
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单元重点词汇
够完成阅读判断匹配等活动正确理解认读单元重点句型
教学难点
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇完成句子
够综合运单元核心词句
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s do (课件出示教材P52 Let’s do板块音频)
3 Listen and do
The teacher pastes the pictures of tableware and food around the classroom before class
The teacher says Pass me…Give me… And students find the right pictures and give them to the teacher Or the teacher says What would you like And students answer the question and find the right pictures
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading (课件出示傍晚John家图片)
(1)Look and say
T It’s time for dinner Look Where is John Yes he’s at home What would John like for dinner Can you guess
Ss BeefBread…
The students guess the answers and the teacher writes down the words on the blackboard The teacher takes out the pictures of food and asks several students to paste the pictures next to the corresponding words
Show the pictures of tableware
T I’m hungry I’d like some noodles (教师图片中机抽取餐具图片提问) Can I have a spoona knife and forkchopsticks please
Ss YesNo
T Would you like some noodles
S1 Yes please (教师提示学生抽取张餐具图片中包含筷子图片) Can I have a spoona knife and fork please
T Yes but try chopsticks for noodles
Teach the sentence structures Can I have… please Try… for… and ask students to practice them (课件出示①先呈现牛肉勺子图片然出现刀叉图片②先呈现汤筷子图片然出现勺子图片)
2 Whilereading
(1)Watch the cartoon and answer
T Look John is at home with his mother It’s time for dinner They are talking about their dinner What would John like for dinner Watch the cartoon find the answers and underline the key sentences (课件出示教材P53 Read and tick部分动画)
(2)Watch the cartoon again and answer
T Would John like some noodles What can John use for noodles Watch the cartoon again find the answers and underline the key sentences （出示课件）
(3)Read after the cartoon and then tick the pictures you read about in the talk
Ask students to pay attention to imitating the accurate pause and intonation and realize the emotion of the characters
(4)Read the dialogue after the teacher
Instruct students to read the text according to the sense groups
(5)Read the dialogue aloud
(6)Act out the dialogue
3 Postreading
Look choose and write (课件出示教材P53 Look choose and write部分图片练)
(1)Talk about the soup and choose some words to fill in the blanks
T (Point to the soup) What’s this Yes soup This is John’s soup What’s in the soup
Ss Beef vegetables and noodles
T If you are John you can say In my soup I’d like some beef vegetables and some noodles Pay attention to the spelling of these words When we write sentences we should pay attention to capitalizing the first letter And we should also pay attention to punctuation marks Write the sentence on the blackboard for demonstration
(2)Talk about your dinner and choose some words to fill in the blanks
T Now suppose it’s 600 in the evening It’s time for dinner What would you like for dinner Please talk with your partner and then write down your dinner in your book
Write the sentence on the blackboard for demonstration
I’d like some fish vegetables and rice
Step 3 Practice
1 Let’s check
(1)Look at the pictures and describe them (课件出示教材P54 Listen and tick部分图片)
Lead students to observe the four pairs of pictures carefully
T Let’s look at the first pair of pictures What’s in the picture above
S1 Some soup and vegetables
T What’s in the picture below
S2 Some vegetables and fish
T Let’s look at the second pair of pictures What’s in the picture above
S3 A spoon
T What’s in the picture below
S4 Chopsticks
…
(2)Listen and tick
Play the recording (课件出示教材P54 Listen and tick部分音频) Ask students to tick the correct pictures
(3)Check the answers
Answers 第组图 第二组图 第三组图 第四组图
2 Look and match
(1)Look at the pictures and describe them (课件出示教材P54 Look and match部分图片)
T Look at the table What’s on the table Talk about it with your partner
(2)Look and match
(3)Check the answers
Answers 第行左右序号5 3 1 4 10
第二行左右序号7 8 9 2 6
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s write
(1)Show some sentences with blanks on the PPT and let students try to write and practice in groups
(2)Choose the best one in each group and then select in the whole class Selection rules
①Write correctly and beautifully
②Eat healthily
2 Let’s sing
(1)Learn the first part of the song
①Listen to the first part of the song then answer What would I like (出示课件)
Ss Some fish and beef
(课件出示学生回答出示 fish beef图片出现dish图片播放鱼牛肉放碟子中动画通动画学生理解Put it on my dish含义)
T (鼠标点击鱼鱼碟中) Put it on my dish
T (鼠标点击牛肉牛肉碟中) Put it on my dish
②Learn the first part of the song after the recording
(2)Learn the second part of the song
①Listen and do (课件出示图片a fork a spoon a knife)
T Please pass me a fork (请名学生前找PPT中fork图片点击图片图片飞碟子左边)
T Please pass me a knife (请名学生前找PPT中knife图片点击图片图片飞碟子右边)
T Please pass me a spoon (请名学生前找PPT中spoon图片点击图片图片飞碟子中)
T Now dinner’s ready Can we please eat soon Can we please eat soon (教师边说边做动作帮助学生理解句子)
②Listen to the second part of the song and learn it （出示课件）
(3)Students sing the song while doing actions
(4)Ask students to replace the words of food in the song when they sing
板书
作业
1 Write a family dinner plan
2 Sing the song to your family
教学反思
热身部分前面课程容复学生唱听运样复轻松复效果事半功倍
阅读部分直观问答读学生部分容烂熟心通练拓展进步完成语言输出程学生正确四线三格书写单元四会单词句子整教学程流畅然重点突出趣达知识趣味结合
Part A Let’ s talk & Let’s count
教学目标
够图片教师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型How many people are there in your family询问回答家中位家庭成员
够情景中恰运句型My family has six peopleBut that’s only five
够语境中理解生词people but little puppy意思够正确发音
够通图数数活动语境中运句型How many…are there inonnear…the…询问回答物品数量
教学重点
够图片教师帮助理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话够进行角色扮演
够情景中运句型How many people are there in your family询问回答家中位家庭成员
教学难点
够熟练掌握句型How many…are there…法实际情景中运
够掌握句型My family has six peopleBut that’s only five进行初步运
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频实物头饰家庭片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Use the number of fingers and school supplies to review the knowledge
T How many fingersbookspens…do you see
Ss …
Ask three boysfour girls to come to the platform
T How many boysgirls are there
Ss Three Four
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s count
(1) Show the picture of Let’s count on the PPT （课件出示 教材P58 Let’s count板块图片）And talk about it with the sentence structure How many applesantsbirds…are there onin the… in class
(2) Teach the word people
T Look through the window in the picture How many people are there in the family
Write down the word people on the blackboard and teach it
T ppeoiːplepl people
Then help students answer the question
Ss Three
T Who are they
Ss Father mother and a boy
T Yes they’re parents and the son
(3) Teach the word parents
Tell students father + motherparents Show a picture of parents (课件出示父母亲图片) Lead them to understand what parents means
T ppaeəren əntsts parents
Let students read the word parents several times
2 Teach the new sentence structures
(1) Ask a student a question How many people are there in your family
S1 Three My father(dad) my mother(mum) and me
T You can also say My parents and me
Write down the sentence structures —How many people are there in your family —Three My parents and me on the blackboard
Lead students to make dialogues with the question How many people are there in your family according to the actual situations
Students may answer with the words like brother sister grandfather(grandpa) and grandmother(grandma) Ask students to read and review these words
(2) Present and practice the sentence structure My family has…people
T …’s family has 5 people What about you
Ask students to practice the sentence structure in pairs Then choose some students to introduce their families
(3) Present a survey form about the number of family members (课件出示家庭成员数调查表) Let students use the sentence structures to carry out an investigation in groups of four and report the results of the survey
Present the results of a group survey Point to the largest number in the form and say WowIt’s a big family Then point to the smallest number and say But that’s only three Ask students to guess the meaning of the sentence and then explain the meaning of but
(4) Take out a photo of the teacher’s family Then point to the family photo and ask the question
T Look This is a photo of my family How many people are there in my family
Ss Five
T No my family has six people This is my father This is my mother This is my husbandwife This is my little baby and this is me (Point to the pet) And this is my little puppy
Teach the words baby puppy and ask students to read them Use body language to make students understand the meaning of little
3 Let’s talk
(1) Present the pictures of Let’s talk on the PPT （出示课件）
Lead students to observe the pictures and predict the main idea of the dialogue
(2) Watch the cartoon and answer the questions
Show the questions （出示课件） Play the cartoon and ask students to answer the questions (课件出示教材P58 Let’s talk板块动画) Let students try to underline the answers in the book
Q1 How many people are there in Chen Jie’s family (Three)
Q2 How many people are there in Amy’s family Five or six (Six)
T Great Who are they in Chen Jie’s family Who are they in Amy’s family Let’s watch the cartoon again
Play the cartoon again (出示课件) Ask students to try to underline the answers in the book
T Who are they in Chen Jie’s family You can answer like this Chen Jie says My parents and me
Ss Chen Jie says My parents and me
T Yes The word parents here means father and mother My parents and me means Father mother and Chen Jie So there are three people in Chen Jie’s family
T Who are they in Amy’s family
Ss Amy says My dad my mum my sister my baby brother and me And my little puppy
T Wonderful
（3）Play the recording of the dialogue (出示课件) Ask students to read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
Then show the sentences related to the dialogue on the PPT Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Read the dialogue in roles
T Now who wants to be Amy Who wants to be Chen Jie Let’s read it in roles
2 Act out the dialogue in class
Take out some headdresses and ask some students to act out the dialogue
3 Play a game — 3D Family Photos
Lead students to work in groups of four One student introduces hisher family members and the others act out according to hisher introduction in groups
For example
S1 Look this is a photo of my family This is my grandpa
S2 Hi I’m grandpa I’m old (Act with body language)
S1 This is my dad
S3 Hi I’m Dad I’m tall and strong (Act with body language)
…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Show a picture of Amy on the PPT Introduce her family by using the sentence structures of this lesson Let students try to introduce their families by following the example
Ask students to practice in pairs Then choose four students to show in class At last select the best introduction
板书
作业
Read and act out the dialogue of Let’s talk
教学反思
课程活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感局部整体先学话中出现新词新句面学理解话扫清障碍效提升学生核心素养
结合表格进行调查谈家庭成员情况帮助学生理解核心句型意义学会运
话教学时观察图片猜测容预设问题粗读话进行感知听录音精读话回答问题通填空补充话复述容步步浅入深易难符合教学规律
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s play
教学目标
够听懂会说认读单词短语parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother
够语境中正确运单词短语介绍家
够通活动巩固学单词短语parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother
够真实情景中运句型This is my… He’sShe’s…介绍家庭成员简单描述外貌特征
教学重点
够听懂会说认读单词短语parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother简单介绍描述家
够理清家庭成员间关系
教学难点
够综合运学词汇句型介绍描述家
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频物头饰家庭成员类单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings and enjoy a song
Play the song—I love my family Ask students to listen carefully and sing together
2 Revision
Take out the word cards of family members that students have learned in Grade 3
Choose several word cards at random Ask students to read the words and act with body movements according to the words on the cards
3 Leadin
Show a photo of Tom’s familyLead students to introduce and describe Tom’s family members Lead in the relevant content of this lesson
T Boys and girls look This is Tom’s family There are four people in his family This is his father He is tall and strong This is his mother She is short and nice This is his baby sister She is little and cute He loves his family
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the phrase baby brother
Show the picture of Amy’s outline on the PPT Ask students to guess who she is Then play the recording of Amy’s monologue Hi Meet my family （出示课件）
Help students understand the meaning of the sentences and ask them to read after the recording
Show the picture of the baby brother’s hair (课件出示Amy弟弟头发图片) Lead students to guess basing on what they have learned brother sister mother father Then show the complete picture of the baby brother (课件出示Amy弟弟全图)
Write down the phrase baby brother on the blackboard and teach it
T bbaeɪbbyi baby
T This is Amy’s baby brother He’s cute
2 Teach the word parents
Present the picture of Amy’s mum and dad’s outline (课件出示Amy父母亲轮廓图) Lead students to guess father and mother
Continue to show the whole picture and teach the word parents (出示课件)
Write down the word parents on the blackboard and teach it
3 Teach the words uncle aunt cousin
Present the picture of Amy’s aunt and uncle on the PPT （课件出示 Amy叔叔婶婶图片） Ask a question The man is Amy’s father’smother’s brother Who is he
Help students understand the word uncle Write it down on the blackboard and teach it
T uʌnŋcklel uncle
Teach and practice the word aunt in the same way
T auɑːnntt aunt ɑːnt
Explain the usage of aunt uncle in Englishspeaking countries
Show the picture of uncle and aunt’s child (课件出示叔叔婶婶孩子图片)
T She is Amy’s uncle’s daughter She’s Amy’s…
Teach the word cousin
T ckouʌszinn cousin
Explain the meaning of cousin Uncle and aunt’s daughter or son can be called cousin
Write down the word cousin on the blackboard
Point to the words uncle cousin Get students to pay attention to the pronunciation of u and ou
T The letter u in uncle and the letter combination ou in cousin both sound ʌ
4 Listen read and point
Play the recording of the vocabulary of Let’s learn and ask students to read after the recording (课件出示教材P59 Let’s learn板块中词汇部分音频)
Let students listen again and point out the words or the phrase they hear as they read them
5 Let’s learn
Show the picture of Let’s learn (课件出示教材P59 Let’s learn板块图片) Let students choose two people from the picture to describe them according to the sentences on the PPT and act out in pairs
Step 3 Practice
1 Sharp eyes
Show pictures of Amy’s family members in a flash on the PPT and then pause at random (出示课件) Let students say the vocabularies related to the characters on the screen
T Who’s heshe
Ss He’sShe’s Amy’s…
2 Point and say
Point to the vocabulary on the blackboard Ask students to say it out quickly
3 A guessing game
Show the back of the family members’ word cards Ask students to guess what word or phrase it is
4 Make a family tree
Ask students to make a family tree for Amy Let students choose the words or the phrase and fill them in the blanks of the family tree
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s play
Show the picture of Let’s play on the PPT （课件出示 教材P59 Let’s play板块图片） Lead students to observe the picture
T Look at Zhang Peng He draws his family members on his fingers and talks about his family members Please draw and say in the same way
Ask students to work in groups by following the example on the PPT and choose some students to show in class
2 Make a summary
Show the word family on the PPT and explain what it means Remind students to love their families and family members
T Look at the word family F is from father A is from and M is from mother L is from love Y is from you It’s a sentence Father and mother I love you Say it to your parents Do more for your parents And I think your parents will love you more
板书
作业
1 Copy the new vocabularies in this lesson five times
2 Introduce your family photos to your teacher or friends in English
教学反思
1 节课词汇教学词汇正确运学英语关键词汇运词汇进行语言实践程程中句子单词间相辅相成相互促进
2 采图片音频等直观教学手段设计意义务学生完成务程中帮助听懂理解话达运语言进行真实交流目
3 操练环节中通学生参Let’s play板块活动增强学生口语表达力
4 教学程遵循学生认知规律单词短语句型教学先学生知义识音形学生理解中学运
Part A Let’s spell
教学目标
够根a e i o u ae ie oe uee发音规读出单词
够通a e i o u长短音听录音选词强化已学发音规
够读歌谣节奏吟唱中强化学述发音规
够示范例词提示歌谣中找出符合述发音规单词
教学重点
够感知纳元音字母a e i o u开音节闭音节中发音规
够读出符合a e i o u发音规单词
教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合发音规单词
教学准备
PPT课件､录音､视频等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Read a chant
Show a chant on the PPT Ask students to read it with the teacher together
3 Leadin
Show a picture of a cat on the PPT Then ask students to discuss what they see
T What’s this
Ss It’s a cat
T Yes It’s a cute cat
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and chant
(1)①Present the picture on the PPT Play the recording of the sentence We like the cat （出示课件） At the same time present two options cat cut on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of cat like this kæt kæt And choose the right word cat Emphasize that a sounds æ in cat
Read the words cat cut in class and compare the sounds of the two words catkæt cutkʌt
②Present the picture on the PPT （课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫左右两手空着图片）
Lead students to sayOh the cat is cute Then present two options cutcute on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of cute like this kjuːt kjuːt And choose the right word cute Emphasize that ue sounds juː in cute
Read the words cut cute in class and compare the sounds of the two words cutkʌt cutekjuːt
③Present the picture on the PPT (课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫右手蛋糕图片)
Play the recording of the sentence He’s got a cake （出示课件） At the same time present two options cake Coke on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of cake like this keɪk keɪk And choose the right word cake Emphasize that ae sounds eɪ in cake
Read the words cake Coke in class and compare the sounds of the two words cake keɪk Cokekəʊk
④Point at the rose on the cake in the picture and say A red rose on the cake Ask students to spell the two words according to the pronunciations of red and rose like this red red rəʊz rəʊz
Read the phrase a red rose in class
⑤Present the picture on the PPT (课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫左手杯牛奶图片)
Play the recording of the phrase a cup of milk (出示课件) Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of milk like this mɪlk mɪlk
Read the phrase a cup of milk in class
⑥Ask the question Do you like the cat Lead students to answer Yes we like the cat
Present two options likelake on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of like like this laɪk laɪk Then choose the right word like Emphasize that ie sounds aɪ in like Read the words like lake in class and compare the sounds of the two words likelaɪk lakeleɪk
(2) Play the recording of Listen and chant (课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分音频)
First let students listen carefully and feel the melody of the chant And Then ask students to sing the chant after the recording
Chant with students sentence by sentence
2 Sing the chant freely
Let students sing the chant freely with clapping their hands
3 Act out the chant together
Let students act out the chant in pairsthen ask four pairs to show in class
Step 3 Practice
1 Read listen and circle
Ask students to read the words of Read listen and circle and pay attention to the pronunciations of the words
Play the recording of this part (课件出示教材P60 Read listen and circle部分音频) Let students listen to the recording and circle the correct words
Check the answers in class
Answers
1 he men rice
2 had make nose
3 use cat mum
2 Chant again Group and write
Show the chart of Chant again Group and write on the PPT （课件出示 教材P60 Chant again Group and write部分表格）
Let students sing the chant in groups again and read the words in the chart by themselves Then let them complete the chart in groups Ask a group to show their answers and then ask other students to add
Write down students’ answers on the blackboard
3 Classify the words
Show lots of words students have learned on the PPT （出示课件） Let students read and classify them according to the example wordsThen check the answers
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a summary
2 Review the chant
Play the recording of the Listen and chant (出示课件) Ask students to sing it together
板书
作业
Read the words and the chant of Let’s spell three times after the recording
教学反思
通编chant导入发音规融入活泼韵句中激发学生学兴趣组全班学中进行图片听录音选单词拼读单词选单词chant表演等活动学知识运实践提高学生参课堂学意识调动学热情
通听听读读圈圈分分等种形式反复练学生听读中体会发音规律拼写规律做见词读听音写
Part B Let’s talk & Draw and say
教学目标
够图片教师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话够分角色表演话
够情景中运句型—Is this your… —Yes it isNo it isn’tNo it’s me—What’s your…’s job —He’sShe’s aan…询问回答某说话方亲属关系职业情况
够语境中理解词汇football player nurse意思够正确发音
够通画画说说巩固B部分话中学核心句型
教学重点
够图片教师帮助理解话意
够正确语音语调朗读话分角色表演
够理解运句型—Is this your… —Yes it isNo it isn’tNo it’s me—What’s your…’s job —He’sShe’s aan…
教学难点
够真实情景中灵活运核心句型
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频家庭称呼类职业类单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Show the chant—I love you
Ask students to read the chant carefully and then chant it together
3 Leadin
Show the outline picture of the teacher’s family photo on the PPT （课件出示 教师全家福轮廓图）Ask students to guess the relationship between the person in the picture and the teacher
T This is my family photo Guess Who’s shehe You can ask like this Is this your… Remind students to use rising tones in general questions
Ss Is this your cousinaunt…
T Yes it is No it isn’t No it’s me
Write down the sentence structures —Is this your… —Yes it is No it isn’t No it’s me on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new vocabularies and sentence structures
(1) After guessing some characters the picture of the teacher’s family members is clearly presented The teacher points to herselfhimself and says I’m a teacher
Then point to herhis aunt in the picture
T This is my aunt She’s a nurse
Show a picture of the teacher’s aunt in a nurse’s uniform Help students understand what nurse means
Teach the word nurse nnurɜːses nursenɜːs (课件出示nurse相关容)
Ask students to read after the teacher and pay attention to the sound of ur It sounds ɜː here
T What’s my aunt’s job She’s aan…
Ask students to guess the meaning of this question and the word job according to the context
Ss She’s a nurse
Write down the sentence What’s your aunt’s job on the blackboard and get students to read after the teacher
T auɑːnntt auntɑːnt t’sts aunt’sɑːnts t’s sounds ts here
T jdʒoɒbb jobdʒɒb
T Now you can ask me about my other family members with the sentence structure
Ss What’s your…’s job
T He’sShe’s aan… (doctor football player nurse farmer cook driver…)
Show the pictures of the jobs above to help students understand
Write down the sentence structure He’sShe’s aan… on the blackboard
(2) Write down the phrase football player and the sentence He’s a football player on the blackboard Help students understand the meaning of football through pictures of a foot a ball and a football on the PPT （出示课件）
Show the cards of father teacher sister and so on Let students listen to the pronunciation of these words to know the sound of er when it appears at the end of a word and spell the word player Teach the word player Ask students to read after the recording （课件出示player相关容）
2 Talk about the picture of the main scene
Present the picture of the main scene on the PPT（课件出示 教材Unit 6情景图）
T This is Sarah’s family They are putting on a play Do you know its name
Students may answer in Chinese
T How many people are there in Sarah’s family
Ss Nine Wow
Point to one actor in the picture and ask Is this Sarah’s uncle
Ss Yes it is No it isn’t
T What’s his job
Lead students to find relevant person Ask students to describe his job through the dialogue in the picture
Ss He’s a football player
Continue to talk about Sarah’s aunt’s and her father’s jobs
Play the cartoon of the main scene on the PPT (课件出示 教材Unit 6情景图视频) Ask students to read after it
3 Let’s talk
(1) Show the pictures of the three characters in Let’s talk on the PPT （课件出示 教材P61 Let’s talk板块中Sarah叔叔婶婶片Sarah时候片）
Ask students to guess who these people related to Sarah are and predict the main idea of the dialogue
T Is this Sarah’s…
Ss …
Write down the words on the blackboard according to students’ guessing
T What are Sarah and Zhang Peng talking about
Ss They are talking about Sarah’s family members and their jobs
(2) Play the cartoon and ask the questions
Questions Who’s this manwoman What’s hisher job Is the little baby Sarah’s baby brother
① Play the cartoon of Let’s talk on the PPT and let students pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation (课件出示教材P61 Let’s talk板块视频) Ask students to watch the cartoon with the questions Underline the answers in the book
②Answer the questions
T Who’s this man
Ss It’s Sarah’s uncle
T What’s his job
Ss He’s a football player
T Who’s this woman
Ss It’s Sarah’s aunt
T What’s her job
Ss She’s a nurse
③Play the cartoon again （Pause at the last picture） (出示课件)
T Who’s the baby Is the little baby Sarah’s baby brother
Ss No It’s Sarah Sarah says It’s me
(3) Read after the recording
Play the recording of Let’s talk on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to read after it Then let them read in pairs
(4) Act out the dialogue
Ask students to read the dialogue freely and act out in roles Select four pairs to act out in class
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a dialogue
Present the picture of the main scene of this unit once again on the PPT (课件出示 教材Unit 6情景图) Ask students to select a person in the picture and make a dialogue Then let them practice in pairs
Make an example
A Is this Sarah’s mother
B Yes it is No it isn’t She’s…
A What’s Sarah’s mother’s job
B She’s aan…
2 Draw and say
(1) Let students look at the four stick figures in Draw and say （课件出示教材P61 Draw and say板块四幅简笔画） Ask them to describe the jobs of the characters
(2) Ask two students to read the dialogue of this part Remind them to use rising tones in general questions
(3) Ask students to draw pictures of their family members Then lead them to introduce their family members and the jobs of their family members with the key sentences
(4) Lead students to ask and answer in pairs with the following sentence structures
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Play a game— Magic mirror
Ask two students to make a model
First use the readymade materials in the classroom to make the frame of the magic mirror such as a wooden ruler broom etc
Then ask student A to wear a mask with reflective effect and stand behind the mirror in a fixed position
B (Stand in front of the mirror and ask) Mirror mirror on the wall Is this B
A (Magic mirror) Yes it is
B What’s hisher job
A (Magic mirror) He’sShe’s aan…
Then let both of them make the representative action of this job at the same time
Let students practice in pairs and then show in class
2 Let’s sing—My family
Play the song My family （课件出示教材P64 Let’s sing板块歌曲）Ask students to listen carefully and sing together
3 Make a summary
Point to the vocabulary and the sentence structures on the blackboard ask students to review them quickly
板书
作业
Read the dialogue to your parents
教学反思
通单元情景图教学学生情景中初步感知重点词汇句型英语课堂生动起实践中注意分层教学材施教效方式激发学生动参兴趣培养独立思考合作探究创新精神
教学层次分明引导适体现学生学中体位利完成次课教学目标
Part B Let’s learn & Let’s play
教学目标
够听说认读五关职业单词doctor cook driver farmer nurse
够语境中正确运五单词
够真实语境中理解句子They’re helpful意义引导学生树立职业等观念
够活动中模仿五职业标志性动作学句型—What’s hisher job —He’sShe’s aan…正确询问回答模拟职业
教学重点
够听说认读正确运单词doctor cook driver farmer nurse
够灵活运句型—What’s hisher job —He’sShe’s aan…
教学难点
够正确询问回答家职业
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频学生准备家片家庭称呼类单词职业类单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Free talk and leadin
Ask students to take out photos of their family and introduce their family members to each other in the groups Then ask four students to show in class Select the best performer
Make a model
Hi Meet my family
This is my father
This is my mother
This is my sister
This is my brother
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the words nurse doctor
Present Sarah’s aunt’s photo on the PPT and ask the question
T What’s Sarah’s aunt’s job
Ss She’s a nurse
T Yes she’s a nurse and she works in a hospital Present the word nurse on the PPT and teach it (课件出示nurse相关容)
T nnurɜːses nursenɜːs
Present a picture of the hospital to help students understand the meaning of hospital （课件出示医院图片）
T My aunt works in a hospital too But she is not a nurse (课件出示位女医生图片) She’s a…
Present the word doctor on the PPT and teach it (课件出示doctor相关容)
T ddoɒckttor ə (r) doctor
Write down the words nurse doctor on the blackboard
Play the recording of the two words (出示课件) Let students read them after the recording
Ask students to read the words in groups with actions
For example nurse (Do the action of holding an injector)
doctor (Do the action of holding a stethoscope)
2 Teach the words driver farmer
Ask the question What’s Sarah’s uncle’s job
Ss He’s a football player
T Great My uncle is not a football player He drives a taxi He is very helpful What’s his job
Lead students to guess the word driver with the help of teacher’s body movement Some students may speak in Chinese
Write down the word driver on the blackboard and teach it （课件出示driver相关容）
T drdriaɪvver ə (r) driver
Let students read after the recording and read it one by one or in a row (出示课件)
Present a picture of a farmer on the PPT （课件出示 张农民图片）
T Sarah’s grandpa is very strong He works on a farm What’s his job
Lead students to guess the word farmer Some students may speak in Chinese
Write down the word farmer on the blackboard and teach it （课件出示farmer相关容）
T ffarɑːmmer ə (r) farmer
Let students read after the recording and read it one by one or in a row （出示课件）
Present some occupational nouns similar to driver farmer Let students try to read and find out what the words have in common
3 Teach the word cook
Present a picture of a cook on the PPT （课件出示 张厨师图片）
T Look at the man He looks like a farmer But he is not a farmer Listen What’s his job (课件出示菜入油锅炒菜声音)
Lead students to guess the word cook Some students may speak in Chinese
Write down the word cook on the blackboard and teach it （课件出示cook相关容）
T ckooʊkk cookkʊk
Let students read after the recording （出示课件）Ask some students to read aloud
T The nurse and the doctor can protect our health The driver can drive They can do many things for us They are helpful
Write down the sentence They are helpful on the blackboard and teach the word helpful（课件出示helpful相关容）
T helphelpfulful helpfulhelpful
Ask students to read the sentence
4 Watch the cartoon and read
Play the cartoon of Let’s learn（课件出示教材P62 Let’s learn板块视频） Let students read after the recording Remind them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Ask students to listen again and point out the words they hear as they read them
5 Act out the dialogue
Show the picture of Let’s learn (课件出示教材P62 Let’s learn板块图片) Take out the headwears of Chen Jie and Sarah Let students act out the dialogue in pairs
Chen Jie What’s your…’s job
Sarah My…is aan…
Step 3 Practice
1 Play a game— I point you say
Point to the words on the blackboard quickly Let students read them loudly
2 Play a game—What’s missing
Show all the word cards of jobs to students
Ask students to close their eyes and take out one card from the word cards
Then let students open their eyes Show them the word cards again
T What’s missing
Let students say the missing word quickly Reward the student who guesses quickly and correctly
3 Play a game— Stand stand stand
Choose five students to go to the front of the classroom Let each student squat down with a word card Then lead students to play the game
（游戏说明座位学生说出句子I’m aan…蹲前面五中着相应图卡学生马站起举起图卡该单词声读三遍果没时站起者站起持正确单词图卡学生出局寻找学生换）
4 Ask and answer
Show some word cards of family members and jobs Take out a card randomly and ask students to practice
T If I show you the word cards mother and nurse boys must ask What’s your mother’s job Then girls answer She is a nurse
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s play
（1）Present the five pictures of Let’s play on the PPT (课件出示教材P62 Let’s play板块图片) Ask students to say out the words of jobs in the pictures in turn and then do actions to act out the jobs
（2）A boy does the action and other boys ask What’s his job Girls guess the job with the sentence structure He’s aan… Then exchange
2 Make a survey in groups
Let students ask the jobs of family members in the groups with the sentence structure What’s your…’s job and make a survey according to the chart
（活动说明果出现会职业类名词学生先中文代教师巡视程中帮助补充）
板书
作业
1 Copy the words learned in this lesson five times
2 Investigate the jobs of friends or relatives
教学反思
结合课件师生互动复旧知导入新课新授单词融入句型教学中利图片引入单词灵活操练学新词基础进行句型操练
通I point you sayWhat’s missingStand stand stand三游戏单词拼写读音词义进行匹配操练通单词创编话活动单词核心句型穿插融合灵活操练系列活动程易难趣味性强
运TPR活动完成Let’s play教学加强学生新知识掌握组中完成调查表格进步加深学生单词句型理解运
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing & Part C Story time
教学目标
够图片帮助读懂文段文图提示职业判断文四问题正误
够图片帮助仿示范例句四线三格中填充缺少单词
够根实际情况画简图呈现家庭成员朋友外貌特征职业仿示范例句填充句子
检测单元核心句型考查单元关家职业核心词汇认读
够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱歌曲部分
够图片帮助理解事容复巩固关职业词汇句型
够教师帮助表演事
教学重点
够综合运单元核心词汇句型求完成练
教学难点
总结复单元学知识提高学生总结知识力
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频家庭称呼类职业类单词卡片等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Enjoy a song—My family
Play the song twice (课件出示教材P64 Let’s sing板块歌曲视频) Ask students to listen to it and then sing after it At last let students sing the song together
2 Revision
Take out the word cards they have learnt in this unit
Show students the word cards one by one Let students say them as quickly as they can Then ask students to talk about their family members and the jobs of their family members with the word cards
T What’s your…’s job
Ss He’sShe’s aan…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading
（1）Show the picture of Read and write on the PPT (出示课件) Talk about it with students
T Look at the picture It’s a picture of John’s family How many people are there in the picture
Ss Five
T Look at this woman Can you say something (Point to the woman on the right in the picture)
Lead students to describe her with the sentence She’s friendly and guess her job with the sentence structure She’s aan…
(2) Point to the taller man in the picture
T Look at this man Can you say something
Lead students to describe him with the sentence He’s strong and guess his job with the sentence structure He’s aan…
(3) Draw a basketball on the blackboard Show a picture of a basketball player (课件出示名篮球运动员图片)
Lead students to say basketball player according to the football player
Write down the phrase basketball player on the blackboard and let students read after the teacher
（4）Point to another man in the picture
Ask students to describe his appearance and guess his job with the pictures of a cook’s hat and a spatula on the PPT (出示课件)
Ss He’s a cook
T Yes He can cook so many kinds of food He is very helpful
(5) Point to the little boy John
T Look this is John Can you say something about him
Ss He’s friendly
T Yes He is very friendly What’s his job Is he a basketball player too
Ss … (Students guess)
Present a schoolbag on the PPT and lead students to answer No (出示课件)
T He likes basketball But he isn’t a basketball player He is a student He has no job
Write down the phrase no job on the blackboard and teach it
2 Whilereading
Read and tick or cross
(1) Show the passage of Read and write (课件出示教材P63 Read and write板块短文容) Ask students to predict the main idea of the passage
(2) Look at the family photo in the book Lead students to find the key vocabulary mother teacher father basketball player uncle cook aunt nurse in the passage
(3) Ask students to observe the pictures in the questions carefully in the book Lead students to find the key information of the questions Then let students read the passage and finish the task of Read and tick or cross
Check the answers together Answers × × × √（左右）
(4) Ask the question What’s hisher job about the characters in the pictures
Ask students to find out and state the character’s jobs according to the passage
(5) Be A reading star
Play the recording of the passage (课件出示教材P63 Read and tick or cross部分音频) Ask students to read after it and imitate with the correct pronunciation and intonation
Let students read together then read the passage freely in groups
Select one student from each group for the reading contest The best reader will be named as A reading star
3 Postreading
Look and write
(1) Show the picture of the driver in Look and write (出示课件)
T What’s his job
T This is a man So we say He is a…
Ss He is a driver
Then show the picture of the doctor in Look and write (出示课件)
T What’s this man’s job
Ss He’s a doctor
Write down the sentence structures —What’s his job —He’s aan… on the blackboard
Remind students to use capital letters at the beginning of sentences And ask students to fill in the blanks in the book as required
(2) Show the picture of the nurse in Look and write (出示课件)
T This is a woman So we say She is aan…
Ss She is a nurse
Then show the picture of the farmer in Look and write (出示课件)
T What’s this woman’s job
Ss She’s a farmer
Ask students to fill in the blanks in the book
(3) Ask students to draw a stick figure of a family member and finish the imitative writing activity in the book independently
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen and tick
Let students look at the pictures one by one (课件出示教材P64 Listen and tick部分图片) Talk about the pictures with students
①How many people are there in Picture 1Picture 2
(FourThree)
②What’s his job in Picture 3Picture 4
(He’s a farmerdoctor)
③What’s her job in Picture 5Picture 6
(She’s a nursedoctor)
④What’s his job in Picture 7Picture 8
(He’s a cookbasketball player)
Then play the recording and ask students to finish the task (出示课件) Remind students to pay attention to the key vocabularies while listening
Ask students to retell what they have heard or say the key vocabulary they have heard Then check the answers in class
Answers Picture1 Picture4 Picture5 Picture8
2 Look and match
Show the pictures of Look and match on the PPT（课件出示 教材P64 Look and match部分图片） Let students look at the pictures Ask them to read the text in the book carefully
T Let’s look at this family How many people are there in this family What are their jobs
Remind students to pay attention to the key words while reading and match the pictures with the sentences Then check the answers together (出示课件)
Lead students to chant the text with a certain rhythm
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Story time
(1) Present the pictures of a baseball and a baseball player on the PPT（课件出示 棒球名棒球运动员图片）
Teach the word baseball and the phrase baseball player
Present a picture of a taxi driver on the PPT and teach the phrase taxi driver (课件出示位出租车司机图片)
Let students read the phrases after the teacher and do actions
(2) Play the cartoon (课件出示教材P65 Story time板块动画) (Help students understand the main idea of the story) Introduce the background of the story first
T Some animals are in Zip’s house They look at Zip’s family photos and talk about the people in the photos
Play the cartoon again and ask the questions Then check the answers
(4) Play the recording of the story (出示课件) Ask students to read the story after the recording Remind students to imitate the pronunciation and the intonation after the recording
(5) Ask students to act out the story in groups Then choose two or three groups to perform on the platform And select the best group
2 Sing the song together
Play the song My family (出示课件) Let students sing it in two groups
Show the second paragraph of the song on the PPT Ask students to learn to sing it
Then lead students to make some new parts of the song according to the real situations
板书
作业
1 Complete the composition My family with the key vocabularies and sentence structures
2 Sing the song to your parents
教学反思
阅读教学程中知识点难点阅读前进行细化阅读中教师指导学生抓住问题关键词通听录音读课文短文重点句子找出阅读轻松完成活动减轻学生压力活跃课堂气氛
整教学程中充分运游戏图片录音等教学手段学生参课堂活动学生参意识强完成效果错
通引导学生开展练操练句型完成务加深学生句型印象培养学生继续学英语兴趣
Recycle 2
Read aloud & Listen and number the rooms & Look listen and write
教学目标
够理解事意
够整体认读句子正确语音语调朗读话
够情景中综合运4~6单元中核心句型
够语境中理解新词Father Christmas turkey情景语言Merry Christmas意思够正确发音
够图说话完成听录音房间标号务
够复巩固描述房间名称室陈设重点词汇句型
够根单词读音填出话中缺少单词
够读出符合ae ie oe ue e发音规单词
教学重点
1 够理解情景中综合运4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
2 复巩固ae ie oe ue e单词中发音够读出符合发音规单词
教学难点
够根ae ie oe ue e发音规拼写单词完成听音填空务
教学准备
PPT课件课文录音视频物头饰等
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a song—My home
Play the video (课件出示教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲视频) Ask students to sing the song My home together
2 Revision
Show the pictures of Let’s learn on page 39 (课件出示教材P39 Let’s learn板块图片)
T Whose home is this
Ss It’s Amy’s home
T Where is Amy Is she in the bathroom Is she in the bedroom
Ss No She is in the study
T Where are her mother and father Are they in the study
Ss …
T Where is the bed Where is the phone
Ss …
Step 2 Whilelearning
1 Leadin
Play the cartoon of the last picture of the story on the PPT (课件出示 教材P66张图片动画) And play the song We wish you a merry Christmas as the background music (出示课件)
T Is this Mike’s family Where are they
Ss …
T What’s for dinner
Lead students to observe the picture and answer Salad bread juice…
T And turkey
Teach the word turkey Emphasize that ur sounds ɜː
T Listen Why are Chen Jie and John having dinner with Mike’s family
Ss For Christmas
T Do you know about Christmas Can you say something about Christmas
Ask students to say what they know about Christmas in Chinese or English
2 Learn about the background of the story
（1）Show the pictures of Christmas tree and Father Christmas on the PPT （课件出示圣诞树圣诞老图片）
Teach the word Christmas Emphasize that ch sounds k The consonant t is silent
Play Father Christmas and greet students with Merry Christmas Lead students to say Merry Christmas
（2）Wear Mike’s father’s or mother’s headwear and talk with students
T Now I’m Mike’s motherfather You’re at my home for Christmas dinner
T What would you like
S1 I’d like…
T Would you like some turkey
S2 Yes please No thanks
3 Watch and answer
Play the cartoon of the story on the PPT （课件出示 教材P66 Read aloud板块视频）Ask the question
T What would Chen Jie like
Ss She would like some turkey
Present three questions and related pictures on the PPT （出示课件）Ask students to peruse the story with the questions then answer them
①Where is the Christmas tree (It’s in the living room)
②Who is Father Christmas now (Mike’s father)
③What’s Mike’s mother’s job (She’s a nurse)
Check the answers together
4 Listen and read
Play the cartoon again Let students listen carefully and read after it
Ask students to read the story in roles Then act it out
Step 3 Postlearning
1 Listen and number the rooms
（1）Present the picture of Listen and number the rooms on the PPT（课件出示教材P67 Listen and number the rooms部分图片）
T Look This is Mike’s home Where is he Is he in the study
Ss No He’s in his bedroom
T Yes and his father and his mother are in their bedroom too
Father Christmas will come and give gifts to children He will put gifts in the socks
（2）Play the recording of Listen and number the rooms （课件出示教材P67 Listen and number the rooms部分音频） Let students listen to the recording and complete the task
T Father Christmas wants to give Mike some gifts for Christmas What does he say Does he find the sock Listen and number the rooms according to what you hear
Remind students that there are six rooms in the picture and only five in the recording
Check the answers
T Which room is not in the recording Ss The bathroom
2 Look listen and write
(1) Present the pictures of this part on the PPT (课件出示教材P67 Look listen and write部分图片) Talk about them with students
T Do you like Christmas Do you like Father Christmas The name of Father Christmas is Santa Claus Look A girl meets Santa Claus What does she want
(2) Play the recording (课件出示教材P67 Look listen and write部分音频) Ask students to complete the task of writing the missing words
Check the answers
(3) Ask students to read the dialogue freely and practice it in roles Then choose some students to act it out in class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a dialogue
T Do you want to invite your friends to your home When will you invite them What will you say What will you do Ask students to make a dialogue with their friends and practice in groups
Walk around to help students solve problems in the process
Ask four groups of students to perform on the platform Then select the best group
2 Enjoy a song
T They say Merry Christmas at Christmas They sing Merry Christmas too Let’s listen to other Christmas songs
Play a Christmas song Jingle Bells (课件出示歌曲Jingle Bells) Let students listen to the song and sing along with it
T Do you like the song Let’s sing the song together
板书设计
作业设计
1 Read the story to your family
2 Sing the song My family to your parents
教学反思
1 节课歌曲开场唱歌曲讨图片师生话中学生复4~6单元学单词短语然引出相关话题句型复部分话学作铺垫
2 学事时候通图片圣诞节音乐播放营造真实语言情景次通角色扮演方式练话提高学生口语表达力
3 通听录音图片填单词活动复巩固元音字母发音规律
4 通创编话活动仅学生更化学词汇句子更语言知识助真实情景延伸话题间横构建完成语言输出
Recycle 2
Look ask and answer & Let’s sing & Play a game
教学目标
够通图问答Where’s…复第四单元学房间名称词汇询问物物品位置句型
够通图问答How many people are there in the familyIs this John’s…What’s hisher job复六单元询问描述家庭情况家职业句型
够通观察图片复第五单元餐情景
够语境中灵活运4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
够解歌词意义清晰准确歌唱
够通游戏活动复巩固4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
教学重点
够通系列活动复4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
够游戏中正确回答问题复巩固相关知识
教学难点
够学容正确进行提问做出相应回答
教学准备
预练册1+1中课时相关容
教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Enjoy a song—We wish you a merry Christmas
(1) Play the recording of the song We wish you a merry Christmas （出示课件）Let students listen and try to sing along with it
(2) Ask students to sing the song in groups
2 Leadin
T Mike is at John’s home today It’s time for dinner Now let’s do a roleplay
Show some pictures of food (课件出示Unit 5中食物图片) Take out the headdresses of John and Mike Lead students to make dialogues as the demonstration
S1(John) What would you like for dinner Mike
S2(Mike) I’d like some… please
S1(John) OK Would you like some…
S2(Mike) Yes please …
Step 2 Whilelearning
Look ask and answer
(1) Take out the word cards of family members jobs and room names
①Ask students to read the words of family members in lines or rows one by one
②Select one from the cards of jobs Lead students to do the corresponding actions
③Take out all the cards of room names Play a guessing game with students
Take away a card and hide it when students close their eyes
T What’s missing
Ss … (Students guess the missing words)
(2) Lead students to look at the small pictures of characters around the big picture (课件出示教材P68 Look ask and answer部分物介绍图)
T How many people are there in the family Who are they
Ss …
…
(3) Lead students to ask and answer according to the pictures in pairs as the example
T What’s John’s mum’s job
Ss She is a PE teacher
S1 What’s John’s…’s job
S2 He’sShe’s a…
…
(4) Present the pictures of this part on the PPT (课件出示 教材P68 Look ask and answer部分图片)
Let students observe the pictures Ask and answer in class with the sentence structures —Where is… —He She is… —Where are… —They are…
T Where is John
Ss He is in the living room
T Where are John’s grandma and his grandpa
Ss They are in the bedroom
(5) Ask students to read the questions below the pictures and discuss in pairs Finally choose four pairs of students to show their answers
Step 3 Postlearning
1 Talk about the pictures
Let students close their books Show the pictures of John’s family on the PPT （课件出示 乱序John家图片） Ask students to tell who they are and what they do
2 Let’s sort
Show different kinds of words in Units 4~6 on the PPT （课件出示教材Units 4~6中类词汇）
Ask students to read the words and sort them Choose some students to show their answers
Then check the answers together
3 Play a game
(1) Ask students to read the questions fluently by themselves Then lead students to ask and answer in groups
(2) Choose some students to have a show The winner is the group that spends the least time
(3) Take out the question cards prepared before class And rearrange them Finally ask several students to take turns on the platform to choose cards The rest of the class answer the questions on the cards
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Have a dictation
Ask students to take out their exercise books and have a dictation about the key vocabularies and sentences of Units 4~6
板书设计
作业设计
1 Sing the song We wish you a merry Christmas to your parents
2 Read the sentences of Play a game five times
教学反思
1 通唱歌词汇分类游戏师生话方式带领学生复4~6单元学词汇句型节课活动完成做铺垫
2 通听录音唱歌曲图片等方式解圣诞节文化文化语言牢牢结合起体现语言实性
3 通组竞赛问答核心句型等方式节课知识加巩固激发学生积极性整教学程学生活动充分体现学生体教育理念教学效果良
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档